TM 9 2350 388 23 1 1 PDF
TM 9 2350 388 23 1 1 PDF
TECHNICAL MANUAL
HULL
VOLUME 1 OF 7
WARNING SUMMARY
This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials warnings that must be
understood and applied during operation and maintenance of this equipment. Failure to observe these precautions
could result in serious injury or death to personnel. Also included are explanations of safety and hazardous
materials icons used within the technical manual. For information on first aid, refer to FM 4-25.11.
WARNING
WARNING
WARNING
ELECTRICAL
Electrical wire to hand with electricity symbol running through hand shows that shock hazard is present.
WARNING
EXPLOSION
Rapidly expanding symbol shows that gun may fire or ammunition may explode if handled improperly or subjected
to high temperatures, sources of ignition or high pressure.
a Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
WARNING
FLYING PARTICLES
Arrows bouncing off face shows that particles flying through the air will harm face.
WARNING
HEAVY PARTS
Heavy object on human figure shows that heavy parts present a danger to life or limb.
WARNING
HEAVY PARTS
Foot with heavy object on top shows that heavy parts can crush and harm.
WARNING
HOT AREA
Hand over object radiating heat shows that part is hot and can burn.
Change 1 b
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
LASER LIGHT
Laser light hazard symbol indicates extreme danger for eyes from laser beams and reflections.
WARNING
POISON
Skull and crossbones shows that a material is poisonous or is a danger to life.
WARNING
SHARP OBJECT
Pointed object in hand shows that a sharp object presents a danger to limb.
WARNING
SLICK FLOOR
Wavy line on floor with legs prone shows that slick floor presents a danger for falling.
WARNING
TURRET HAZARD
Crushed human figure shows that rotating turret presents a danger to life or limb.
c Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
VAPOR
Human figure in a cloud shows that material vapors present a danger to life or health.
Change 1 d
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
You can be blinded if you look into a laser beam when you are not wearing laser safety goggles. Never aim the laser
rangefinder at personnel.
If laser beam reflects from a flat, mirrorlike surface, it can blind you unless you are wearing laser safety goggles.
All people who work downrange of the laser must wear laser safety goggles. Laser safety goggles,
NSN 4240-00-258-2054, or an approved substitute, will protect you.
Treat the laser rangefinder as a direct-fire weapon, with hazardous range of 5 miles (8 kilometers). Observe the
following precautions when the laser rangefinder is being used:
1. Never fire the laser rangefinder at a target less than 33 feet (10 meters) away.
2. Never fire the laser rangefinder at flat glass or mirrorlike targets.
3. Never fire the laser rangefinder if gunner's primary sight window is cracked.
4. Fire the laser rangefinder only at approved laser targets on an approved laser-firing range.
5. Report through the chain of command if:
a. An unprotected person may have been in the beam path and closer than 5 miles (8 kilometers) when
the laser rangefinder was fired.
b. An unprotected person was looking at a flat glass or mirrorlike surface when the laser rangefinder
was fired at it.
NOTE
Person in charge must arrange for necessary eye examination and report in accordance
with AR 385-10 and AR 385-63.
6. Make sure you get laser safety training before you work near an operating laser.
e Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE
is used in the operation of this equipment.
DEATH ON CONTACT
may result if personnel fail to observe safety precautions.
Never work on electronic equipment unless there is at least one other person nearby who is familiar with the
operation and hazards of that equipment. That person should also be competent in giving first aid. When operators
help a technician, they must be warned about dangerous areas.
Whenever possible, shut off the power supply to equipment before beginning work. When working inside the
equipment with power off, take special care to ground capacitors likely to hold a dangerous potential.
Be careful not to contact high-voltage connections when installing or operating this equipment.
Whenever possible, keep one hand away from the equipment to reduce the hazard of current flowing through vital
organs of the body.
WARNING
Do not be misled by the term low voltage. Voltages as low as 50 volts may cause death.
Change 1 f
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
g Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
WARNING
Change 1 h
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
NOTE
The idle condition includes idling up to 1300 rpm, all air handlers on, NBC system on, and
other tank noise sources, inside the tank, operating.
Table 2. Hearing Protection Requirements with VIS CVC, ANR, and Earplugs.
Speed Time Limit **
MPH KM/H VIS CVC, ANR OFF ** VIS CVC, ANR ON ** Earplugs, VIS CVC, ANR ON or OFF **
Idle Idle NO LIMIT NO LIMIT NO DATA
10 16 123 1154 NO DATA
20 32 36 347 NO DATA
30 48 29 269 NO DATA
40 64 23 138 NO DATA
** Time limit in minutes per 24 hours for personnel in tank wearing VIS CVC helmet with ANR ON and OFF.
NOTE
• The idle condition includes idling up to 1300 rpm, all air handlers on, NBC system on,
and other tank noise sources, inside the tank, operating.
i Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
GUN/TURRET MOVEMENT
Do not place any part of the body through the opening between driver's station and turret unless turret lock is locked
and turret power is off.
Do not place any part of the body above/below the main gun breech unless main gun elevation travel lock is locked
and turret power is off.
Alert crew by announcing "POWER" and make sure all areas around turret, main gun, and breech are cleared
before operating main gun or turret, or before operating palm switches. Injury or death could result if turret is
traversed while body parts are extended between turret and hull or if main gun is moved while body parts are near
breech or gun tube.
Keeps hands away from operating breech.
When palm switches are depressed, main gun or turret can move suddenly if any of the following conditions exist:
1. MRS UPDATE menu is displayed on gunner's control and display panel.
2. GUN/TURRET DRIVE switch on loader's panel is in POWERED position and FIRE CONTROL MODE switch
on gunner's primary sight is in NORMAL or EMERGENCY position.
3. GUN/TURRET DRIVE switch on loader's panel is moved to or from EL UNCPL position.
4. FIRE CONTROL MODE switch is in NORMAL or EMERGENCY position and main gun is over rear deck and is
below 0 degrees elevation.
5. AMMO SELECT pushbutton is pushed to change from one ammo type to another.
6. TARGET RANGE is changed.
7. BALLISTIC SOLUTIONS run in NORMAL mode, with hydraulics active.
Change 1 j
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
Compressed air used for cleaning purposes will not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa). Use only with effective chip-guarding
and personal protective equipment (goggles/faceshield, gloves, etc.).
WARNING
Hot equipment can burn you. To avoid injury, wait until engine parts and hydraulic tubes and hoses are cool enough
to touch before you start work.
WARNING
Heavy parts can crush you. To avoid injury, keep out from under and clear of heavy parts at all times.
WARNING
Remove rings, bracelets, wristwatches, and neck chains before working around the tank. Jewelry can catch on
equipment and cause injury, or may short across an electrical circuit and cause severe burns or electrical shock.
WARNING
Ammunition containing explosives must be handled with care at all times. The explosive in primers and fuses is very
sensitive to shock and high temperature. If ammunition is dropped, thrown, tumbled, or dragged, an explosion may
result, causing death or injury and destruction of equipment. Disassembly of ammunition is not authorized.
k Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
Follow the safety precautions listed in TM 9-1005-213-10 when you handle or remove commander's weapon.
Commander's weapon may fire and cause injury or death if you do not follow precautions.
WARNING
Look at sling and lifting points for breaks or wear before and during hoisting. Remove bad sling and install new sling.
Sling can break and cause injury or death.
WARNING
Do not run bare hand on metal braided cables or hoses. Wires on cables or hoses can cut you. Wear protective
gloves.
WARNING
Wipe up spilled fuel immediately with rags. You can slip and fall on spilled fuel.
WARNING
Engine exhaust can kill you. To avoid injury, operate powerpack in a well-ventilated area only.
Change 1 l
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
Be sure vehicle master power is off before you work on any part of the electrical system. You can get electrical
shock or burns if power is on.
WARNING
Do not put a trouble light within 2 in. (5.08 cm) of a fire sensor. A trouble light too near a fire sensor can cause fire
extinguishers to discharge. Extinguisher gas will irritate eyes and throat and could be hazardous. If fire
extinguishers are discharged, tank should be evacuated and aired within 5 minutes.
WARNING
Tools may short across positive and negative conductor busses and cause burns or electrical shock. To avoid injury
when working in battery compartment, make sure that tools do not short circuit batteries.
WARNING
Do not open two skirts on the same hinge line at same time. Skirts may fall and cause serious injury. Hinge lines are
between skirts 1 and 2, 3 and 4, and 5 and 6.
WARNING
m Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
BIOLOGICAL
Abstract symbol bug shows that a material may contain bacteria or viruses that present a danger to life or health.
WARNING
CHEMICAL
Drops of liquid on hand shows that the material will cause burns or irritation to human skin or tissue.
WARNING
CHEMICAL WARFARE
Three circles joined in center by a fourth circle shows that a chemical substance presents a danger to life or health.
WARNING
EXPLOSION
A rapidly expanding symbol shows that the material may explode if subjected to high temperatures, sources of
ignition or high pressure.
WARNING
EYE PROTECTION
A person with goggles shows that the material will injure the eyes.
Change 1 n
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
FIRE
A flame shows that a material may ignite and cause burns.
WARNING
RADIATION
Three circular wedges shows that the material emits radioactive energy and can injure human tissue.
WARNING
VAPOR
A human figure in a cloud shows that material vapors present a danger to life or health.
o Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
RADIATION HAZARD
Safety Precautions
This item contains radioactive material. Control of this radioactive material is mandated by federal law. Immediately
report any suspected lost or damaged items to your Radiation Safety Staff Officer (RSSO). If your RSSO cannot be
reached contact the TACOM Safety Office at COM (586) 282-6194 or DSN 786-6194.
1. Tritium (H3).
a. Fire control devices contain luminescent phosphor activated by radioactive tritium gas sealed in
glass capsules. The self-luminous sources are regulated by a Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) license
issued to RI (12-00722-06). Removal of the sources in the field is prohibited by Federal law.
b. Users of fire control devices are required to perform visual checks of the fire control equipment
before, during, and after operation. A loss of illumination may indicate the source is broken. Do not attempt to
repair a non-illuminated instrument in the field. Removal of non-illuminated tritium module(s) is not authorized.
Wear disposable gloves and remove the next higher assembly. Double bag assembly in plastic bags and mark
bag: BROKEN TRITIUM DEVICE-DO NOT OPEN. Notify RSSO and request disposition instructions from RI
National Inventory Control Point (NICP). If breakage occurs while handling the device, restrict area and
immediately notify your RSSO. The RSSO will notify RI License Manager and NICP for disposition instructions.
c. Maintenance and indoor storage areas are to be well ventilated and surveyed quarterly by RSSO to
monitor for tritium contamination. Limit indoor storage to 1000 curies per separate room. Ensure work benches
are covered with absorbent paper (e.g., kraft paper) and spare parts in the maintenance area kept to a
minimum. Additional safety precautions and emergency procedures are in TM 9-254, General Maintenance
Procedures for Fire Control Materiel.
2. Thorium (Th232).
a. The anti-reflective coating on all thermal optics in the gunner's primary sight are coated with thorium
fluoride (ThF4) which is slightly radioactive. The only potential hazard involves ingestion or inhalation of this
coating material. Contact CECOM Safety Office at (732) 427-3112, DSN 987-3112 for radiological control
instructions of broken lenses. Contact your RSSO for further information prior to performing maintenance on
subject items. CECOM holds the NRC license (29-01022-14) for the thorium coating used on the gunner's
primary sight. The RSSO will notify RI NICP for disposition instructions.
Change 1 p
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
b. The M1 series tank contains a turbine engine combustor liner. The liner is a metallic alloy composed
of thorium 232 evenly dispersed in nickel. If the liner breaks or melts, call your RSSO. In coordination with
RSSO, bag liner and all pieces. RSSO will notify TACOM NICP for disposition instructions. Disposal is not
authorized below depot level. Unserviceable combustor liners will be disposed of as radioactive waste or sent
to a licensed thorium rework facility in the Army. The combustor liner is a nonrepairable component. The only
maintenance function allowed is replacement with a new one. Combustor liners separated from vehicle
engines will be tagged/labeled with the words RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL-TH232 and otherwise labeled in
accordance with MIL-STD-129. The combustor liner is regulated through a Department of Army (DA)
Authorization A21-12-05, issued to TACOM.
3. Depleted Uranium (DU or U238). DU is a metal used in munitions and M1A1/M1A2 tank armor because of its
high density. Damage or fire to the DU munitions/armor may result in contaminated smoke, ash, or dust (refer to TB
9-1300-278). DU is an internal health hazard if inhaled, ingested, or embedded in skin. It presents both radiological
and toxicological effects. If handling bare metal is necessary, gloves must be worn. Operations Support Command
(OSC) holds the NRC license for the DU munitions (SUC 1380). The RSSO will notify the OSC License Manager
and OSC NICP for disposition instructions for unserviceable ammunition. The armor is completely encased and
presents no hazard unless it is opened up exposing the DU armor. The RSSO will notify the TACOM License
Manager and TACOM NICP for disposition instructions if armor is ruptured or penetrated. TACOM holds the NRC
license for the DU armor (SUB 1536). Exposure to radiation in the crew compartment of an undamaged tank, by
the DU munitions and armor, is minimal.
4. Engine Spark Igniters. The engines of the M1 series tank contain engine igniters that have nickel 63, cesium
137, and krypton 85 radioactive materials. Hazards exist with these items when they are broken open or when they
are stored in bulk quantities. If either of these conditions exist the RSSO must be notified. The RSSO will take action
to mitigate the conditions and notify TACOM NICP. The spark igniters are licensed through a Department of Army
(DA) Authorization A21-12-04, issued to TACOM.
Identification and Disposal
Radioactive materials are identified by warning labels. These labels should not be removed and should be replaced
immediately when necessary. Dispose of radioactive materials in accordance with AR 385-10, The Army Safety
Program. Command NICP information is contained in TB 43-0116, Identification of Radioactive Items in the Army.
Rules and Regulation
Copies of the following rules and regulations may be obtained from the commands listed in the paragraph below:
1. Title 10 CFR Part 19 - Notices, Instructions, and Reports to Workers; Inspections
2. Title 10 CFR Part 20 - Standards for Protection Against Radiation
3. Title 10 CFR Part 21 - Reporting of Defects and Noncompliance
4. NRC License, license conditions, and license application
q Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Additional Information
1. Upon notification of fire/breakage or theft/loss of licensed materials, Local Radiation Safety Officer (LRSO) or
Chemical, Biological, Radiological, and Nuclear (CBRN) Officer/NCO should immediately notify the RSSO at
the following appropriate offices:
a. Tritium Fire Control Devices: HQ TACOM LCMC-Warren, ATTN: AMSTA-CSC-Z, Warren, MI
48397-5000, COM (586) 282-6194 or DSN 786-6194.
b. Thorium Coated Optics: HQ, CECOM, ATTN: AMSEL-SF-RE, Fort Monmouth, NJ 07703-5024,
COM (732) 427-3112 or DSN 987-3112.
c. DU Ammunition: HQ, JMC, ATTN: AMSJM-RDO, Rock Island, IL 61299-6000, COM (309)
782-0338/2969 or DSN 793-0338/2969 and after duty hours Staff Duty Officer at DSN 793-7270 or COM (309)
782-7270; 24 hours.
d. Thorium Combustor Liners, DU Armor, and Engine Spark Igniters: HQ TACOM LCMC-Warren,
ATTN: AMSTA-CSC-Z, Warren, MI 48397-5000, DSN 786-7635/6194 or COM (586) 282-7635/6194 and after
duty hours Staff Duty Officer at DSN 786-6692 or COM (586) 282-6692.
2. Contact the base safety office for the name and telephone number of your LRSO or CBRN Officer/NCO.
TELEPHONE: _____________________
First Aid
For further information on first aid, refer to FM 4-25.11.
Change 1 r
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
s Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
HEALTH/ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARD
Gas particulate filters use ASC Whetlerite Carbon which contains Chromium VI. Chromium VI is a known
carcinogen if inhaled or swallowed. Damaged, used, or unusable filters are classified as hazardous waste:
1. DO NOT throw away any damaged, used, or unusable filters as ordinary trash.
2. DO turn in damaged, used, or unusable filters to your hazardous waste management office or local Defense
Reutilization and Marketing Office (DRMO).
3. Gas particulate filters are completely safe to handle and use if they are not damaged in such a way that carbon
leaks from them. In the unlikely event that carbon should leak, use protection such as dust respirator to cover
nose and mouth and put carbon in container such as self-sealing plastic bag; turn in to the hazardous waste
management office or DRMO.
4. Disposal of hazardous waste is restricted by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act as amended (42
U.S.C.A. sec 6901 et seq). Violation of these laws is subject to severe criminal penalties.
Change 1 t
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
u Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
ADHESIVE
Adhesive causes immediate bonding on contact with eyes, skin, or clothing, burns easily, and gives off harmful
vapors. To avoid injury, wear protective goggles, keep away from open fire, and use in a well-ventilated area. Attempt
to keep eyes open if adhesive gets in them and flush with water. Get immediate medical attention.
WARNING
BATTERY ACID
Always wear goggles, rubber gloves, and rubber apron when handling batteries. Battery acid is harmful to skin and
will ruin clothing.
WARNING
Wear protective clothing when you handle contaminated CBRN filters. Contaminated CBRN filters can cause
serious illness or death.
WARNING
CLEANING COMPOUND
Cleaning compound can cause skin rash and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid injury, use in a well-ventilated
area. Wash immediately with soap and water if compound gets on skin or clothing.
Change 1 v
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
DENATURED ALCOHOL
Denatured alcohol burns easily and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid injury, keep away from open fire and use
in a well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with eyes and do not take internally. If swallowed or splashed in eyes get
immediate medical attention.
WARNING
Dry Cleaning Solvent is toxic and flammable. To avoid injury, wear protective goggles and gloves and use in a
well-ventilated area. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, and clothes, and do not breathe vapors. Do not use near open
fire or excessive heat. The flash point for Type I Dry Cleaning Solvent is 100°F (38°C), and for Type II is 140°F
(60°C). If you become dizzy while using Dry Cleaning Solvent, get fresh air immediately and get medical aid. If
contact with eyes is made, wash your eyes with water and get medical aid immediately.
WARNING
FUEL
Keep fuel away from open fire and keep fire extinguisher within easy reach when working with fuel. Do not let fuel
drain on hot engine. Fuel is very flammable and can explode easily. Fuel can catch fire and cause injury or death.
Fuel is highly combustible. Put up NO SMOKING WITHIN 50 FEET (15 METERS) OF VEHICLE signs before
draining fuel.
w Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
HYDRAULIC FLUID
Fire Resistant Hydraulic (FRH) fluid may contain tricresyl phosphate which, if taken internally, can produce
paralysis. Hydraulic fluid may be absorbed through the skin. Wear long sleeves, gloves, goggles, and faceshield. If
FRH gets in eyes, wash them immediately and get medical aid immediately. If FRH gets on skin, thoroughly wash
with soap and water. Wash hands thoroughly prior to eating or smoking. Application of these measures is
considered an effective control of the hazard.
Always wear safety glasses when working on the hydraulic system. If hydraulic fluid gets in your eyes, you can be
blinded.
WARNING
INSULATING COMPOUND
Insulating compound burns easily and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid injury, keep away from open fire and
use in a well-ventilated area.
WARNING
LUBRICATING OIL
Do not get lubricating oil on skin or clothing. Lubricating oil may cause skin rash. If oil gets on skin or clothing, wash
immediately with soap and water.
Engine lubricating oils (MIL-PRF-23699 and MIL-PRF-7808) may contain tricresyl phosphate which, if taken
internally, can produce paralysis. Engine oil may be absorbed through the skin. Wear long sleeves, gloves, goggles,
and faceshield. If engine oil gets in eyes, wash them immediately and get medical aid immediately. If engine oil gets
on skin, thoroughly wash with soap and water. Wash hands thoroughly prior to eating or smoking. Application of
these measures is considered an effective control of the hazard.
Change 1 x
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
METHYL-ISOBUTYL-KETONE (MIBK)
Methyl-isobutyl-ketone burns easily and can give off harmful vapors that can irritate eyes, nose, and throat and can
cause headache, dizziness, and nausea. Avoid prolonged breathing of vapors, keep away from eyes and avoid
prolonged skin contact. Use of a respirator is required. Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves. Keep away from
open fire and use in a well-ventilated area.
WARNING
Plug valve grease is toxic to skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Avoid skin and eye contact. Do not consume or drink
in area. Do not smoke in area. Ensure area is properly ventilated.
WARNING
POTTING COMPOUND
Potting compound burns easily and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid injury, keep away from open fire and use
in a well-ventilated area.
WARNING
PRIMER
Primer burns easily and can give off harmful vapors. To avoid injury, keep away from open fire and use in a
well-ventilated area.
y Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
WARNING
SEALING COMPOUND
Sealing compound is harmful to skin and clothing, can burn easily, and gives off harmful vapors. Use sealing
compounds away from open fire and in a well-ventilated area.
Sealing compound can cause skin rash and eye irritation. Wear rubber gloves and goggles while using compound.
Wash immediately with soap and water if compound gets on skin. Flush immediately with water and get medical aid
if compound gets in eyes.
WARNING
SOLVENT
Solvent can irritate skin, can burn easily, and gives off harmful vapors. To avoid injury, keep solvent away from heat,
wear protective clothing, and use in a well-ventilated area.
Change 1 z
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
CHANGE HEADQUARTERS,
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
NO. 1 Washington, D.C., 16 March 2012
TECHNICAL MANUAL
FIELD
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
HULL
VOLUME 1 OF 7
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies and their contractors for administrative or operational
purposes only. This determination was made on 01 Jun 93. Other requests for this document shall be referred to: U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle
Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727, 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000.
WARNING: This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export Control Act (Title 22, U.S.C., Sec 2751, et seq)
or the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, Title 50, U.S.C., App. 2401 et seq. Violations of these export laws are subject to severe
criminal penalties. Disseminate in accordance with provisions of DoD Directive 5230.25.
DESTRUCTION NOTICE. Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.
1. File this change sheet in front of the publication for reference purposes.
2. This change is the result of the software 4.4 upgrade and the implementation of the J7 Digital Electronics
Control Unit (DECU), the Engine Memory Unit (EMU), and the Rear View Sensor System (RVSS).
3. New or changed material is indicated by a vertical bar in the margin of the page.
RAYMOND T. ODIERNO
General, United States Army
Official: Chief of Staff
JOYCE E. MORROW
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
1203810
Distribution:
Note: Supersedes TM 9-2350-388-20-1-1, 28 February 2001, including all changes. Zero in the Change No. column indicates
an original page or work package.
Date of issue for the original manual is:
Original 06 February 2009
Change 1 16 March 2012
TOTAL NUMBER OF VOLUMES IS 7, TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES FOR FRONT AND REAR MATTER IS 556 AND TOTAL
NUMBER OF WORK PACKAGES IS 1484, CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
A Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Change 1 B
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
C Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Change 1 D
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
E Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Change 1 F
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
G Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Change 1 H
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
Washington, D.C., 06 February 2009
TECHNICAL MANUAL
FIELD
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
HULL
VOLUME 1 OF 7
REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS
You can help improve this publication. If you find any errors, or if you would like to recommend
any improvements to the procedures in this publication, please let us know. The preferred
method is to submit your DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank
Forms) through the Internet on the TACOM Unique Logistics Support Applications (TULSA)
Web site. The Internet address is https://tulsa.tacom.army.mil. Access to all applications
requires CAC authentication, and you must complete the Access Request form the first time
you use it. The DA Form 2028 is located under the TULSA Applications on the left-hand
navigation bar. Fill out the form and click on SUBMIT. Using this form on the TULSA Web site
will enable us to respond more quickly to your comments and to better manage the DA Form
2028 program. You may also mail, e-mail, or fax your comments or DA Form 2028 directly to
the U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command. The postal mail address is U.S.
Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS
727, 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, War ren, MI 48397-5000. The e-mail address is
[email protected]. The fax number is DSN 786-1856 or Commercial (586)
282-1856. A reply will be furnished to you.
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies and their contractors for administrative or operational
purposes only. This determination was made on 01 Jun 93. Other requests for this document shall be referred to: U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle
Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727, 6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000.
WARNING: This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export Control Act (Title 22, U.S.C., Sec 2751, et seq)
or the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, Title 50, U.S.C., App. 2401 et seq. Violations of these export laws are subject to severe
criminal penalties. Disseminate in accordance with provisions of DoD Directive 5230.25.
DESTRUCTION NOTICE. Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.
NOTE
This manual is divided into seven volumes. Chapters 1 thru 3 are contained in this volume.
Chapters 4 thru 8 are contained in TM 9-2350-388-23-1-2. Chapters 9 thru 11 are
contained in TM 9-2350-388-23-1-3. Chapters 12 thru 14 are contained in TM
9-2350-388-23-1-4. Chapters 15 thru 21 are contained in TM 9-2350-388-23-1-5. Chapters
22 thru 26 are contained in TM 9-2350-388-23-1-6. Chapters 27 thru 33 are contained in
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-7.
i Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WP
Sequence
No.
VOLUME 1
TP 018 Thru TP 021 Or TP 029 Thru TP 032 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0024
TP 100 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0025
TP 111 Thru TP 119, TP 121, TP 161 Thru TP 169, Or TP 171 Follow-On
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0026
TP 120 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0027
TP 123 Or TP 125 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0028
TP 124 Or TP 145 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0029
TP 126 Or TP 127 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0030
TP 150 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0031
TP 170 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0032
TP 173 Or TP 175 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0033
TP 174 Or TP 195 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0034
TP 176 Or TP 177 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0035
TP 200 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0036
TP 240 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0037
TP 241 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0038
TP 244 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0039
TP 245 Or TP 253 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0040
TP 248 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0041
TP 250 Or TP 255 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0042
TP 251 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0043
TP 252 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0044
TP 254, TP 279, Or TP 289 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0045
TP 256 Follow-On Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0046
Change 1 ii
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
iii Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
VOLUME 2
v Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Change 1 vi
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
VOLUME 3
Change 1 viii
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
ix Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Change 1 x
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
VOLUME 4
Fuel
Fuel System Purging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0439
Rear Fuel Tank Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0440
Fuel Tanks Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0441
Front Fuel Tanks Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0442
Forward Fuel Tanks
Front Fuel Cover Assembly, Filler Opening Cap, Filler Neck, Strainer
Element, and Plain Encased Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0443
Cam Actuated Electrical Fuel Pump, Fueling Manifold, and Fuel Line
Shield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0444
Left Front Fuel Tank Bulkhead Access Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0445
Left Front Fuel Tank Access Cover, Fuel Level Liquid Transmitter,
and Personnel Heater Pressure Fluid Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0446
Right Front Fuel Tank Bulkhead Access Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0447
Right Front Fuel Tank Cover Assembly and Fuel Level Liquid
Transmitter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0448
Front Fuel Tanks Crossover Rubber Hose Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0449
Front Fuel Inlet Cover Rubber Special Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0450
Front Fuel Inlet Cover Mounting Plate Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0451
Left or Right Front Fuel Tank Mounting Plate Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0452
Front Fuel Inlet Cover Clip Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0453
Rear Fuel Tanks
Right Rear In-Tank Electrical Fuel Pump Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0454
Right Sponson Tank Fuel Transfer Preformed Hose Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0455
Right Fuel Transfer Cover-Adapter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0456
Smoke Generator Pump Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0457
Left Rear In-Tank Electrical Fuel Pump, Fuel Level Liquid Transmitter,
Pressure Fluid Filter, and Fuel Cover Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0458
Right Engine Compartment Fuel Tank Heat Shield Assembly and
Angle Brackets Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0459
Right Engine Compartment Fuel Tank Angle Bracket Insulators and
Continuous Thread Studs Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0460
Repair Fuel Tank Heat Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0461
Crossover Hose Heat Shield Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0462
Left Engine Compartment Fuel Tank Heat Shield Assemblies, Angle
Bracket Insulators, and Continuous Thread Studs Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0463
Rear Fuel Tank Inlet Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0464
Rear Fuel Filler Opening Cap and Filler Neck Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0465
Rear Fuel Tank Strainer Element Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0466
Fuel Cap Cartridge Valve/Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0467
Right Sponson Fuel Tank Access Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0468
Right Sponson Fuel Tank Vent Adapter and Access Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 0469
Rear Fuel Inlet Plain Encased Seal, Oil Seal Retainer,
and Split Rings Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0470
Rear Fuel Tank Cover Special Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0471
Right Fuel Pump Pressure Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0472
Engine Compartment Fuel Tank Mounting Plate Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 0473
Left Fuel Pump Pressure Switch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0474
Right Engine Compartment Fuel Tank Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0475
Left Engine Compartment Fuel Tank Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0476
Right Sponson Engine Fuel Tank Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0477
Smoke Generator Pump Assembly Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0478
Rear Fuel Tank Cover Clip Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0479
Left or Right Engine Compartment Fuel Tank Drain Valve Assembly
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0480
Fuel Tank Repair
Fuel Tank Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0481
Fuel Lines and Fittings
Left Rear Fuel Crossover Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0482
xi Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Change 1 xii
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Air Baffle
Lower Fan Assembly Airflow Baffle Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0529
Upper Fan Assembly Airflow Baffle Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0530
Upper Side Airflow Baffle Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0531
Lower Side Air Baffle Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0532
Battery Compartment Plain Encased Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0533
Oil Cooler Fan Duct
Left Oil Cooler Fan Duct Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0534
Right Oil Cooler Fan Duct Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0535
Oil Cooler Assembly Cleaning
Left or Right Side Oil Cooler Assembly Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0536
Oil Cooler Fan, Fan Drive Unit, and Double Universal Propeller Shaft
Left or Right Fan Drive Unit Double Universal Propeller Shaft Replacement . . . . . . .WP 0537
Left or Right Fan Drive Unit Double Universal Propeller Shaft Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0538
Left or Right Transmission Fan Guard Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0539
Left or Right Angle Gear Box Assembly Drive Unit and Friction
Clutch Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0540
Left or Right Oil Cooler Transmission Fan Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0541
Oil Cooler and Oil Cooler Fan Brackets
Left Side Oil Cooler Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0542
Right Side Oil Cooler Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0543
Left Side Oil Cooler Fan Upper Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0544
Left Side Oil Cooler Lower Angle Fan Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0545
Right Side Oil Cooler Fan Mounting Brackets Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0546
Transmission Oil Cooler
Engine and Left Side Transmission Oil Cooler Fan Shroud Seal Replacement . . . . .WP 0547
Right Side Transmission Oil Cooler Fan Shroud Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0548
Oil Cooler Fan Drive Unit Oil Tube Assemblies
Left Oil Cooler Tube Assembly (Tee to Fan Drive Unit) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0549
Oil Tube Assembly (Tee to Transmission Elbow) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0550
Oil Tube Assembly (Left Cooler Fan Drive Unit to Tube Cross) Replacement . . . . . .WP 0551
Oil Tube Assembly (Tube Cross to Transmission) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0552
Oil Tube Assembly (Right Cooler Fan Drive Unit to Tube Cross) Replacement . . . . .WP 0553
Oil Tube Assembly (Right Cooler Fan Drive to Transmission) Replacement . . . . . . .WP 0554
Chapter 14 Maintenance Instructions: Electrical System
Generator
Engine AC Generator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0555
Generator Upper Or Lower Retaining Strap Cushioning Pad Replacement . . . . . . . .WP 0556
Generator Upper Retaining Strap Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0557
Generator Lower Retaining Strap Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0558
Generator Oil Outlet Quick-Disconnect Coupling Half, Oil Cooling
Tube Assembly, Tube Elbow, And Tube Reducer Or Straight
Adapter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0559
Generator Oil Inlet Quick-Disconnect Coupling Half, Oil Cooling Tube
Assembly, And Tube Elbows Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0560
Prime Power Controller
Prime Power Controller Upper Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0561
Voltage Regulator and Electrical Lead Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0562
Prime Power Controller (PPC) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0563
Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0564
Starter Motor and Igniter Circuit
Starter Motor 100-Amp Electromagnetic Relay Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0565
Ignition Electrical Lead Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0566
Ignition Exciter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0567
Spark Igniter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0568
Engine Starter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0569
Starter Lifting Handle Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0570
Upper Side Cable Duct
Upper Side Cable Duct Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0571
xiii Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Change 1 xiv
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
xv Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Change 1 xvi
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
xvii Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
VOLUME 5
xix Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Change 1 xx
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Track Assembly
Track Support Roller, Tapered Cones and Rollers, and Plain Encased
Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0899
Track Support Roller Tapered Roller Cups Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0900
Track Support Roller Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0901
Left or Right Idler Wheel Hub and Arm Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0902
Idler Wheel Hub and Arm Assembly Upper Spindle Track Hub Spacer
(Sleeve Bearings) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0903
Idler Wheel Hub and Arm Assembly Upper Spindle Oil Seal Retainer,
Lubrication Fitting, and Plain Encased Grease Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0904
Left or Right Track Adjusting Link Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0905
Track Adjusting Link Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0906
Sprocket Wheels and Final Drive Hub
Roadwheel Scraper Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0907
Track Plate Retainer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0908
Sprocket Wheels Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0909
Sprocket Wheels and Final Drive Hub Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0910
Left and Right Sprocket Wheels and Final Drive Hub Reversal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0911
Sprocket Wheels Reversal or Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0912
Loose or Missing Hub Bolts Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0913
Sprocket Wheels to Final Drive Hub Screws Tightening or Replacement . . . . . . . . . .WP 0914
Track Assemblies Reversal, Bump Stop Bracket, Roadwheel and Idler Wheel Wear
Plate Assembly Replacement
Bump Stop Bracket Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0915
Roadwheel or Idler Wheel Wear Plate Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0916
Roadwheel or Idler Wheel Wear Plate Assembly Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 0917
xxi Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
VOLUME 6
Change 1 xxii
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
xxiii Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Change 1 xxiv
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Unity or Tank Periscope Rubber Round or Rubber Strip Seal Replacement . . . . . . .WP 1081
Unity or Tank Periscope Retainer Continuous Thread Stud Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 1082
Driver's Periscope Washer
Windshield Washer Nozzles and Tubing Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1083
Windshield Washer Inside Tubing Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1084
Windshield Washer Reservoir Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1085
Windshield Washer Vacuum Pump Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1086
Drain Valves
Front Drain Valve Control Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1087
Front Drain Poppet Valve Assembly and Remote Control Lever Replacement . . . . .WP 1088
Front Drain Poppet Valve Assembly Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1089
Front Drain Valve and Control Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1090
Driver's Vehicular Seat and Headrest
Upper Seat Back Cushion Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1091
Lower Seat Back Cushion Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1092
Access Cover Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1093
Driver's Vehicular Seat Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1094
Vehicular Seat Cushion Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1095
Threaded Actuator Rod Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1096
Bevel Gearshaft Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1097
Driver's Seat Housing Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1098
Seat Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1099
Driver's Seat Back and Back Support Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1100
Flat Spring Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1101
Driver's Vehicular Seat and Headrest
Knob Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1102
Flat Spring Cap Screw and Angle Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1103
Threaded End Rod Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1104
Manual Control Lever Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1105
Torsion Spiral Springs Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1106
Driver's Seat Subframe, Rigid Connecting Link, and Pivot Bracket
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1107
Headrest Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1108
Headrest Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1109
Headrest Guide Post Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1110
Headrest Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1111
Driver's Seat Frame and Threaded Spacer Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1112
Ammunition Compartment
Bottom Radio Frequency Isolator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1113
Ammunition Access Door Vertical Latch Clamp Assembly Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1114
Door Latch Insert Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1115
Ammunition Load/Unload Position Hull Identification Marker Replacement . . . . . . . .WP 1116
Isolator Mounting Pad Shims Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1117
Engine Compartment Insulation Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1118
Ammo Rack Sidewall Liner Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1119
Ammo Rack Bottom Liners Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1120
Ammunition Access Door Vertical Latch Clamp Assembly Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1121
Ammo Rack
Ammo Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1122
Ammo Tube Latch and Plunger Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1123
Ammo Tube Stop Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1124
Ammo Tube Indicator Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1125
Ammo Tube Nonmetallic Bushings Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1126
Front Wall Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1127
Bottom Front Wall Connector Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1128
Upper Connector and Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1129
Rear Wall Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1130
Ammo Rack Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1131
Mounting Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1132
Threaded Stand-off Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1133
Mounting Bracket (L-Shape) Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1134
Jumper Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1135
xxv Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Driver's Station
Driver's NBC Mask Stowage Webbing Strap and Strap Fastener Loop
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1136
Flashlight Mounting Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1137
Identification Plate
Position/Navigation Identification Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1138
Vehicle Identification Plate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1139
Ammunition Doors
Inner And Outer Ammunition Access Doors And Tracks Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1140
Door Ball Transfer Units Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1141
Ammunition Access Door Seal Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1142
Ammunition Access Doors Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1143
Change 1 xxvi
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Hydraulic Reservoir Pressure Hose Assembly and Bellows Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 1216
Centrifugal Pump Pressure Hose Assembly And Half Coupling Replacement . . . . .WP 1217
Auxiliary Power Unit Hydraulic Elbow and Tube Assemblies Replacement . . . . . . . .WP 1218
Auxiliary Power Unit Hydraulic Case Drain Tube Assemblies
and Nipple Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1219
Hydraulic Reservoir Suction Hose Assembly And Bellows Replacement . . . . . . . . . .WP 1220
Check Valve and Tee Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1221
Tubing
Cut And Deburr Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1222
Tube With Damaged Section Under 5/16-Inch (7.9 mm) Long Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1223
Tube With Damaged Section Over 5/16-Inch (7.9 mm) Long Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1224
Leaking Tee Or Elbow Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1225
Leaking Bulkhead Union Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1226
Leaking Or Damaged End Fitting Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1227
Crack Or Hole In Tube Bend Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1228
Swage Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1229
VOLUME 7
Change 1 xxviii
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
xxix Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Fire Extinguisher Left Rear Lower Tube Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1295
Driver's (First Shot) Engine Compartment Control Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . .WP 1296
Driver's Manual Control Handle, Bellcrank, and Remote Control Lever
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1297
Driver's Crew Compartment Control Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1298
Outside (Second Shot) Engine Compartment Control Assembly and
Manual Control Handle Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1299
Fire Sensor Replacement (Dry Chemical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1300
Valve and Bottle Assembly Upper Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1301
Valve and Bottle Assembly Bracket Strap Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1302
Second Shot Tube Assemblies and Nipple (Nipple to Check Valve)
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1303
Fire Extinguisher Left Side Tube Assembly (Check Valve to Tee) and
Tee Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1304
Left Side Fire Extinguisher Lower Tube Assemblies Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1305
Fire Extinguisher Front Left Side Tee and Tube Assemblies Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 1306
Engine Compartment First and Second Shot Valve and Bottle
Assembly Lower Bracket Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1307
Crew Compartment Valve and Bottle Assembly Lower Bracket
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1308
Engine Compartment Valve and Bottle Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1309
Valve and Bottle Assembly Warning Decal or Label Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1310
Valve and Bottle Assembly Guard Marker Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1311
Dispersion Tube and Discharge Nozzle Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1312
Left Side Fire Extinguisher Distribution Tube Assemblies Replacement . . . . . . . . . . .WP 1313
Right Side Fire Extinguisher Distribution Tube Assemblies Replacement . . . . . . . . .WP 1314
Change 1 xxx
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
xxxi Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Change 1 xxxii
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Alphabetical Index
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index-1
xxxiii Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Right here if this is the first time you are using this TM. Be sure to completely read this section on How To Use
This Manual first. There's a lot of information here you need to know.
ORGANIZATION
This manual is divided into three types of maintenance activities. These are: Troubleshooting Procedures that
fault isolates to a faulty Line Replaceable Unit (LRU); Scheduled Maintenance, also known as Preventive
Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS); and Maintenance Procedures that are used to correct faults and
replace failed parts. You will be using the procedures in this manual to do one of these types of maintenance.
Within the Troubleshooting and Maintenance portions of this manual you will find the material organized in
functional group code order like the Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) in Vol 7, WP 1433 of this TM. This
allows the TM to be alined with its applicable Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL). For information on
how to use the RPSTL, refer to the introduction in TM 9-2350-388-24P-1.
General Maintenance Instructions (GMI) are provided to assist you with common knowledge information which
you might not use every day. They are provided in Vol 7, Chapter 31, as general instructions so the specific steps
won't have to be included in every procedure. You should familiarize yourself with all the information in the GMI.
GMI includes information on the following subjects:
Cleaning Mechanical Parts Fittings, Tubes, and Hoses Replacement
Cleaning Electrical Components Reducing System Hydraulic Pressure to Zero
Painting Bleeding and Checking for Leaks
HCP Cleaning and Installing Items to Bending Flexible Hoses
Maintain Hardness Critical Integrity Suspension System Torquing
Welding Use of Hub and Arm Lifting Tool
Tagging Electrical Wires and Parts Use of Safety Wood Blocks
Vehicle Armor Fire Extinguisher Valve and Bottle
Installing Anti-Chafing Sleeves Assembly Replacement
Installing Adjustable Fittings Setting Up Charging Kit
Connecting and Disconnecting Connectors NBC System
Harness Routing Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Sensitive
Component Handling
If you're going to do Scheduled Maintenance, you can turn directly to the Preventive Maintenance Checks and
Services (PMCS) in Vol 2, WP 0253. If you're using the manual to perform Troubleshooting, go to HOW TO DO
TROUBLESHOOTING and proceed according to the instructions there. If you are using the manual to perform
repair or replacement of a part that you already know is bad, you would start by locating the part to be replaced in
the Alphabetical Index located at the back of the last volume of this manual.
Look in the Alphabetical Index for a key noun from the vehicle system or part nomenclature. The Alphabetical
Index lists each task under one or more headings. For example, the procedure for DRIVER'S PERISCOPE
WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADE REPLACEMENT, would be listed under "D" for "Driver's Periscope Windshield
Wiper Blade," under "W" for "Wiper Blade, Windshield, Driver's Periscope," and also under "B" for "Blade, Wiper,
Windshield, Driver's Periscope."
Change 1 xxxiv
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Once you've located the correct procedure, read through it to determine if you have everything you need to
perform the job. Make sure all the Equipment Conditions have been met. Familiarize yourself with the potential
hazards described by the WARNINGS and CAUTIONS. You must familiarize yourself with the entire maintenance
procedure before beginning the maintenance task.
HOW TO DO TROUBLESHOOTING
Chapters 2 through 5 contain instructions for field level troubleshooting of the M1A2 SEP Tank hull assembly.
Chapter 2 contains the Built-in Diagnostics And Fault Isolation Procedures and Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message
Index which are used in conjunction with the on tank built-in diagnostics to identify a faulty Line Replaceable Unit
(LRU) or ambiguity group of LRUs. The ambiguity groups of LRUs identified by built-in diagnostics are fault
isolated by Troubleshooting Procedure (TP) Follow-on Procedures. The built-in diagnostics and fault isolation
procedures begin in WP 0004.
Also contained in Chapter 2 is the Symptom Discernment Procedure Index, Symptom Discernment Procedures,
and Hull System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault System Index. These indexes identify any
symptom malfunction of the hull systems not identified by built-in diagnostics. Symptom Discernment Procedure
Index is located in WP 0009 and the Hull System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault System Index is
located in WP 0020.
Chapter 3 contains the TP Follow-on procedures starting in WP 0024 and Chapter 4 contains the Manual
Troubleshooting Procedures starting in Vol 2, WP 0155.
Chapter 5 contains supplementary data on test equipment operation and hook-up, component location diagrams
and other related tank data which are referenced in the troubleshooting procedures. This data begins in Vol 2, WP
0241.
PURPOSE
Troubleshooting is a step-by-step process for finding the cause of a tank problem. This section will explain the
overall approach to the troubleshooting procedures presented in Chapter 2. References within this volume will be
by work package number. References within other volumes of the same TM will be by volume and work package
number. References to other TMs will only be by TM number. If you are given a reference to TM 9-2350-388-10,
for instance, use the index at the end of the TM 9-2350-388-10-2 book to find the proper task location. System
Functional Schematic Foldouts (FOs) are located in TM 9-2350-388-24-1.
There are four key steps that make for good troubleshooting:
• Identify the symptom.
• Find the procedure.
• Isolate the fault.
• Verify the repair.
xxxv Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Gather Information. To identify the symptom, read the DA Form 5988-E/DA Form 2404 that was filled out by the
tank crew. If required, ask the crew questions and get more information about the symptom.
If you do not know the answer to a question about your symptom, try to find the answer by duplicating the
necessary operation. For example, if you were asked if panel lights were OK, and you do not know for sure, check
out all lights to make sure they work properly before answering the question.
Record any messages obtained during troubleshooting and symptom verification. If the crew has reported a
failure message that is no longer present in the system and you cannot duplicate the message, the embedded
diagnostics may not properly identify the fault. It may be necessary to operate the failing function for up to 30
seconds to duplicate a failure message. If the message is a circuit breaker tripped caution, determine which
circuit breaker trips by monitoring circuit breaker status while operating the control or function. Always try to keep
failure messages in the system by keeping master power on until all necessary Built-In Test (BIT) and Fault
Isolation Tests (FITs) have been run. Most failure messages are lost when master power is turned off. The
exceptions are the engine failures that are detected by the Digital Electronic Control Unit (DECU). They are
retained in the DECU memory even when master power is off.
WARNING
Do not operate tank if there is any chance the symptom may injure personnel or damage tank.
Example: "No steering control''. Before operating tank, notify nearby personnel and make sure
surrounding area is clear, to prevent injury to personnel or damage to equipment.
Operate Tank. If necessary, operate the tank, i.e., turn on tank power and/or start engine as necessary, to help
verify the symptom and make sure there was no crew error. Troubleshooting in this book is based on the
assumption that all -10 troubleshooting has been completed and if possible, the fault verified.
Change 1 xxxvi
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Built-in Diagnostics. Built-in diagnostics consists of self test that runs anytime master power is on. BIT and FIT
are initiated by the field mechanic. The result of running built-in diagnostics will identify a faulty LRU by its name
or an ambiguity group of LRUs by a TP number. The TP number will relate directly to an action listed in the
Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index in WP 0008.
Symptom Discernment Procedures. The fault discernment logic is designed to insure that you will be using the
correct procedure to troubleshoot your symptom(s). You may have more than one symptom, and because many of
the symptoms/problems are interrelated, we have assigned priorities so troubleshooting will not have to be
repeated in several subsystems. These procedures help the mechanic find the correct manual troubleshooting
procedure for symptoms not identified by built-in diagnostics. These symptom discernment procedures are
organized by tank system/subsystem. These procedures are listed in the Symptom Discernment Index in WP
0009.
Manual Troubleshooting Procedures. These procedures are based on tank symptoms not identified by the built-in
diagnostics. They fault isolate an ambiguity group of LRUs to a single LRU using a multimeter and a breakout
box. The correct manual troubleshooting procedure can be found by using symptom discernment procedures or, if
you are sure about the correct symptom, use the Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) Fault Symptom Index
in WP 0020.
Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment Procedure. If a symptom is present that is not covered by a
symptom discernment procedure, notify your supervisor. To ensure that future problems are addressed, submit a
DA FORM 2028 with the following data:
• Any recorded measurements
• Corrective action
• Observed symptoms
Follow-on Procedures. The follow-on procedures are in the form of fault isolation flow charts; see Sample
Procedure. Each flow chart begins with a TP number identified by built-in diagnostics or with a fault symptom that
can be seen, felt, or heard during tank operation. Step by step instructions for finding and correcting the fault are
given for each symptom. When needed, illustrations are included that show the location of test points and tank
hardware. Chapter 5, Supplementary Data, contains test equipment and tank data which is referenced throughout
the fault isolation procedures.
Replace Component. Most fault isolation procedures will lead to the replacement of a tank component. Follow the
reference to the maintenance manual and replace the faulty part.
Verify Problem Is Solved. After the repair is completed, operate the tank or perform built-in diagnostics to be sure
the symptom failure is no longer present. If your tank still has a problem after a repair action has been performed,
your tank may have had more than one fault. Repeating the troubleshooting process as shown in Block Diagram
should fix your second fault.
xxxvii Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
The following steps need to be performed each time you are doing a troubleshooting procedure. These standard
practices will improve the accuracy of fault isolation and help prevent damage to the tank or test equipment.
• Remember to close all grille doors and access panels before traversing the tank turret.
• Be sure master power is off before connecting or disconnecting any electrical cable or harness unless
otherwise specified. If master power must remain on, be sure turret power is off.
• Anytime a connector is disconnected it should be checked for cleanliness and broken, bent, or pushed in
pins (Vol 2, WP 0245). If you find missing or damaged pins, notify your supervisor.
• Remove test probes and jumpers after answering the question at the end of each block unless otherwise
noted. If additional adapter and/or jumpers are required, refer to Vol 2, WP 0241 for information on
additional items.
• Continuity is defined as a 0 to 5 ohms reading on a multimeter. A buzzer or light can give a false continuity
or short circuit indication when the circuit resistance is actually greater than 5 ohms. Do not use a buzzer
or light without verifying the actual multimeter reading.
• When instructed to make a measurement to chassis ground, ensure you make solid contact to a metal
surface, free of paint, grease and dirt. Connector backshells (not the coupling ring) and braided wire
ground straps are reliable chassis connections.
• If testing for an intermittent condition, flex the harness and test for a reading that varies above or below the
limits specified in test block.
• When preparing the multimeter for measuring 0 to 5 ohms, make sure the RANGE switch is set to its lowest
position.
• Use care when hooking up connectors by carefully alining the keyway to avoid bending or breaking pins.
• Composite connectors used in electrical cables and LRUs utilize connector bodies that do not conduct
electricity. When required to test to a connector body, test to the EMI adapter (backshell) for cable
connectors and to the component chassis for LRUs.
Change 1 xxxviii
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
• HCP Always look for obvious damage to harnesses and all surrounding components while checking for
loose electrical connectors or making harness disconnects. Remember to connect all cables and
harnesses that were disconnected in order to get at the connector being checked. Replace all harnesses
where outer shield is damaged to the extent that inner conductors are visible.
• HCP Make sure all vehicle LRU test connectors are covered with provided metal caps whenever testing
is not being performed.
There have been several upgrades to the latest version of the SEP (SEP version 2, or SEPv2) vehicle, which
includes the following new boxes: Improved Commander's Display Unit (iCDU), Improved Commander's
Electronic Unit (iCEU), Improved Driver's Integrated Display (iDID), Improved Gunner's Control and Display Panel
(iGCDP), and Improved Hull and Turret Mission Processor Units (iHMPU and iTMPU). The redesigned Improved
Fire Control Electronics Unit (IFCEU) can be used with either the original SEP (version 1, or SEPv1) or SEPv2
configurations. Refer to Differences Between Models section in WP 0002 for more information.
NOTE
The technical manual will continue to refer to the new boxes by their original nomenclature
(without "improved") unless there is a specific need to identify configuration differences.
xxxix Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
These sample procedure blocks show the different parts of a fault isolation procedure and tell how they should be
performed.
NOTE
When a message or title has many varying values or designations, a series of X's are used in
place of the actual value or designation.
1. FAULT SYMPTOM NUMBER: Provides a fault symptom number, if applicable, as referenced by the
symptom index.
2. FAULT SYMPTOM TITLE: Provides a fault symptom description as referenced by the symptom index.
3. TOOLS AND SPECIAL TOOLS: This lists the assigned tool box and special, fabricated, or common tools
not found in assigned tool box, or test equipment needed to do the procedure. The assigned tool box is
designated in the Manual Troubleshooting Procedures.
4. MATERIALS/PARTS: This lists any supply items from the Expendable/Durable Items and Materials List
and/or Mandatory Replacement Parts List needed to perform the procedure.
5. PERSONNEL: Only used when more than one mechanic is needed to perform the procedure.
6. EQUIPMENT CONDITION: These are additional conditions required before starting a procedure. TANK
PARKED, PARKING BRAKE SET, ENGINE SHUT DOWN, and MASTER POWER OFF are standard
conditions, unless otherwise specified.
7. REFERENCES: This lists any references to other manuals or other pages/work packages within the same
manual that are necessary to perform the procedure.
Change 1 xl
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
1. PROCEDURE BLOCK: This tells you to perform one or more actions and provides references for further
information when required.
2. QUESTION BLOCK: Answer the question yes or no, then follow the proper flow line to the next block.
3. FLOW LINE: This flow line tells you that the procedure continues on next page.
4. PROCEDURE ILLUSTRATION: The illustration will show you where the components called out in the
procedure are located.
5. CORRECTIVE ACTION BLOCK: This tells you how to correct a problem. In most cases it will give you a
maintenance reference and tell you to replace a part.
6. GO TO BLOCK/GO BACK TO BLOCK: This block will send you to another part of the fault isolation
procedure to continue troubleshooting.
xli Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
Change 1 xlii
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
The first page of a maintenance procedure lists everything you will need to perform that procedure. The following
paragraphs describe all the blocks of information you will find there.
EFFECTIVITY NOTICE. If the procedure is applicable to specific models, the data under this heading will identify
those model differences to you. If the procedure is applicable to all models, it's assumed and this heading will not
even be listed.
TOOLS AND SPECIAL TOOLS. Individual tools from your mechanic's tool kit will not be listed under this heading.
If any tools from this kit are required, the tool kit itself will be listed as the first item. Special tools, fabricated tools,
and tools from any other source will be listed with a reference to a specific item and work package number. The
referenced work package will provide you with the necessary information to find or make the tool. Vol 7, WP 1435
will list all special tools, tools from supply catalog sets, kits and outfits, and tools which must be acquired through
the GSA catalog. Vol 7, WP 1431 will list the fabricated tools with complete fabrication instructions. In some
procedures two of the same tool may be required to perform the specific steps but only one is included in the
mechanic's tool kit. In such cases, the second tool will be listed as an additional requirement to the mechanic's
tool kit.
MATERIALS/PARTS. If any expendable or consumable supplies are needed to perform the task, they will be
listed under this heading along with the quantity in parentheses and a reference to an item and work package in
the back of the TM. The referenced work package will give you the detailed information necessary to requisition
the supply if you don't have it on hand. Replacement parts are not normally listed under this heading. The
inspection steps in the removal or disassembly procedure will tell you which parts to replace. Mandatory repair
parts (parts that are destroyed in disassembly or not normally reused, such as gaskets and lockwashers) are
listed under this heading by their nomenclature only. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-24P-1 for information you need on
repair parts.
PERSONNEL REQUIRED. The number of personnel required to perform the procedure will be listed here. You
will find this heading only in procedures that require more than one person.
xliii Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
EQUIPMENT CONDITION. This heading will list only the special conditions you will have to meet in order to
perform the procedure. In addition to these specific conditions the following general equipment conditions always
apply unless otherwise specified:
• Tank parked, preferably on hard level surface
• Parking brake set
• MASTER POWER switch set to OFF
• Transmission shift control set to N (Neutral)
Procedures that must be completed before starting the specific job you are doing (Preliminary Procedures) will be
listed in past tense with a work package or TM reference. You will have to do all the procedures listed under
EQUIPMENT CONDITION of those tasks also before starting the specific procedure you have set out to do. As an
example, when the equipment condition of "Engine assembly disconnected from transmission assembly (Vol 3,
WP 0271)" is listed and you go to that procedure and find an equipment condition of "Powerpack removed (Vol 3,
WP 0262)," then you must do that procedure also.
REFERENCES. These are other technical publications or work packages you will need to refer to in order to do
the task. This heading will appear only when other references or work packages are referenced.
MULTIPLE EXPERIENCE LEVEL COVERAGE. This means that the TM is written with both SUMMARY and
DETAIL steps. The SUMMARY steps in all capital letters are basic steps that the experienced mechanic requires
to perform the job. The detail steps, if needed, follow immediately and are lettered and shown in regular case
letters. This reduces the material the experienced mechanic needs to review to perform a job.
PICTORIAL WARNINGS. Certain general warnings are shown by pictures rather than by text within procedures.
Refer to the WARNING SUMMARY found just after the front cover of this TM for the specific meaning of each
pictorial warning used in this TM. You must become familiar with them. Until you are, always refer to the detailed
WARNING SUMMARY in the front of the TM. These pictorial warnings are just as important as the specific text
warnings that are also used throughout the TM. When you see a pictorial warning in the very beginning of the
procedure you should heed the precautions throughout. For example, when you see the following pictorial
warning, then you should follow the precautions for keeping away from open fire, wear eye protection, and use in
a well-ventilated area whenever you use the adhesive in the procedure.
WARNING
ADHESIVE
Failure to heed these warnings could result in injury or death to yourself or others.
USE OF TOOLS AND PERSONNEL. Each procedure lists the tool kits and tools that you will need for that
procedure. The procedural steps will not tell you how and where to use common tools. Also, the procedural steps
will not tell you which persons do which steps in procedures with more than one person. The mechanic
responsible for the task should direct the rest of the personnel what to do. If you have difficulty determining what
tools to use or how to use personnel see your supervisor for help.
Change 1 xliv
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
REFERENCES. References are made to work package numbers within a given TM. The multiple volume TM
9-2350-388-23-1 is considered to be one TM; references between volumes within the same TM will be by volume
and work package. References to other Technical Manuals will be by TM number only and users will need to use
the Alphabetical Index of that TM to find the information they need.
PROCEDURE ORGANIZATION. Most of the procedures in this TM fall into the category of either a replacement
or repair. These procedures will contain both the removal and installation or the disassembly and assembly steps
in the same procedure.
LOCATING COMPONENTS. The use of locator illustrations in this TM are minimized. Locator illustrations will not
be used to show locations of operating controls and major components located in the Operator's manual. Refer to
Principles of Operation and Controls and Indicators in TM 9-2350-388-10 for this information. In addition,
equipment which is specifically located in the performance of the Equipment Conditions procedures do not
normally have locators in the beginning of the procedure. Where locators are required, they are only used in the
beginning of the Removal subtask. No locators are used in Installation subtasks. If for some reason you are in
doubt of the location of a component, refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. If you still have trouble see your supervisor.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS, ACRONYMS, AND SYMBOLS. A list of definitions for all abbreviations, acronyms
and symbols used in this TM may be found in the List of Abbreviations in WP 0001.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
GENERAL INFORMATION
SCOPE
Type Of Manual. This manual contains Field maintenance level troubleshooting and maintenance procedures
for the M1A2 SEP Tank hull and hull system components.
Model Number And Equipment Name. M1A2 SEP - Tank, Combat, Full-Tracked, 120 mm Gun.
Purpose Of Equipment. Provide maneuverable shell fire and shock to enemy; perform reconnaissance and
provide security for friendly units; provide offensive, defensive and delaying action; destroy, capture, or repel
enemy assault.
Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by (as
applicable) PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual; or AR 700-138,
Army Logistics Readiness and Sustainability.
If your equipment needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one who can tell
us what you don't like about your equipment. Let us know why you don't like the design or performance. If you
have Internet access, the easiest and fastest way to report problems or suggestions is to go to the Web Product
Quality Deficiency Reporting (PQDR) website: https://www.nslcptsmh.csd.disa.mil/webpqdr/webpqdr.htm. New
accounts can be established at the following address: https://www.nslcptsmh.csd.disa.mil/accessforms/
uarform.htm. You may also submit your information using an SF Form 368 (Product Quality Deficiency Report).
You can send your SF Form 368 via email, regular mail, or facsimile using the addresses/facsimile numbers
specified in PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual. We will send you
a reply.
Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) of Army materiel is a continuing concern. It is important that any
corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be
made to prevent the problem in future items. Corrosion specifically occurs with metals. It is an electrochemical
process that causes the degradation of metals. It is commonly caused by exposure to moisture, acids, bases, or
salts. An example is the rusting of iron. Corrosion damage in metals can be seen, depending on the metal, as
tarnishing, pitting, fogging, surface residue, and/or cracking. Plastics, composites, and rubbers can also degrade.
Degradation is caused by thermal (heat), oxidation (oxygen), solvation (solvents), or photolytic (light, typically UV)
processes. The most common exposures are excessive heat or light. Damage from these processes will appear
as cracking, softening, swelling, and/or breaking. SF Form 368, Product Quality Deficiency Report, should be
submitted to the address specified in PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users
Manual.
The automatic fire extinguishing system in the crew compartment contains bottles of Halon 1301, a class I ODS.
These bottles should only be filled or otherwise handled by qualified personnel. Halon 1301 should only be
discharged in case of fire.
Refer to TM 750-244-6 for instructions on destruction of army materiel to prevent enemy use.
0001-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001
Refer to Vol 2, WP 0256 for instructions on preparing the M1A2 SEP tank for storage or shipment.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviations, acronyms, signs, or symbols used in this manual are listed in Table 1.
Change 1 0001-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001
0001-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001
Change 1 0001-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001
0001-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001
Change 1 0001-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001
0001-7 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001
Change 1 0001-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001
0001-9 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001
Change 1 0001-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001
0001-11 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001
Change 1 0001-12
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001
0001-13 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001
QUALITY OF MATERIAL
Material used for replacement, repair, or modification must meet the requirements of this Field Maintenance
Manual for the M1A2 SEP tank. If quality of material requirements are not stated in this TM, the material must
meet the requirements of the drawings, standards, specifications, or approved engineering change proposals
applicable to the subject equipment.
Many electronic components are ESD sensitive and are subject to damage by the discharge of static electricity.
ESD items require special handling precautions. To prevent damage, ESD sensitive items must be handled
according to ESD handling procedures in MIL-STD-1686. A task or subtask involving the handling of an ESD item
is identified by a general ESD caution. The ESD caution is placed before a task (REPAIR, REMOVAL) when the
complete task involves handling of an ESD item. When certain steps within a task involve handling of an ESD
item, the ESD caution is placed before that step (s). Follow the General Maintenance Instructions for Electrostatic
Discharge (ESD) Sensitive Component Handling (Vol 7, WP 1406).
Change 1 0001-14
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0001
NUCLEAR HARDNESS
CAUTION
• To prevent degrading nuclear hardness, nuclear hardened parts must be
replaced with authorized parts only.
• To prevent degrading nuclear hardness of the overall assembly, do not attempt
to repair a part at a lower-than-authorized maintenance level.
The symbol HCP is placed before the task title when the complete task is considered hardness critical. When
only certain steps within a task are hardness critical, the symbol HCP is placed before the main level step.
Follow the General Maintenance Instructions for HCP Cleaning and Installing Items to Maintain Hardness
Critical Integrity such as harnesses, electrical connectors, and ground straps (Vol 7, WP 1405).
SUPPORTING INFORMATION FOR REPAIR PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS, TEST, MEASUREMENT, &
DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT (TMDE), AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
Common Tools and Equipment For authorized common tools and equipment, refer to Vol 7, WP 1435, and
the Modified Table of Organization and Equipment (MTOE), CTA 50-970, Expendable/Durable Items (Except:
Medical, Class V, Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items), CTA 50-909, Field and Garrison Furnishings and Equipment,
or CTA 8-100, Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items, as applicable to your unit.
Special Tools and Test Equipment Special tools and test equipment are listed in the Tool Identification List
(Vol 7, WP 1435).
Fabricated Tools and Equipment Fabricated tools and equipment are listed in the Illustrated List of
Manufactured Items (Vol 7, WP 1431).
Repair Parts Repair parts lists and illustrations are listed in the Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL),
TM 9-2350-388-24P-1.
Mandatory Replacement Parts Mandatory replacement parts are listed in the Mandatory Replacement Parts
List (Vol 7, WP 1436).
FIELD MAINTENANCE
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA
CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES. The M1A2 SEP tank is powered by a 1500
horsepower turbine engine driving an automatic transmission which includes differential steering and braking
functions. Transmission output is through identical left and right final drives to the track drive hub and sprocket
assemblies. With governed maximum engine speed, a vehicle top speed of 41.5 miles per hour (66.8 kilometers
per hour) on level hard surface roads is achieved. A suspension system with seven roadwheels per side, which is
torsion bar sprung and hydraulically damped, provides a tank capability to move over cross-country terrain at
speeds up to 30 miles per hour (48.3 kilometers per hour).
Weld-fabricated rolled homogeneous armor combined with hull and turret armor assemblies provide frontal armor
protection. The hull front protection is provided by an armor assembly across the entire hull width and is enclosed
by high obliquity upper and lower glacis plates. On the hull sides, armor coverage has been extended to include
protection for suspension components. The hull rear is protected against small arms fire by the armored grille
doors. Crew survivability is further enhanced by an integrated overpressure NBC system, and compartmentalized
storage of hazardous fuel and ammunition. The crew area and engine compartment are protected by an
automatic fire extinguishing system.
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN MODELS. There have been several upgrades to the latest version of the SEP
vehicle, called SEP version 2 (SEPv2) that affects both troubleshooting and maintenance. The original 2nd Gen
Forward Looking Infrared (FLIR) Thermal Imaging System (TIS) and Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer
(CITV) subsystems have been modified to enhance the FLIR components. The new FLIR configuration, called
Block 1 Upgrade, combines electronics to eliminate the TIS Common Electronics Unit (TISCEU) and the CITV
Common Electronics Unit (CITVCEU). The harness interface has also been modified to accommodate these
changes. Several electronics boxes have been upgraded for enhanced operation and to address electronic
component obsolescence issues. The new electronics boxes for the SEPv2 configuration feature improved
processing power, redesigned circuit cards, new displays that include touch sensitive screens, and expanded
built-in test. The new boxes are: Improved Commander's Display Unit (iCDU); Improved Commander's Electronic
Unit (iCEU); Improved Driver's Integrated Display (iDID); Improved Gunner's Control and Display Panel (iGCDP);
and Improved Hull and Turret Mission Processor Units (iHMPU and iTMPU). The redesigned Improved Fire
Control Electronics Unit (IFCEU) can be used with either the original SEP (version 1, or SEPv1) or SEPv2
configurations.
NOTE
The technical manual will continue to refer to the new boxes by their original nomenclature
(without "improved") unless there is a specific need to identify configuration differences.
EQUIPMENT DATA. Refer to the Operator's Manual (TM 9-2350-388-10) for performance data and capacities
information.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
THEORY OF OPERATION
GENERAL. This section contains a functional description of equipment operation for the M1A2 SEP tank.
Diagrams are included to help you understand the operation of the systems. Schematic diagrams are contained
in TM 9-2350-388-24-1 and TM 9-2350-388-24-2.
ENGINE OPERATION (Figure 1). The turbine engine system consists of air and fuel control components,
combustion chamber, turbines, and exhaust system. The engine burns fuel mixed with heated and compressed
air. Engine starting is automatic after the PUSH TO START pushbutton is depressed on Driver's Integrated
Display (DID). Engine speed, temperature, and other critical conditions are monitored by the Digital Electronic
Control Unit (DECU). If the DECU detects an out of limit condition, it protects the engine by shutting it down or by
limiting engine power. Normal engine shutdown is initiated when the SHUT OFF switch on the DID is pressed. A
two-minute cool down period is a part of shutdown unless overridden by pressing the SHUT OFF switch twice.
Air. Air supply for combustion is drawn from outside the tank by the action of the compressors. The air passes
through a precleaner, filter elements, and a plenum duct to the engine air inlet. From the inlet, the air flows through
a low-pressure compressor section and then through a high-pressure compressor section. The compressed air
then passes into a recuperator that is heated by the engine exhaust. The air heated in the recuperator then flows
into the combustion chamber where it mixes with fuel vapor and burns.
Fuel. Fuel is fed from the vehicle fuel supply system to the engine Electro-Mechanical Fuel System (EMFS).
The engine DECU controls the flow of fuel from the EMFS to the combustion chamber. These two control units
automatically provide the correct fuel flow for varying engine operating conditions. They can limit engine power
when failure of a component could cause damage to the engine. They also control engine speed and temperature
to meet the demands made by the driver through throttle movement.
Combustion. Electric ignition combustion is used only during the starting cycle. A continuous flow of air and
fuel vapor after the start is completed maintains continuous burning until either the air or the fuel flow is shut off.
For normal engine shutdown, the fuel flow is shut off. When air flow is decreased by clogged air filters (or for any
other reason), increased burning temperature is sensed by the DECU which sends control signals to the
Electro-mechanical fuel system. The Electro-mechanical fuel system unit reduces fuel flow to the combustion
chamber. This reduces power output until adequate airflow is restored.
0003-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
Turbines. Exhaust gas leaves the combustion chamber through discharge nozzles and forces a two-stage
turbine to turn. The high-pressure turbine drives the high-pressure compressor rotor. The low-pressure turbine
drives the low-pressure compressor rotor. After leaving the low pressure turbine, the exhaust gas drives a
two-stage power turbine. The power turbine supplies the force to turn the engine power output drive shaft through
a reduction gearbox.
Exhaust. Exhaust gas leaving the power turbine is routed around the recuperator and then into the exhaust
duct. Heat from the exhaust gas is transferred to the compressed air passing through the recuperator to enhance
burning.
Change 1 0003-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
FUEL SYSTEM (Figure 2). Fuel is stored in three tanks: left front, right front, and rear of vehicle. The front
tanks are located in the hull to the left and right of the driver. Each front tank contains a fuel fill port with vented
cap. The rear tank contains two fuel fill ports with vented caps, one in the right rear sponson and one in the left
rear reservoir.
Fuel lines connect the front tanks to the rear tank through a fuel manifold and transfer pump. Check valves in the
fuel lines prevent backward flow. The front tanks feed fuel to the rear tank. The left front tank also feeds fuel
directly to the personnel heater.
Main engine fuel flows from the rear tank through a primary in-line filter, water separator, and final engine in-line
filter to the EMFS on the engine. The primary in-line filter and separator are located in the engine compartment.
The final engine in-line filter is located on the engine.
The primary in-line filter contains a delta pressure switch that senses when the filter is clogged. When the
pressure across the primary in-line filter exceeds 18 psi (124 kPa), a caution message, FUEL FILTER CLOGGED,
is displayed on the DID. A manual valve on the separator body can be opened to bypass the primary in-line filter
for emergency operation. A manual fuel shutoff valve is located on the right side of the engine compartment near
the separator, and is operated from inside the vehicle.
Rear Tank. The rear fuel tank is made up of three cells connected by fuel lines to form one fuel tank. One cell
is located in the right rear sponson and two main cells are located under the transmission. One fuel pump is
located in each main fuel cell. Both pumps begin to operate when the engine PUSH TO START pushbutton is
depressed, and run continuously until the engine SHUTOFF switch is activated. Failure of either pump is detected
by pressure switches in the fuel lines. The pressure switches, through the AIM, generate a REAR LEFT and
REAR RIGHT FUEL PUMP INOPERABLE CAUTION messages on the DID.
Front Tanks. The left and right front fuel tanks are each made up of a single fuel cell.
Fuel Level Sensing. Fuel level sensors in the two front tanks, the left rear main tank and the left rear reservoir
provide fuel quantity information to the Analog Input Module (AIM). The AIM transmits the information via the
utility bus to the Hull and Turret Mission Processor Units (H/TMPUs). The H/TMPU relays fuel levels over the data
bus to be displayed on the CDU and the DID. The fuel indicator on the CDU and on the DID displays the fuel level
in each fuel tank. A LOW FUEL LEVEL CAUTION message is displayed on DID when all three tanks are less than
1/8 full and goes out when any tank is greater than 1/8 full. A TRANSFER FUEL CAUTION message is displayed
on the DID when the rear tank is less than 1/4 full and either front tank is at least 1/8 full. TRANSFER FUEL
CAUTION message goes out when the rear tank is more than 3/8 full. The vehicle software monitors the rear fuel
sensors for valid data. If the engine compartment sensor indicates an average fuel level of less than 5/8 full while
the sponson fuel sensor indicates average fuel level greater than 5/8 full, a sensor failure exists. The fuel level
display at the DID will show empty for the rear tanks, and the FUEL LEVEL SENSOR FAULT CAUTION will
appear to alert the crew.
The invalid fuel sensor data will prohibit automatic stopping of fuel transfer if activated. If the driver or commander
attempts to transfer fuel to the rear tanks under this condition, the following advisory will be displayed: FUEL
LEVEL ERROR. TRANSFERRING FUEL CAN RESULT IN OVERFILLING REAR TANKS.
Fuel Transfer. Fuel flow from each front tank to the transfer pump is controlled by the FUEL XFER menu on the
DID. When the FUEL XFER is set to either front position, the valve for the selected front fuel tank will open and
the transfer pump will start. The pump will continue to run until the rear tank is 7/8 full or the fuel transfer is
cancelled by the driver.
0003-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
Change 1 0003-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM/PULSE JET SYSTEM (PJS) (Figure 3). The air intake system utilizes a Pulse Jet
System (PJS) which is an automated system for prolonging a free flow of air to the engine. This is accomplished
by sequentially backflushing the air cleaner assembly intake filter elements.
When vehicle master power is turned on, the PJS Pulse Control Unit (PCU) begins to monitor engine RPM. The
first time engine speed exceeds approximately 1500 RPM, the PCU will start a timer. When the accumulated
engine run time above 1500 RPM reaches two minutes, the PCU will activate the PJS. This two-minute timed
initialization period occurs only once per PCU power up.
Engine bleed air is used to charge an accumulator, located inside the plenum, to approximately 200 psi (1379
kPa). Attached to the accumulator are nine PJS solenoids. Three solenoids are used for each intake filter
element. Each solenoid is sequentially activated for a period of 100 milliseconds at approximately 10 second
intervals. Upon activation, a solenoid directs a high pressure air pulse into an intake filter element. Activating all
nine solenoids in sequence is considered one cycle of operation. These high pressure pulses of air cause a
momentary reverse air flow through a portion of the intake filter element in line with the solenoid. This blows out
dust or dirt accumulations from that portion of the intake filter element. Any dust or dirt blown out falls to the
bottom of the air box and is scavenged out through the scavenge ducts.
The system initially starts in the low clean mode. The low clean mode consists of three cycles of pulses (27 total)
repeated at approximately 15 minute intervals. Any time the PCU monitors an engine speed below 1410 RPM for
longer than 10 seconds, pulsing will cease. If the engine speed goes back above 1500 RPM, the PCU will resume
operation at the point in the cleaning cycle where it left off. During operation, the PCU monitors the level of flow
restriction through the use of a vacuum switch located between the intake filter elements and the engine.
Whenever the vacuum level reaches approximately 19 inches of water (48 cm of water), the vacuum switch will
open. At this signal, the PCU will switch to a high clean mode. The high clean mode will be maintained until the
flow restriction decreases to the point where the vacuum switch closes. The vacuum switch will close at
approximately 12 inches of water (30 cm of water). The PCU rechecks the state of the vacuum switch each time
two cycles of pulses are completed.
During the high clean mode, the PCU will continuously pulse all nine solenoids sequentially at approximately 10
second intervals. There are no 15 minute delay intervals between every third cycle in the high clean mode. When
the high clean mode signal is no longer present, the PCU will end the high clean mode with three final cycles (27
pulses).
Built In Test (BIT) provides PJS system status by checking circuitry during engine operation. If a fault is detected,
a fault message is displayed on the DID.
0003-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
Change 1 0003-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.
General. The M1A2 SEP tank utilizes a 24-volt electrical system. A voltage regulator and engine mounted
alternator provide a nominal 26-30 Vdc while engine is operating. The regulated output is dependent on ambient
temperature. Table 1 lists the expected high and low voltage values for several temperature ranges. When the
main engine is not operating, six primary 12-volt batteries, connected in series-parallel, provide 24 Vdc. Vehicles
equipped with auxiliary batteries have six additional 12-volt batteries connected in series-parallel with the primary
batteries, providing extra amp-hours at 24 Vdc.
MASTER POWER pushbuttons are located on the DID and the CDU. Either of these pushbuttons will turn master
power on and off. The master power on/off signal from the CDU goes through the Hull/Turret Slipring (H/TSR) to
the Hull Power Distribution Unit (HPDU).
0003-7 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
Power Distribution System (Figure 4). A network of Remote Power Controllers (RPCs), controlled by
commands issued over the utility bus, distributes electrical power to various vehicle systems/components. The
Hull Power Distribution Unit (HPDU) RPCs, the Fire Control Electronics Unit (FCEU), the Analog Input Module
(AIM), and six Remote Switching Modules (RSMs) provide power control, overload protection and status/feedback
on load current thresholds.
When master power is off, electrical power from the primary batteries is isolated from most of the circuits in the
vehicle by the Prime Power Controller (PPC) located in the right battery compartment. Vehicles equipped with
auxiliary batteries include a Prime Power Interrupter (PPI) located in the left battery compartment. The MASTER
POWER and TURRET POWER pushbuttons have power applied to them even with master power off. When the
MASTER POWER pushbutton is pressed, a 24 Vdc signal (MASTER POWER ON) is sent from the DID or CDU
to the HPDU. This signal in the HPDU, causes the K2A relay coil on the MASTER POWER CONTROL MODULE
(A2 circuit card) to energize, closing and latching the K2 relay contacts. With K2 closed, 24 Vdc is sent to the
PRIME POWER CONTROL BOARD (A3 circuit card). This signal causes Q1 on the A3 card to turn on and
energize relay(s) PPC K1, and PPI K1 if equipped. The K1 relay contacts close and provide battery power to the
2W1 bus in the right battery compartment and to the 2W1 bus in the HPDU via cable harness 2W154/5-7. Power
is sent from the 2W1 bus to the RPCs located in the HPDU. HPDU RPC 7 (HMPU) and HPDU RPC 15 (RSM 6)
receive power at this time. RPC 7 causes the Hull Mission Processor Unit (HMPU) to power up and RPC 15
causes RSM 6 to power up. Once RSM 6 is powered, RPC 9 (TMPU) in RSM 6 causes the Turret Mission
Processor Unit (TMPU) to power up. With power applied to the HMPU and the TMPU, together they boot the
system and bring the utility bus operations on line. Software and operator actions control the remaining RPCs to
provide power to the various tank systems/components that are allowed to function with master power on.
The TURRET POWER pushbutton on the CDU controls electrical power to most turret systems. The TURRET
POWER pushbutton also activates master power, if it is off, the same way the MASTER POWER pushbutton
does. The 24 Vdc signal from the TURRET POWER pushbutton also energizes the K3B relay coil on the A2 board
in the HPDU. This latches the K3 relay normally open (NO) contacts closed and the normally closed (NC)
contacts open. When the NO contacts close, a 5 Vdc TURRET POWER ON signal is sent to the utility bus
processor which relays the command to the Hull Mission Processor Unit (HMPU) via the utility bus. The HMPU
responds by sending commands across the utility bus to turn on HPDU RPC 16 (FCEU) and the other turret
power related RPCs.
Turret power is turned off by pressing the TURRET POWER pushbutton. Master power is turned off, under
normal circumstances, by pressing the MASTER POWER pushbutton. In both cases, software detects the button
press and issues commands to shutoff power. A master power off signal from software energizes the K1 relay coil
on the A2 circuit card in the HPDU. The K1 relay contacts close, causing the K2B and K3A relay coils to energize.
K2B latches the K2 relay contacts open and K3A latches the K3 NO contacts open and the NC contacts closed.
With the K2 contacts latched open, Q1 on the A3 board in the HPDU is turned off, deenergizing the K1 relay
coil(s) in the PPC and PPI (if equipped). When the K1 relay coil(s) deenergize and relay contacts open, the
batteries are disconnected.
Turning off turret power does not turn off master power. However, turning master power off shuts off both turret
and master power. Using either MASTER POWER pushbutton turns off master power. In those rare instances
where the software does not respond to the master power pushbuttons, a TANK-RESET pushbutton on the HPDU
can be used to shutoff master power. The TANK-RESET pushbutton directly applies power to the K2B and K3A
relay coils on the A2 circuit card in the HPDU instead of vehicle software applying power.
Change 1 0003-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
Power Distribution System (Continued). The PPC is also used to separate the primary batteries into two
groups during high current loading conditions, (i.e. main engine starting, and auxiliary hydraulic pump operation).
A primary four-battery group is used to power the main engine starter and the auxiliary hydraulic pump. A primary
two-battery group is used to maintain steady power to the vetronics system, which basically is everything except
the engine starter and the hydraulic pump. The positive side of the primary two-battery group feeds terminal
board 2TB152-1, also referred to as the VETRONICS BUS. The positive side of the primary four-battery group is
connected to 2TB152-2 and is referred to as the AUX BUS. The driver has the capability to override the primary
battery separation during main engine starts by setting BATTERY START P/A to A (Auxiliary) from the POWER
SOURCES menu on the DID. This may be necessary during cold weather or low battery charge conditions where
all six primary batteries are required to start the engine.
The separation of the primary batteries and the battery bus control is accomplished by the K2 and K3 relays in
the PPC. The relays are controlled by software and HPDU hardware, K2 by a programmable logic device and FET
relay driver, K3 by HPDU RPC4 (PPC RELAY 3). Turning on HPDU RPC4 energizes the K3 relay coil in the PPC
which opens the K3 relay contacts and separates the primary battery groups. The K2 relay coil is energized to
close a set of contacts that connects the AUX BUS to the primary four-battery group. Relays K2 and K3 are
energized when the auxiliary hydraulic pump is commanded on by software or when an engine start is initiated.
Relays K2 and K3 are de-energized when vehicle is powered in the neutral condition, without an engine start or
auxiliary hydraulic pump activation. In the neutral condition, K3 contacts are closed, connecting both groups of
primary batteries to the VETRONICS BUS while K2 contacts are open, isolating the AUX BUS from primary
battery power.
The PPI separates the auxiliary batteries from the VETRONICS BUS (2W1) when master power is off. The
positive side of the auxiliary six-battery group feeds 2W1 through the PPI and two manually-resettable auxiliary
battery circuit breakers (AUX BATT CB). AUX BATT CB1 located in the right battery compartment and AUX BATT
CB2 located in the left battery compartment provide redundant overload protection to reduce the possibility of
battery compartment fires. The auxiliary six-battery group is designed to supply additional power to the vetronics
system and extend the useable time for silent watch operations. The auxiliary batteries may also be tied together
with the primary batteries during main engine starts, particularly in cold weather or low battery charge conditions
where all 12 batteries are used to start the engine.
An internal NATO slave receptacle, located on the HPDU, and an external NATO slave receptacle (if equipped),
located at the rear of the vehicle next to the right taillight, provides the capability to slave start the vehicle or
charge the batteries from an external source. The internal NATO slave receptacle is wired directly to the AUX
BUS. The external NATO slave connector is connected to the AUX BUS when 2W171-P1 is connected to
2W170-J1 in the battery compartment. 2W171-P1 is stowed on a dummy connector when not in use.
As described above, the AUX BUS is connected to the batteries by energizing PPC relay K2. Relay K2 also
energizes specifically for slave start operations. If there is insufficient battery power to turn master power on,
connecting a power source to the NATO slave receptacle will energize the K2 relay and connect all batteries to the
external power source. The batteries can now be charged from the external source or master power can be
turned on to slave start the vehicle. When acting as the live tank to slave start a dead tank, the PPC K2 relay can
be manually energized by setting the NATO UTL PWR pushbutton to M (Manual ON) from the POWER
SOURCES menu on the DID or CDU. This connects the batteries in the live tank to the AUX BUS and NATO slave
connector to supply power to the dead tank.
The HPDU also has a utility outlet controlled by a manual circuit breaker (CB-1) located on top of the HPDU.
M1A2 SEPv2 vehicles can be equipped with a Power Interface Box (PIB) installed in the engine compartment
near the disconnect panel under the right grille doors. The PIB is supplied power directly from the vetronics bus
bar. Input power is distributed through two manually resettable circuit breakers (CB1 and CB2) to three outputs
(UJ1, J2 and J3). The V3 Sidecar receives power through the J3 output and routes it to the engine memory unit.
The engine run timer module is powered from the J2 output.
0003-9 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
Change 1 0003-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
0003-11 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
Power Management System (Figure 5). The M1A2 SEP tank uses dual redundant RS-485 utility buses to
manage power distribution to various tank systems/components. The M1A2 SEP utility bus is a command/
response multiplexed serial data bus with a transmission rate of 1.33 megabits per second. The utility bus
consists of utility bus controllers' (HMPU primary and TMPU backup), RS-485 transceivers, Utility Bus Interface
Chips (UBICs), utility bus couplers and harnesses with twisted and shielded pairs of wires (to interconnect the
LRUs).
The utility bus controller's main function is to control all transmissions on the utility bus. The bus controller issues
commands in response to system power requirements, and/or operator inputs at CDU, GCDP, and DID.
In the hull, analog data from components not on the data or utility bus is routed via discrete lines into the AIM.
This information is digitized by the AIM and sent on the utility bus for distribution to those LRUs that require it.
Examples are the information that drive the voltmeter, fuel level, tachometer, and speedometer on the DID.
The transceivers embedded in the HPDU, RSMs, FCEU, and AIM receive and transmit data on the utility bus in
response to utility bus controller commands. The UBIC provides the interface between power distribution
hardware and the transceivers. Data collected by the utility bus controller is then used for a variety of applications
required for tank power management, power status reporting/monitoring, and cable disconnect status. The TMPU
primarily functions as a transceiver and only gains utility bus controller status upon a HMPU failure.
Utility bus couplers located near each power distribution LRU are used to couple the LRU to the utility bus. A
second set of utility bus couplers and harnesses routed along a different path along with dual bus controller's and
transceivers in the LRUs provide the redundant utility bus capability.
The RS-485 utility bus is directly coupled through the H/TSR to provide continuous communication between hull
and turret.
Change 1 0003-12
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
0003-13 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
Data Management System (Figure 6). The M1A2 SEP tank uses dual redundant 1553B data buses to
manage digital communication between tank Line Replaceable Units (LRUs). The 1553B data bus used on the
M1A2 SEP tank is a command/response multiplex serial data bus with a data transfer rate of one megabit per
second. The data bus consists of data bus controllers' (TMPU primary and HMPU backup), Remote Terminals
(RTs), which are embedded in LRUs, data bus couplers and harnesses with twisted and shielded pairs of wires
(to interconnect the LRUs).
The data bus controller's main function is to control all transmissions on the data bus. The data bus controller
issues commands in response to system operational requirements, and/or operator inputs at CDU, GCDP, DID,
Commander's Control Handle Assembly (CCHA), or Gunner's Control Handle (GCH).
RTs embedded in the Commander's Electronic Unit (CEU), DID, GCDP, HMPU, Position/Navigation (POS/NAV)
unit, DECU, Commander's Independent Thermal Viewer Common Electronics Unit (CITVCEU), Thermal Imaging
System Common Electronics Unit (TISCEU), and FCEU receive and transmit data on the data bus in response to
data bus controller commands. Data collected by the data bus controller is then used for a variety of applications
required for tank system operation. The HMPU primarily functions as a RT and only gains data bus controller
status upon a TMPU failure. Tanks that have the Block 1 FLIR Upgrade configuration do not have a CITVCEU or
TISCEU. The TIS RT is embedded in the Thermal Receiver Unit (TRU) and the CITV RT is in the CITV Sight
Assembly.
Data bus couplers located near each 1553B LRU are used to couple the LRU to the data bus. Transformers in the
data bus couplers are used to ensure that a failure of the data bus interface electronics in an LRU does not cause
the data bus to completely fail.
A second set of data bus couplers and harnesses routed along a different path along with dual data bus
controller's and RTs in the LRUs provide the redundant data bus capability.
The 1553B data bus is directly coupled through the H/TSR to provide continuous communication between the hull
and the turret. For additional information concerning turret components in the data management system, see the
Principles of Operation section in TM 9-2350-388-23-2-1.
Change 1 0003-14
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
0003-15 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
Change 1 0003-16
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
Lighting System (Figure 7). The exterior lights and domelights subsystem consists of two headlights, two
taillights, and four domelight assemblies (driver's, commander's, gunner's, and loader's). For information
concerning the domelights in the turret see the Principles of Operation section in TM 9-2350-388-23-2-1. All of
the exterior lights are controlled by the LIGHTS menu on the DID and CDU. The lighting selections are:
The HI BEAM OFF/ON pushbutton can be accessed through the LIGHTS menu on the DID and the CDU. If
vehicle is SEPv1 configuration the HI BEAM OFF/ON pushbutton can also be accessed through the VEHICLE
SYSTEMS menu on the DID; on SEPv2 vehicles this button is replaced with REAR VIEW.
When a selection is made from the LIGHTS menu information is sent from the DID and CDU (via the CEU) to the
TMPU using the 1553B data bus. The TMPU forwards the request to the HMPU via the 1553B data bus. Once the
HMPU receives the request, it sends commands across the RS-485 utility bus to turn on the appropriate RPC(s)
in RSM 1 and/or 3.
The domelight assembly in the driver's compartment is supplied vehicle master power (+24 Vdc nominal) from
RSM 1 RPC 7 (DRIVER'S DOME LIGHT). A variable resistor/switch on the domelight assembly provides on/off
control of power to the domelight and operator control of lamp brightness. The lamp is equipped with a blue filter
for reducing exposure in combat situations.
M1A2 SEP vehicles can be equipped with a Rear View Sensor System (RVSS). The RVSS adds an infrared
camera in the right taillight and a Driver's Video Display (DVD) and Camera Control Unit (CCU) in the driver's
compartment. The CCU and DVD receive power from RSM 3 RPC 12 (POS/NAV UNIT). Video feed from the
infrared camera can be displayed on the DVD or driver's vision enhancer (if equipped).
Additionally, the RVSS taillight replaces the current bulb style light with one containing LEDs for illumination.
Replacement of the left bulb style with the LED type could also have been done in conjunction with the RVSS
installation.
0003-17 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
Change 1 0003-18
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
General. The transmission performs three functions: driving, steering, and braking. It takes the engine power
output and applies it to the left or right transmission outputs, or both to perform these functions. The transmission
power outputs transmit power through a final drive assembly on each side of the tank. A rear power takeoff is
provided to drive the generator. Two front power takeoffs are provided for driving the primary and auxiliary cooling
fans.
Drive Function. The transmission has four forward gears and two reverse gears. The driver can select low (L)
and drive (D) forward ranges and one reverse (R) range on the transmission shift control. In D position the
transmission will start the track moving in the second forward gear and shift up automatically as speed and power
requirements demand. The transmission will also shift back down (to second gear), as required. In L position the
transmission starts the track moving in the lowest forward gear and shifts up or back down as required. In R
position the transmission starts the track moving in the lower reverse gear and shifts up or back down as required.
Transmission ranges are selected by energizing solenoid valves in the transmission. The solenoids energize when
electrical signals are received from the shift select control on the steer-throttle control.
Steering Function. The steer-throttle control in front of the driver controls direction of tank travel. A mechanical
linkage connects this control to the transmission. The transmission powers both final drives equally and in the
same direction for driving straight ahead. If the steer-throttle control is moved the transmission speeds up one
final drive and track and slows down the other final drive and track. The amount of speed difference between the
final drives depends on how far the steer-throttle control is moved. When pivot (PVT) is selected the transmission
drives one track forward and the other in reverse causing the tank to turn about its center point.
0003-19 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
Change 1 0003-20
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
Service Brake Function (Figure 8). The transmission contains brake assemblies at each output. Each brake is
made up of several plates. Every other plate rotates with the transmission output coupling. The plates between
the rotating plates are anchored and do not rotate. Mechanical linkage from the service brake pedal to the
transmission opens a valve which applies hydraulic pressure to squeeze the rotating and stationary plates
together. When the engine is not running, the service brakes will slow the vehicle. Without the power boost, the
service brakes required more pressure on the service brake pedal. A warning message on the DID will be
displayed if the service brakes are applied for more than two minutes.
Parking Brake Function (Figure 8). The parking brake system consists of a foot pedal, hydraulic valve,
accumulator, actuator equalizer bar, and ratchet release handle. When the parking brake pedal is depressed,
hydraulic pressure from the back-up hydraulic pump, is sent to the actuator. The actuator is connected to an
equalizer bar which is moved away from the actuator by hydraulic pressure. The equalizer bar has two cables
connected to it which are pulled equally as the equalizer bar moves away from the actuator. These cables are
mechanically linked to the same sets of rotating and stationary plates that are used for service braking. The
accumulator maintains enough hydraulic pressure for four or five pushes on the parking brake pedal after the
engine has shut down. A warning message on the DID will be displayed if the parking brake is set.
Oil Coolers. The engine and transmission oil cooling systems maintain oil temperatures within acceptable limits
under all operating conditions. The cooling system consists of a left and right fan, drive system, cooling duct,
engine oil cooler and transmission oil cooler. When the engine is running, the fan drives turn the left and right fan
to provide airflow to the oil coolers. Transmission oil flows through the coolers. An oil filter in the transmission
prevents dirt from entering the transmission mechanism. A pressure sensor downstream from the filter senses a
drop in oil pressure when the filter becomes clogged. The sensor generates a TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER
CLOGGED caution message on the DID.
FINAL DRIVE. The final drives are heavy duty speed reduction gear assemblies that connect the transmission
outputs to the tracks through the hub and sprocket assemblies. The final drives on the left and right of the
transmission are identical planetary gear sets. They step down the transmission output speed and step up the
torque. The hub and sprocket assemblies are bolted to the final drive output shafts. The final drives are made so
that the coupling to the transmission can be disconnected. When the couplings are disconnected, the tank may be
towed without turning the transmission outputs.
0003-21 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
SUSPENSION SYSTEM (Figure 9). The suspension system basically consists of two sets of tracks and
wheels that transmit the driving force of the powerpack to the ground.
Track. The track assembly, driven by the final drive hub and sprocket assemblies, is made up of 78 track shoes,
fastened together by end connectors. Each track shoe contains a vehicular track guide (centerguide) that keeps
the track on the wheels. Each centerguide runs between the two wheels on each roadwheel and on each idler
wheel assembly. This maintains the track in position on the wheels. Track tension is maintained by the
compensating idler wheel. Two support rollers, on each side of the tank, support and guide the upper portion of
the track during vehicle operation.
Wheels. There are seven roadwheel assemblies (numbered 1 through 7) and one compensating idler wheel
assembly on each side of the tank. The two wheels in each roadwheel assembly are separated to allow the track
centerguides to pass through. Steel wearplates on the inside of each wheel protect the wheels from damage by
the track centerguides. The roadwheels are connected to the hull by roadarms. The compensating idler wheels
are attached to the hull by an idler arm assembly. Track tension is adjusted by changing the length of the
adjusting link that positions the idler wheel. The track adjusting links can be lengthened or shortened hydraulically
to adjust track tension. Two support rollers, on each side of the tank, are single steel wheels that are used to
support and guide the upper track.
Hub and Sprocket Assemblies. One hub and sprocket assembly on each side of the tank transmits power
from the powerpack to the track. The hubs are driven by the transmission through final drive assemblies. The
sprockets engage the end connectors on both sides of each track and move the track as the hub turns.
Torsion Bars. Each roadarm is connected to a torsion bar that acts as a spring. Each torsion bar passes
through the hull and is anchored on the side opposite the roadarm it is attached to. Covers protect each torsion
bar. Access to all torsion bars is provided at both sides of the tank.
Shock Absorbers. Oil-filled, rotary shock absorbers are installed at roadwheel positions 1, 2, and 7 on each
side of the tank. Bump stops welded to the hull are installed at roadwheel positions 1, 2, and 7 to keep the
roadwheel arms from moving beyond their limits.
Change 1 0003-22
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
General. The fire extinguisher system consists of eight fire sensors, three fire bottle and valve assemblies,
associated tubes, and a Fire Extinguisher Amplifier (FEA). The system extinguishes fires in the crew compartment
and engine compartment using either automatic operation or manual operation.
Automatic Operation. Under normal operating conditions vehicle master power (+24 Vdc) is supplied to the
FEA from RSM 1 RPC 10 (FIRE EXTINGUISHER AMPLIFIER or FIRE EXT AMPLIFIER) and the AIM from RSM
3 RPC 6 (AIM). The FEA supplies power to and monitors signals from the eight sensors in the crew and engine
compartments.
The crew compartment fire extinguisher bottles are charged with HALON gas. The engine compartment fire
extinguisher bottles may be charged with HALON gas or new bottles filled with a dry chemical agent may be
installed. All fire extinguisher bottles are equipped with pressure warning labels and pressure gages. Pressure
warning labels indicate the amount of pressure needed, according to ambient temperature, to ensure proper
operation. Pressure gages indicate pressure inside the fire extinguisher bottles.
The crew compartment fire detection and extinguishing system is a fully automatic system with manual backup
provisions. Under normal operating conditions if a fire should occur in the crew area, one or more of the crew fire
sensors would detect the infrared radiation associated with a fire and send a signal to the FEA. Once the FEA
receives the signal it will send power to automatically discharge the crew compartment fire extinguisher bottle.
This floods the entire crew compartment with fire extinguishing gas. The crew should evacuate and air out the
compartment immediately after the fire extinguisher discharges. The crew can enter the tank after the
compartment clears.
The engine fire extinguisher system has two bottles, which discharge one at a time. Under normal operating
conditions if a fire should occur in the engine compartment, one or more of the engine fire sensors would detect
the infrared radiation associated with a fire and send a signal to the FEA. The FEA then sends a signal that is
routed through RSM 1 to discharge the engine first shot bottle. This signal is also routed to the AIM where it sets a
data bit and is sent to the HMPU via the utility bus. The HMPU forwards this information to the TMPU using the
data bus. The TMPU finally sends this information to the DID which causes caution message FIRST SHOT
DISCHARGED, and the engine first shot discharged icon to be displayed. If the fire continues to burn or a second
fire occurs after the first is extinguished, the FEA sends a signal directly to the AIM. This is information is
eventually routed to the DID and CDU where the warning message MAIN ENGINE FIRE will be displayed. In
addition a verbal warning message is injected into the intercom system and the engine fire icon will be displayed
on the DID.
0003-23 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
Automatic Operation (Continued). The FIRST SHOT DISCHARGED caution cannot be reset unless the FIRST
SHOT RESET button, on the first shot reset switch, is pressed. This reminds the crew/mechanics that the bottle
has been discharged and needs to be replaced. The first shot reset switch is located on the right hull wall behind
the driver's station to the right of the first shot fire extinguisher bottle.
If the engine compartment fire continues to burn or a second engine fire starts after the first shot bottle has been
discharged, the driver/mechanic must open the safety guard and move the 2ND SHOT switch on the DID forward.
The switch is connected to a 5 Vdc pull-up and 5 Vdc return in RSM 1. When the switch is moved forward it
connects the pull-up and return together. This fact is reported to the HMPU via the utility bus. The HMPU then
determines if the engine is running. If the engine is running a command is sent to the TMPU via the data bus to
shut down the engine and an 18 second delay begins. The TMPU sends the engine shutdown command from the
HMPU to the DECU via the data bus. The DECU then shuts down the engine. The purpose of the 18 second
delay is to allow the cooling fans to slow down so that when the fire suppression agent floods the engine
compartment it is not exhausted by the fans. After the 18 second delay has elapsed, the HMPU issues commands
to turn on RSM 1 RPC 9 (2ND SHOT FIRE EXT or 2ND-SHOT FIRE EXTINGUISHER) and to display the caution
message SECOND SHOT DISCHARGED on the CDU and DID. When RSM 1 RPC 9 turns on it applies power to
the engine second shot valve and the bottle discharges. If the engine is not running when the 2ND SHOT switch
is activated the 18 second delay is bypassed.
Manual Operation. Manually operated controls for the fire extinguisher system are provided for the crew and
engine compartments. These controls are T-handles and are located in the driver's compartment and outside on
the left side of the tank. Two T-handles in the driver's compartment can be used to discharge the crew, engine first
shot, A single T-handle on the outside of the tank will discharge the engine second shot bottle. It should be noted
that if the engine is running and the T-handle for the second shot bottle is used the engine will not shut down. The
manual controls are to be used if the automatic system fails or if a fire occurs when master power is off.
The tank is also equipped with two hand held fire extinguishers located in the turret.
Change 1 0003-24
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
0003-25 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
NUCLEAR, BIOLOGICAL, CHEMICAL (NBC) SYSTEM (Figure 11). The NBC System provides the crew with
breathable air, free of nuclear, biological, and chemical contaminants in battlefield conditions. The NBC main
system uses engine bleed air as a source to provide filtered, temperature controlled air to the environmental
protection system. An NBC backup system uses an electric blower to draw outside air as a source and provide
filtered air when the main system is not available or required.
NBC Main System. The NBC main system provides a minimum air volume of 154 standard cubic feet per
minute (scfm), 200 scfm nominal (4.4 standard cubic meters per minute (scmm), 5.7 scmm nominal). Each crew
station receives at least 17 scfm (0.48 scmm) at the Y-connectors for the mask and vest. The remaining air is
delivered to the bulk dump behind the driver's seat. The total volume of air maintains a positive pressure of 3.7 to
8 inches of water (in. H2O) (9.4 to 20.3 cm H2O) in the crew compartments when the vehicle is in combat
configuration.
The NBC main system air supply (bleed air) is taken from the main engine's high speed compressor. The hot
bleed air, which destroys many possible contaminants, is supplied to the prioritization valve (bleed air valve). The
prioritization valve contains two electrically controlled solenoid valves, the on/off solenoid valve and the high/low
solenoid valve, which are in series. Power for the solenoids is provided by RPC 2 (NBC BLEED AIR OFF/ON) and
RPC 8 (NBC BLEED AIR LOW/HI) respectively, in RSM 2. When the NBC system is off, power management
software sets RPC 2 and RPC 8 on. This causes the on/off solenoid to energize, closing the on/off valve and
blocking airflow from the engine, and energizes the high/low solenoid. When the NBC system is on, RPC 2 is
turned off and RPC 8 is turned on. This deenergizes the on/off solenoid, opening the on/off valve and allowing
airflow from the engine, and energizes the high/low solenoid, opening the hi/low valve and regulating the air
pressure to 44 ±5 psig (303 ±35 kPaG).
If the engine requires more air, the system goes into NBC prioritization mode. During this mode the DECU sets a
data bit (T7 flag) indicating that it requires additional air. This bit is sent to the TMPU via the data bus. The TMPU
forwards this to the HMPU using the data bus. Once the HMPU receives the information it issues a command on
the utility bus to turn off RSM 2 RPC 8. This results in power being removed from the high/low solenoid, thereby
deenergizing it and closing the hi/low valve, which reduces the air pressure to 16 ±3 psig (100 ±21 kPaG) and the
amount of bleed air supplied to the NBC system.
Air is routed from the prioritization valve to NBC sponson box on the left side of the vehicle and enters the
precooler where the air temperature is reduced from near 400° F (204° C) to less than 300° F (149° C). Air from
the precooler is regulated to 35 ±3 psig (241 ±21 kPaG) by the pressure regulating valve. The pressure regulating
valve contains an electrically controlled solenoid valve, which receives power from RSM 2 RPC 4 (NBC PRESS
REG VALVE or NBC PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE). When the NBC system is off, power management
software sets RPC 4 on. This applies power to the solenoid in the pressure regulating valve, energizing it, closing
the valve and blocking airflow.
Further heat reduction occurs when air from the pressure regulating valve expands in the air-flow-limiting venturi
output chamber. The output chamber furnishes air to two paths. In the primary path, air flows to the heat
exchanger, condenser, and water extractor where the air is cooled and moisture removed before powering the air
cycle machine.
Outside (ambient) air is drawn in the NBC sponson box by the air cycle machine fan and passes through the
particle separator. This air passes through vanes in the heat exchanger and precooler which further cools the
bleed air and is then exhausted overboard with contaminants scavenged from the particle separator.
Change 1 0003-26
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
NBC Main System (Continued). The air cycle machine is a small turbine compressor and fan. Major cooling of
the air occurs at the output of the air cycle machine due to rapid expansion of the compressed air flowing from
the turbine nozzle into the condenser. This rapid expansion can cause ice to form, which if excessive, can cause
restricted airflow and degraded turbine efficiency. Icing is reduced by the anti-ice servo and anti-ice valve, which
directs warmer air into the condenser and turbine discharge air. The anti-ice valve is electrically controlled by the
temperature controller. The temperature controller is located in the hull on the left side of the vehicle behind the
driver's compartment. It is supplied power whenever the NBC system is activated from AIM RPC 17 (NBC TEMP
CONTROLLER or NBC TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER).
The secondary path from the venturi supplies warm air to the temperature control valve. The valve, in response to
NBC temperature adjustment controls and the temperature control unit, adjusts the air temperature by mixing the
cooler air cycle machine output air with the warmer venturi output air. Depending on ambient conditions, the air
temperature can be adjusted from a maximum of 70-125° F (21-52° C) to a minimum of 55-85° F (13-29° C). A
temperature change is initiated when there is a 10° F (5.56° C) differential between settings. A 35 minute
warm-up or cool down period is required to attain the desired temperature. The temperature adjust control is
accessed by pressing the NBC TEMP ADJ button on the CDU or through the NBC CNTRLS menu available on
the DID when the CMDR BACKUP function is selected from the MAINT/BACKUP menu.
Conditioned air passes through the NBC filter canisters, located behind the driver on the left side of the vehicle,
where any remaining contamination is removed. The filtered output air is routed through ducts, hoses and tubes to
each crew station Y-connector and to the bulk dump valve. To reach the turret the filtered air is routed through
passages in the H/TSR.
The NBC system is controlled and monitored by sensor and electrical feedback signals and is automatically
activated by radiation and chemical detection devices. The signals from these sensors/devices are monitored by
either the AIM (radiation, chemical, sponson overheat, and filter clogged) or the temperature controller (anti-ice
temperature and conditioned air temperature). When a nuclear or chemical threat is detected, the AIM is notified
via physical lines that run from the radiation and chemical detection devices and the AIM. The AIM notifies the
HMPU via the utility bus that a threat exists. The HMPU forwards information to the TMPU via the data bus, which
sends information that causes the appropriate warning message(s) to be displayed on the CDU and DID and
verbal warning(s) to be injected into the intercom system. Also, software in the HMPU determines if the main
engine is running. If the main engine is running, the HMPU issues commands on the utility bus to turn on RSM 2
RPC 8, and AIM RPC 17, and turn off RSM 2 RPCs 2 and 4. This causes the NBC system to start. Bleed air inlet
temperature is monitored by the sponson in overtemp switch (overheat sponson in) at the output of the precooler.
The sponson out overtemp switch (overheat sponson out) and the conditioned air temperature sensor monitor the
bleed air outlet temperature at the condenser output to the NBC filters. Differential pressure switches monitor for
NBC clogged filter and crew compartment low pressure conditions. The anti-ice temperature sensor, located at
the condenser, feeds thermal information to the temperature control unit for anti-ice valve control. The anti-ice and
conditioned air temperature sensors are thermistors. The resistance of the thermistor changes with temperature.
0003-27 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
NBC Main System (Continued). If the main engine is running and the loader's panel TURRET BLOWER or NBC
MAIN switch is set to ON, or the coax weapon is selected, software will start the NBC system. Running the NBC
system assists in expelling gases generated by firing the coax weapon.
The Main NBC system will shut down automatically when an overheat condition is detected from the Overheat
Sponson In or Overheat Sponson Out switches. Main NBC system overheat conditions can result in system fires,
usually at the NBC filters. The vehicle software notifies the crew by displaying the OVERHEAT SPONSON IN or
OVERHEAT SPONSON OUT WARNINGS. The software will then display the following advisories to notify the
crew of imminent main NBC system shutdown: NBC MAIN AUTO SHUTDOWN IN 2 MINUTES, NBC MAIN AUTO
SHUTDOWN IN 1 MINUTE, NBC MAIN AUTO SHUTDOWN IN 30 SECONDS. After shutdown, the software puts
the main NBC system into the "disabled" state and generates the NBC MAIN DISABLED WARNING. The
"disabled" state is saved in H/TMPU power down memory so the main NBC system will remain disabled on any
subsequent power up. If an attempt is made to turn the NBC system back on while in the disabled state, the NBC
MAIN DISABLED NOTIFY MAINTENANCE advisory will be displayed.
The main NBC system can not be turned on, when in the "disabled" state, until an NBC Reset procedure is
performed. The NBC Reset procedure should only be performed as directed by the troubleshooting procedures,
after corrective action to repair the overheat condition, or during troubleshooting when required to turn on the NBC
system to help isolate the cause of the overheat problem. When the NBC Reset function is selected, the
MAINTENANCE ACTION REQUIRED PRIOR TO NBC MAIN RESET advisory is displayed. The user must then
confirm the reset action to ensure that he/she is aware of the maintenance action requirement and of the danger
associated with running the main NBC system in an overheat condition.
The following sensors/devices generate appropriate warnings and except for the clogged filter, and both sponson
overheat conditions, activate the NBC tone alarm for the defined generation criteria:
Change 1 0003-28
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
NBC Backup System. The NBC backup system gas particulate blower is powered by vehicle battery voltage.
Outside air, drawn in by the blower, passes through a screen inlet and through hoses and tubes to the charcoal
filters. Filtered air passes through a check valve and enters the NBC main system ducts to the crew station
Y-connectors. A check valve prevents the NBC main system output air from feeding back out through the backup
system input hoses. Another check valve, located in the air distribution duct near the NBC main filter output,
prevents the backup system air from flowing out the bulk dump. The NBC backup system provides at least 3.0
scfm (0.085 scmm) to the Y-connector mask orifice at each crew station.
0003-29 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
ACCESSORIES.
Personnel Heater (Figure 12). The personnel heater subsystem operates on vehicle fuel and supplies heated
air to the driver and turret crew area. The fuel is drawn from the left front fuel tank by the personnel heater
electrical fuel pump. An electrically powered blower fan inside the personnel heater blows the heated air into
metal duct work, which runs to outlets in the crew compartment. The ducts have dampers that can be set by the
driver to direct the airflow.
The heater controls are displayed when HEATER is selected from the AUX SYSTEMS menu on the DID, or the
HULL SYSTEMS menu on the CDU. When HEATER OFF/ON is set to ON from the HEATER menu on the DID or
CDU, RSM 1 RPC 5 (HEATER FUEL PUMP), and HPDU RPC 11 (HEATER POWER) are turned on via utility bus
(RS-485) commands from the HMPU. This causes the personnel heater fuel pump to pump fuel to the heater,
activates the igniter through a flame switch inside the heater, and starts the blower fan spinning at a low speed.
Once the fuel ignites the heater starts, the burning fuel causes the flame switch to heat up and move, cutting off
power to the igniter and allowing the bower fan to go to operational speed. The personnel heater will continue to
run until HEATER OFF/ON is set to OFF.
The HEATER TEMP LOW/HI control controls the heat output of the heater. It is normally in the LOW setting. With
the heater running, when the control is set to HI, HPDU RPC 12 (HEATER FAN LOW/HI) is turned on. This
causes a restriction solenoid in the heater to be energized, increasing the fuel supplied to the heater. The
additional fuel being burned generates a higher heat output.
Power is maintained to the blower fan when the personnel heater is shut down or MASTER POWER is turned off.
This is to allow any remaining fuel in the heater to be burned, combustion products to be exhausted, and to allow
the heater to cool down. The blower fan shuts down after the flame switch inside the heater has cooled down
sufficiently to move back to the start position.
Air can be circulated through the vehicle, by using the blower fan in the personnel heater, without heating it first.
This is accomplished by using the HEATER FAN OFF/ON control. When HEATER FAN OFF/ON is set to ON,
HPDU RPC 10 (HEATER FAN OFF/ON) is turned on and applies power to the blower fan in the personnel heater.
WARNING
• Do not remain in smoke cloud more than 5 minutes without use of protective
mask and skin protection. More than 5 minutes of unprotected exposure to
smoke cloud can cause temporary illness and eye and skin irritation.
• Do not turn on SMOKE GENERATOR switch if tank is using MOGAS or JP4 for
fuel. The MOGAS or JP4 will cause explosions instead of smoke and could kill
you or damage your tank.
NOTE
Change 1 0003-30
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
0003-31 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
Smoke Generator System (Continued). The smoke generating system is incorporated into the main engine
exhaust system. Fuel is sprayed into the rear section of the exhaust duct and vaporized. When exhausted to air,
the fuel condenses and creates a smoke cloud. The smoke generator fuel pump will only operate when the main
engine is running. This prevents the possibility of fire and prevents fuel nozzles from becoming clogged if the
main engine is not running. When the SMOKE GEN OFF/ON pushbutton on either the DID VEHICLE SYSTEMS
MAIN MENU or CDU HULL SYSTEMS MENU is set to ON, with the engine running, RSM 3 RPC 10 (SMOKE
GEN FUEL PUMP or SMOKE GENERATOR FUEL PUMP) is turned ON via the TMPU, HMPU, data bus and
utility bus. With power applied from RPC-10, the smoke generator fuel pump draws fuel from the rear fuel tank
and pumps it to the exhaust system nozzles. When the pushbutton is pressed, the request is sent to the TMPU via
the data bus. The TMPU then forwards this to the HMPU using the data bus. Once the HMPU receives the
request it determines if the main engine is running. If it is, the HMPU issues a command on the utility bus to turn
on RSM 3 RPC 10 (SMOKE GEN FUEL PUMP or SMOKE GENERATOR FUEL PUMP). With RPC 10 turned on
the smoke generator fuel pump will start drawing fuel from the rear fuel tanks and pump it into the exhaust
system.
Drain Valve System. The drain valve system consists of a crew compartment (front) drain and two engine
compartment (rear) drains. Control handles for the valves are located to the right of the driver's seat and are
mechanically linked to the valves with cables and rods.
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM.
General. The communication system in the M1A2 SEP consists of the SINCGARS radio system, the EPLRS or
Blue Force Tracking (BFT), and the intercom system. The SINCGARS and EPLRS or BFT provide digital
communication between vehicles and other elements on the battlefield. The intercom system supports voice
communication between crew stations or between external elements using the interface to SINCGARS.
Intercom System. The intercom system provides the crew with voice communication capability between crew
stations and between crew and external elements when interfaced with the radio transceiver (SINCGARS). The
commander's station is the only station that can communicate with external elements.
Alarm tones, that warn or alert crewmembers, are broadcast by the intercom system. The alarm tones are
generated by the TMPU and are injected into the intercom system via the Master Control Station (MCS). Proper
operation can be checked by running TONE TESTS from either the CDU, DID, or GCDP during BIT.
The M1A2 SEP is equipped with the Vehicular Intercommunications System (VIS) AN/VIC-3. The following
describes component functions during intercom operation:
• Indicator Control CD-82/VRC (MCS) - Provides interface between the radios and the four crew stations.
Located in the turret.
• Intercommunications Set Control C-12357A/VRC (Full Function Crew Station (FFCS)) - Furnishes each
crewmember with four modes of transmission: Push To Talk (PTT), Live Microphone (LIVE), Voice
Operated Switching (VOX), and Override (O/R).
• Combat Vehicle Crewman (CVC) Helmet - Provides each crewmember selection of intercom, radio, or
monitor. Controls the Active Noise Reduction (ANR) System and incorporates a noise cancelling
microphone.
• Loudspeaker LS-688/VRC - Allows crew to listen to intercom and radio transmissions without using CVC
helmet. Equipped with independent power and volume controls. Located in the turret.
Some design and technological enhancements incorporated in the VIS system include:
• The major intercom system components are interconnected in a single ring configuration, which supplies
power and carries the digitized audio to components on the ring.
• If any one ring cable is disconnected or severed, the system will remain completely operable.
For information concerning other details concerning the communication system, see the Principles of Operation
section in TM 9-2350-388-23-2-1.
Change 1 0003-32
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. The hydraulic system consists of components in both the hull and the turret. Hydraulic
power can only be generated by one of two sources in the M1A2 SEP tank, the main hydraulic pump or the
auxiliary hydraulic pump. In order for the main pump to generate hydraulic power, the main engine must be
running. In those situations when the main engine is not running, the electrically powered auxiliary hydraulic pump
can be used to generate hydraulic power. Hydraulics powers the bilge pump and the parking brake system in the
hull, and the gun/turret drive, ammo door, and cooling system in the turret. A network of hydraulic lines carries
hydraulic fluid under pressure from the pumps, through the hull hydraulic distribution manifold to the H/TSR and
then to the turret valve and the Cooling System Manifold (CSM) in the turret. The turret valve controls hydraulic
power to the ammo door open/closing actuator, the elevation servomechanism, and the azimuth servomechanism.
The CSM provides hydraulic fluid to the Air Handling Unit (AHU) and controls hydraulic fluid flow to the Vapor
Cycle System Unit (VCSU). A hydraulic system dial pressure gage is located at the gunner's station. For
information concerning hydraulic system components in the turret, see the Principles of Operation section in
TM 9-2350-388-23-2-1.
Main Pump. The engine-driven main hydraulic pump supplies hydraulic fluid at the rate of up to 47 gallons
(177.9 liters) per minute and maintains pressure at 1500-1750 psi (10342-12065 kPa) with the engine running and
turret power on. With turret power off, the main hydraulic pump is limited to 300 psi (2068 kPa) maximum except
when operating the hydraulically powered bilge pump (see Bilge Pump section). If turret power is on during
engine start, the main pump is limited to 300 psi (2068 kPa) maximum until after the start cycle is complete so the
engine will not be loaded down by the mechanically coupled main pump. Fluid flow from the reservoir through the
pump to the case drain line provides lubrication for the pump. Lubrication is necessary to prevent damage to the
pump (see Hydraulic Distribution Manifold section).
Auxiliary Pump. The auxiliary hydraulic pump is located on the left side of the hull floor below the turret basket
between the H/TSR and the bulkhead that separates the crew and engine compartments. It is controlled by a
monitoring circuit, which is enabled whenever master power is on. During normal operation, circuitry inside the
HPDU monitors the state of a signal, which is held high by a 5 Vdc pull-up. Two pressure switches, the Auxiliary
Hydraulic Pressure Switch (mounted in the hydraulic distribution manifold in the hull), and the Auxiliary Hydraulic
Brake Pressure Switch are connected in parallel to the pull-up in the HPDU. If the Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure
Switch detects less than 1050±150 psi (7239±1034 kPa) or the Auxiliary Hydraulic Brake Pressure Switch detects
less than 1400 psi (9652 kPa), the appropriate pressure switch closes. When either switch closes, the signal to
the HPDU is pulled to ground. The monitoring circuit reports this and the Auxiliary Power Control Module in the
HPDU (A6 circuit card) applies a ground to the K2 relay coil in the PPC, energizing it. Energizing the coil causes
the K2 relay contacts to close, which connects power to the AUX BUS. HPDU RPC 18 (AUX HYDRAULIC PUMP)
is connected to the AUX BUS and it will send power to the pump as soon the AUX BUS receives power. When
hydraulic pressure rises above 1600 ±150 psi (11031±1034 kPa), the closed pressure switch will open, causing
the A6 card in the HPDU to deenergize the K2 relay coil, disconnecting the AUX BUS from power, and thus
turning off the auxiliary hydraulic pump. Setting AUX PUMP OFF/ON to OFF, on the TURRET SYSTEM menu at
the CDU or the BACKUP menu on the Gunner's Control Display Panel (GCDP), can manually turn off the
auxiliary hydraulic pump.
When the vetronics bus voltage goes below 22.0 Vdc, the vetronics system disables the auxiliary hydraulic pump
circuit so that battery life may be maintained. The vetronics system reactivates the auxiliary hydraulic pump circuit
when the vetronics bus voltage goes above 23.0 Vdc.
The auxiliary hydraulic pump is a secondary source of hydraulic power for the vehicle and is not capable of
supplying all the hydraulic needs of the vehicle.
0003-33 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
Hydraulic Distribution Manifold. The hydraulic distribution manifold is located near the centerline of the
vehicle on the hull floor below the turret basket between the H/TSR and the bulkhead that separates the crew and
engine compartments. The manifold distributes hydraulic fluid under pressure from the main hydraulic pump and
the auxiliary hydraulic pump to the hull/turret hydraulic systems. The hydraulic distribution manifold contains an
electrically operated bilge pump solenoid valve for the bilge pump operation, a flow switch that monitors the main
pump case drain line, and a thermal bypass valve. The hydraulic fluid return path from the hydraulic distribution
manifold routes the hydraulic fluid through a heat exchanger before it returns to the vehicle reservoir. The heat
exchanger removes excess heat from the fluid to prevent it from overheating and damaging hydraulic components.
The bilge pump solenoid valve supplies hydraulic power to drive the bilge pump and is controlled by a menu
button on the DID. When the button is pressed, the power management system sends a command to turn on
RSM 3 RPC 5 (BILGE PUMP VALVE). When RPC 5 comes on, power is applied to the solenoid in the manifold.
The solenoid energizes and allows hydraulic fluid to flow to the bilge pump.
The flow switch senses case drain fluid flow from the main hydraulic pump lubrication system. The switch is a
two-position switch with the NO and NC contacts wired to monitoring circuits in RSM 3. During vehicle operation
the state of the NC contact is monitored. When the main pump is running, the fluid flow causes the switch to close
the C (common) and NO contacts. If the pump is not running or when flow is interrupted, the C and NC contacts
of the switch are closed. When the flow is interrupted, the monitoring circuit for the NC contact in RSM 3 is pulled
to ground and is detected by the power management system. If the fluid flow interruption remains for more than
30 seconds, a HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FAULT WARNING message will be displayed on the DID to warn the driver
that a hydraulic problem exists.
Bilge Pump. The M1A2 SEP tank is provided with a hydraulically driven, hull mounted bilge pump for use when
water enters hull and must be removed. Hydraulic power for the bilge pump is provided by the main engine
hydraulic pump or the electrical auxiliary hydraulic pump. The bilge pump is located on hull floor in front of hull
ammunition compartment and has an outlet located on right side of hull. The bilge pump is capable of pumping
115 gallons (435.3 liters) per minute for up to 100 hours continuously. To operate the bilge pump the driver or
mechanic goes to the AUX SYSTEMS menu and presses the BILGE PUMP OFF ON until ON is highlighted. The
DID sends this request to the TMPU via the data bus. The TMPU then forwards this request to the HMPU again
using the data bus. When the HMPU receives the request to turn on the bilge pump it sends a command on the
utility bus to RSM 3 to turn on RPC 5 (BILGE PUMP VALVE). Once RPC 5 comes on, power is applied to the
bilge pump solenoid valve in the hull hydraulic distribution manifold, which energizes and allows hydraulic fluid to
flow to the bilge pump.
Change 1 0003-34
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
Driver's Hatch Interlock (DHI). The purpose of the DHI is to increase driver's safety by inhibiting powered
movement of the gun and turret when the driver's hatch is open.
When the driver's hatch is being opened, the hatch-lifting handle closes the DHI switch. This condition is
transmitted to the Fire Control Electronics Unit (FCEU) via the Analog Input Module (AIM), Utility Bus (RS485),
Hull and Turret Mission Processor Units (H/TMPU), and the 1553 data bus. The FCEU inhibits gun/turret
movement by deenergizing the azimuth and elevation hydraulic power valves. This can only occur if the DHI
switch is closed (driver's hatch is open), no failures are detected in the DHI system, and the vehicle status permits
powered movement of the gun and turret. The FCEU also sends the inhibit status to the H/TMPU and the warning
DRIVER HATCH OPEN GUN/TURRET DRIVE INACTIVE is displayed on the DID.
The commander, at the CDU, has the option to override the DHI by squeezing the palm switch on the CCHA and
selecting ACTVT G/T DRIVE. The override request must be confirmed before powered operation will resume.
Appropriate cautions and/or warnings alert the crew when powered operation is resumed. If the CDU is disabled,
the gunner has backup override capability at the GCDP, via the BACKUP menu. If the override function is then
activated at the GCDP, the warning GUN/TURRET DRIVE ACTIVE DRIVER HATCH OPEN is displayed on the
DID.
When built-in diagnostics has detected a fault in the DHI system that could cause invalid inhibits or inability to
override, the caution GUN/TURRET DRIVE INHIBIT FAULT is displayed and normal gun/turret movement is
permitted. If the driver's hatch is open when a failure is detected, the warning GUN/TURRET DRIVE ACTIVE
DRIVER HATCH OPEN is displayed on the DID.
0003-35 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
General. The vehicle can be operated in one of three modes; vehicle system mode, C3 mode, or diagnostic
mode.
Vehicle System Mode. Normal vehicle operation is performed using this mode.
C3 Mode. Provides commander with access to controls and indicators for various command and control
functions. Does not impact gunner or driver operations.
Diagnostics Mode. This mode configures the vehicle system to allow intrusive testing down to the LRU/SRU*
level. In this mode, the displays provide access to Caution/Warning STATUS, as well as built-in Test (BIT) and
Fault Isolation Test (FIT) information. Normal vehicle operation of LRUs is interrupted during intrusive testing in
the diagnostic mode. This mode must not be used during normal operations and must only be used when
performing diagnostic and maintenance functions.
General. Fault management for the vehicle is accomplished with embedded system level diagnostics, a fault
reporting system and Manual Troubleshooting Procedures (MTPs).
System Level Diagnostics. System level diagnostics, which consists of Self-Test (ST), Built-In Test (BIT), and
Fault Isolation Test (FIT), detect and isolate failures in a system. System level diagnostics collect and analyze
data provided by subsystem level diagnostics embedded in LRUs on the 1553 data bus (HMPU, CDU, DID, POS/
NAV, and DECU) and power management data provided by the utility bus, to perform fault detection and isolation
functions.
ST is nonintrusive testing designed to run in the background without interrupting normal operations of the LRU in
which it is embedded. ST is automatically initiated upon power up and runs continuously unless preempted by
another level of diagnostics such as BIT or FIT. Safety related ST data is still generated and reported during BIT
or FIT.
BIT is intrusive testing designed to provide extensive and comprehensive test coverage of the LRU in which it is
embedded. BIT execution interrupts normal operation of the LRU under test because functional circuitry is
required during testing. Since BIT interrupts normal operation of the LRU, the crew or mechanic must initiate BIT
when it is safe to do so. BIT may require operator interaction as an aid in fault isolation.
FIT utilizes data collected during ST and BIT to isolate a fault to an LRU/SRU*. Once initiated by the mechanic,
FIT runs automatically, and may require mechanic interaction to isolate the fault. Faults that cannot be isolated
through FIT will generate the number of the Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) that must be performed.
Change 1 0003-36
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
Fault Reporting System. The fault reporting system consists of CAUTION and WARNING messages and
diagnostic screens that inform the crew or mechanic of failures detected by the embedded diagnostic system.
When a fault is detected by ST, a CAUTION or WARNING message is displayed on the CDU or DID pop-up
window to alert the crew or mechanic that a fault has occurred. A tone alarm is also generated and broadcast on
the intercom system to alert the crew or mechanic to check the displays. the displayed CAUTION or WARNING is
added to the CAUTION/WARNING menu active list. A list of CAUTION and WARNING MESSAGES and the
associated Generation Description is provided in Table 3 and Table 4.
A NOGO message is displayed on the BIT initiating panel, CDU or DID, when a fault is detected. A CAUTION or
WARNING message may also be displayed for certain BIT NOGOs.
FIT utilizes ST and BIT collected data to isolate a fault to an LRU/SRU*. Faulty LRUs, along with their associated
faulty SRUs (if applicable)*, are displayed on the FAULTY LRU LIST screen. Faulty SRUs* are displayed indented
on the line(s) beneath its associated LRU (if applicable). Each LRU can be displayed as a faulty LRU by itself
without any of its related SRUs*. In most cases, LRUs that are able to display their associated SRUs* will have a
faulty SRU* displayed with the faulty LRU. Vehicle system status is displayed on the SYSTEM HEALTH screen as
a GO/NOGO condition. For NOGO SYSTEM HEALTH categories, the screen identifies the faulty LRU/SRU*, the
TP that must be performed, or any additional test that must be performed. If the embedded diagnostic system
cannot isolate the faulty LRU, a TP number is generated that directs the mechanic to the applicable technical
manual procedure.
Manual Troubleshooting Procedures (MTPs). In addition to fault detection and isolation, accomplished
through embedded diagnostics, the crew or mechanic may sense or suspect a fault due to observed unusual
system operation that is not included in embedded diagnostics. In this case, MTPs must be utilized to isolate the
faulty LRU. Symptom Discernment Procedures direct the mechanic to the applicable MTP to confirm and/or
isolate the fault.
Caution/Warning Messages. CAUTION/WARNING messages are displayed on the CDU and DID to alert the
crew or mechanic of critical conditions or faults in the system. A warning and caution counter on each of the
displays informs the crew or mechanic of the total number of currently active warnings and cautions. Alert tones
and voice warning messages are broadcast through the intercom system to prompt the commander and driver to
check the CDU and DID for messages. The CAUTION /WARNING message displayed on the CDU and DID will
remain on display until the condition that initiated the message is corrected or the RESET switch is pressed. If the
condition that initiated the message is corrected, the message will disappear from the display and the warning
and caution counter will decrease. If the RESET switch is pressed and the condition that initiated the message is
not corrected, the message will disappear but the counter will not change. A list of current active and intermittent
messages can be viewed on the CDU and DID.
Every CAUTION/WARNING generated is not displayed on both panels. However, if one panel is disabled, the
other panel will display all messages. During Normal operation panel messages are displayed as follows:
a. CDU WARNINGS - A critical condition exists in the NBC subsystem, main engine fire suppression, hydraulic
system temperature, or battery charge level.
b. DID WARNINGS - A critical condition exists in the NBC subsystem, transmission system, engine system, main
engine fire suppression, hydraulic system temperature, battery charge level, service brakes or parking brake.
c. CDU CAUTIONS - A condition exists in a system, utilized by the commander, that could affect operation.
d. DID CAUTIONS - A condition exists in a system, utilized by the driver, that could affect operation.
Table 3 lists all WARNING messages displayed on the panels and a brief description of the condition that
generated it. Table 4 lists all CAUTION messages displayed on the panels and a brief description of the condition
that generated it.
0003-37 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
CREW PRESSURE LOW Crew compartment air pressure is less than outside air pressure
with vehicle hatches sealed and main NBC and engine operating.
DECU OPERATING ON BACKUP DECU operating on internal battery. Vehicle voltage is below 21.8
BATTERY Vdc.
ENGINE OIL EXTREMELY LOW Engine oil level is 10 or more quarts (9.5 or more liters) low.
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW Engine oil pressure is below 11 psig (76 kPaG). If DECU cannot
increase oil pressure (increase RPM) engine is shut down.
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH Engine oil temperature exceeds 220° F (104° C).
G/T DRIVE ACTIVE DRIVER HATCH Driver's Hatch Interlock system is bypassed with driver's hatch
OPEN open.
HYDRAULIC FLUID TEMP HIGH Hydraulic fluid temperature exceeds 220° F (104° C) for more than
10 minutes or Hydraulic Fluid Temp High switch malfunction.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FAULT Main hydraulic pump case drain flow switch remained closed
(no flow) for more than 30 seconds with engine running.
LOW BATTERY CHARGE Vehicle voltage is below 22.8 Vdc (engine not operating).
MAIN ENGINE FIRE Engine compartment fire still exists 2.6 seconds after first shot bottle
discharge.
NBC MAIN DISABLED Vehicle system software has placed Main NBC system in "disabled"
state (prevented from turning on) as a result of an OVERHEAT
SPONSON IN or OVERHEAT SPONSON OUT WARNING/
condition. The NBC system can only be enabled by a maintenance
action (NBC reset).
OVERHEAT SPONSON IN Sponson incoming air temperature exceeds 325° F (163° C) (Fire
Hazard).
OVERHEAT SPONSON OUT Sponson outgoing air temperature exceeds 152° F (67° C) (Fire
Hazard).
Change 1 0003-38
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
SERVICE BRAKE ON TWO Service brake has been applied for more than two minutes with
MINUTES engine operating. Parking brake must be set to prevent inadvertent
vehicle movement.
TRANSMISSION DAMAGED Transmission oil filter pressure differential exceeds 160 psig (1103
INSPECT kPaG).
TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE Transmission oil pressure is below 110 psig (758 kPaG).
LOW
AIR FILTER CLOGGED Air pressure differential across Vee packs is 24 in. H2O (61 cm H2O)
or greater (engine operating).
AIR FILTER RESTRICTED Air pressure differential across Vee packs is between 19 and 24 in.
H2O (48 and 61 cm H2O) (engine operating).
CANT UNIT FAILURE IFCEU self-test detected an out-of-range CANT signal. Not
implemented for FCEU.
CIRCUIT BREAKER OFF Circuit breaker off detected by Power Management System.
CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIPPED Circuit breaker tripped detected by Power Management System.
0003-39 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
COMMANDER'S HANDLE FAULT Commander's Handle fails Commander's Handle Interactive Test.
During Fire Control System Test: Handle not centered; trigger
pressed; RANGE button pressed.
Faults exist that create false signals that above conditions are
present.
CROSSWIND SENSOR FAULT Crosswind sensor failed FCEU self-test, BIT, or Fire Control System
Test.
Excessive crosswind.
ENGINE OIL FILTER CLOGGED Engine oil filter pressure differential exceeds 13.5 psig (93 kPaG).
ENGINE OIL LOW Engine oil level is more than 2 quarts (1.9 liters) low. Requires
constant low level for greater than or equal to 15 seconds.
ENGINE OVER SPEED DECU detected engine Power Turbine Speed (NPT)
exceeded 106%.
ENGINE SENSOR FAULT DECU detects faulty engine sensor T1, NH, and NPT:
T1 Window - Engine Inlet Temperature is 200° F (93° C)
or < -100° F (-38° C).
NH1 Level - Engine High Pressure Compressor Speed
is < 1%.
NH2 Level (Backup Sensor) - Engine High Pressure
Compressor Speed is < 1%.
NPT1 Level - Power Turbine Speed is < 1%.
NPT2 Level (Backup Sensor) - Power Turbine Speed
is < 1%.
Change 1 0003-40
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
FCEU FAULT FCEU fails self-test, BIT, or Fire Control System Test.
Communication lost between FCEU and data bus.
Excessive crosswind.
FUEL FILTER CLOGGED Primary fuel filter pressure differential exceeds 18 psig (124 kPaG).
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR FAULT Power management self-test detected fuel level contradiction.
Engine compartment fuel level sensor shows less than 5/8, but rear
sponson shows more than 5/8 full. Probable sensor failure.
GUNNERS CONTROL HANDLE During Fire Control System Test: Handle not centered; trigger
FAULT pressed; RANGE button pressed.
Faults exist that create false signals that above conditions are
present.
GUNNERS PRIMARY SIGHT FAULT FCEU self-test, FCEU BIT, or Fire Control System Test detected
Gunner's Primary Sight (GPS) interface faults GPS AZ and EL
Resolvers and GPS AZ and EL Gyros.
GUNNERS PRIMARY SIGHT LOWER FCEU self-test detected failures during operation of GPS Lower
PANEL FAULT Panel switches: Weapons Select, Ammo Select, or Fire Control (FC)
Mode.
HIGH ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Vehicle voltage exceeds 32 Vdc. Power Management program
VOLTAGE tripped voltage regulator circuit breaker and attempted to close
circuit breaker three times at 5 second intervals. High voltage is still
present after three attempts.
0003-41 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
HULL/TURRET POSITION SENSOR Fire Control System Test or FCEU BIT detected failures during
FAULT HTPS range check, HTPS dynamic position, or HTPS position null.
KEYBOARD FAULT Keyboard failure detected during self test or BIT, or loss of
communication between keyboard and commander's electronic unit.
LOADER PANEL GUN/TURRET FCEU self-test or FCEU BIT detected multiple modes request
DRIVE SWITCH FAULT loader's panel switch.
LOW FUEL LEVEL Engine compartment fuel tank level is less than 1/4.
Two front fuel tank levels are at 1/8 or less.
MAIN GUN SAFETY SWITCH FAULT FCEU self-test or FCEU BIT detected an invalid condition from the
safety switch. (Indicated switch is both ARMED and SAFE or neither
ARMED or SAFE.)
MMU FAULT Mass Memory Unit failed self-test or MMU BIT with CEU powered
up.
POS/NAV UNIT INITIALIZATION POS/NAV placed in GYRO COMPASS with vehicle in motion or on a
FAULT slope greater than 5°.
POS/NAV in GYRO COMPASS when vehicle motion occurs.
POS/NAV mode transition fault.
POWER SYSTEM FAULT Wrong harness connected to remote switching module connectors:
J4, J5, or J7 on RSM 1, 2, or 3.
J5, J6 on RSM 4, 5, or 6.
REAR LEFT FUEL PUMP Left Fuel Pressure Switch is closed with engine running.
INOPERABLE
REAR RIGHT FUEL PUMP Right Fuel Pressure Switch is closed with engine running.
INOPERABLE
Change 1 0003-42
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
SECOND SHOT DISCHARGED Second shot fire extinguisher bottle has been activated. DECU has
shut down engine.
STABILIZATION FAULT FCEU self-test, Fire Control System Test, or FCEU BIT range error
fault detected in any of the following: AZ or EL Delta P, Gun
Trunnion Resolver, or Gun, Turret, or Hull gyros.
SYSTEM DATA BUS FAULT Communication loss between both data buses and any of the
following LRUs: CEU, CITV, DECU, DID, FCEU, GCDP, HMPU, POS/
NAV, TMPU, and TIS CEU (2nd Gen FLIR configuration) or TRU
(2nd Gen Block 1 FLIR Upgrade configuration).
THERMAL IMAGING SYSTEM FAULT TIS self-test or TIS BIT detected a fault.
TMPU NONCRITICAL FAULT TMPU self-test or TMPU BIT detected a fault in the following:
Utility/Speech card or AEGR card.
Communication loss between TMPU and utility bus.
0003-43 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0003
TRANSFER FUEL Rear fuel tank is less than 1/4 full and either front fuel tank is greater
than 1/8 full.
TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER Transmission oil filter pressure differential exceeds 10 psig (69
CLOGGED kPaG) (Transmission Oil Filter Sensor closed).
UTILITY BUS FAULT More than 50% errors per second on both utility buses for any of the
following LRUs: AIM, FCEU, HMPU, HPDU, RSM 1 thru RSM 6, and
TMPU.
ZERO DEGREE SWITCH FAULT FCEU self-test or FCEU BIT detected an invalid condition from the
zero degree switch. (Switch indicated gun is both above and below
zero or neither above zero or below zero.)
Change 1 0003-44
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
CHAPTER 2
FIELD MAINTENANCE
BUILT-IN DIAGNOSTICS AND FAULT ISOLATION GENERAL INFORMATION
SCOPE
The purpose of the built-in diagnostics procedure is to allow the system to gather as much information about the condition of the vehicle as
possible, then analyze all the information in the computer to determine where the problem or problems are and which troubleshooting
procedures to use. If your problem is not detected by built-in diagnostics, the fault isolation procedure will direct you to the symptom
discernment procedure or Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) to isolate your fault.
It is important that any conditional fault (a failure that only occurs under certain conditions) be recorded by the detection mechanisms and
reported by CAUTION and WARNING messages. For example, a circuit breaker tripped when a switch was pressed. If the tripped circuit
breaker was reset, either manually or by cycling master power, and the CIRCUIT BREAKER TRIPPED CAUTION message is no longer
displayed, you must now attempt to cause the circuit breaker to trip again to record that information in computer memory. Master power must
remain on so that the computer keeps the circuit breaker tripped information available for analysis during Fault Isolation Tests (FITs) and the
Troubleshooting Procedure (TP) Follow-on Procedures. If master power is turned off before told to by the procedure, the failure may not be
correctly identified.
The built-in diagnostics and fault isolation procedure requires vehicle batteries to have a full charge. Many systems must be powered to test
them properly and this puts a heavy drain on the batteries. Generally, engine should be shut down before entering diagnostic mode. Batteries
should be charged prior to diagnostics mode testing. If it is necessary to run engine in diagnostic mode to maintain battery voltage, start engine
before entering diagnostic mode. DECU BIT will not execute while engine is running. The BIT display will show a NOGO after a timeout of about
30 seconds.
Statuses are not updated at the DID in diagnostic mode for RPM gage, fuel gages, and voltmeter. Meters and gages will represent last status
at time tank was placed in diagnostic mode. If you want to view current status, exit diagnostics.
If master power cannot be turned on from either the Commander's Display Unit (CDU) or the Driver's Integrated Display (DID), go immediately
to Hull Power Distribution System (HPDS) Symptom Discernment Procedure (WP 0016).
The procedure starting at the CDU (WP 0005) should be used as a general rule. If there is a problem with performing the procedure from the
CDU, use one of the procedures starting at the DID (WP 0006) or the Gunner's Control and Display Panel (GCDP) (WP 0007). Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-10 for instructions on how to use the display panels and menu selections.
Occasionally, software and related hardware problems occur that cause unusual symptoms and cannot be troubleshot using normal diagnostic
procedures. If you experience problems of this type, refer to Hull System Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) System Index (WP 0020),
under the System/Subsystem called Unusual Conditions for possible solutions to some of those problems.
0004-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0004
EQUIPMENT CONDITION
This heading, when it appears in a troubleshooting procedure, will list only the special conditions you will have to meet in order to perform the
procedure. In addition to those special conditions, the following general equipment conditions always apply unless different settings are
required to produce tank failures or as otherwise specified. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10 for instructions on how to meet these conditions:
0004-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0005
FIELD MAINTENANCE
START AT COMMANDER'S DISPLAY UNIT (CDU)
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required References (continued)
Three WP 0009
WP 0020
Equipment Condition TM 9-2350-388-10
Go to Equipment Condition paragraph in WP 0004 TM 11-5820-890-10-1
and make sure conditions are met before
continuing.
References
WP 0008
1
NOTE
• The tests that are run in blocks 1 thru 8 are designed to input
data in the computer. This information will assist the com-
puter in the fault isolation process. All optional tests, blocks 5
thru 8 , and Automatic Fault Isolation Test (AUTO FIT) if
instructed to do so and Interactive Fault Isolation Test (IN-
TER FIT), shown in Table 1, must be run for scheduled
maintenance.
• Notify the other soldiers whenever BIT (UTILITY BUS A or B)
or UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT is about to be performed. Do not
initiate any tank functions (i.e. fuel transfer, ammo doors,
smoke generator, personnel heater, etc.) while these tests
are running.
• Collect data from self tests.
• The self test runs continuously and reports failures
whenever the vehicle is powered up. Try to recreate any
conditional failures that were reported by the crew or by
self test as CAUTIONS or WARNINGS, but are not
currently being reported on the display(s). Table 1
SYSTEM TEST TYPE TEST NAME
0005-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0005
2
NOTE
• Generally, engine should be shut down before entering diag-
nostic mode. Batteries should be charged prior to diagnos-
tics mode testing. If it is necessary to run engine in diagnos-
tic mode to maintain battery voltage, start engine before
entering diagnostic mode.
• DECU BIT will not execute while engine is running. The BIT
display will show a NOGO after a timeout of about 30
seconds.
• Statuses are not updated at the DID in diagnostic mode for
RPM gage, fuel gages, and voltmeter. Meters and gages will
represent last status at time tank was placed in diagnostic
mode. If you want to view current status, exit diagnostics.
• If any display shows a CABLE DISCONNECTED or CIR-
CUIT BREAKER TRIPPED CAUTION message, do steps
listed below:
• Unless engine is being run to maintain battery voltage,
shut down engine. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Press DIAG MODE switch.
• Go to block 10.
3
• Do FC SYSTEM TEST at GCDP.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Unless engine is being run to maintain battery voltage, shut
down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0005-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0005
4
NOTE
On the SEPv1 vehicle the MMU must be turned on prior to
running the CEU/MMU TEST. For SEPv2 configuration, the
MMU is turned on automatically during CEU/MMU TEST.
• If vehicle is SEPv1 configuration, turn on MMU by setting
BACKUP MAPS OFF/ON to ON at CDU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do CMDR ELCT TEST at CDU; refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• CDU TEST
• CEU/MMU TEST
• KEYBRD TEST
• If running, shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do SYSTEM TEST at CDU. Put vehicle in VEH SYS mode
after SYSTEM TEST is complete.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If engine is needed to maintain battery voltage, start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
5
NOTE
Station tests in blocks 5 thru 8 are optional at this point. Many
display related failures can also be isolated by symptom dis-
cernment procedures and MTPs. The MTP will direct you to run
specific station tests, where necessary, based on your symp-
tom.
• If the fault symptom is related to commander's station,
do the following station tests at CDU. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-10.
• KEYBRD TEST
• LAMP TEST
• PANEL TEST
• TACTICAL SCREEN TEST
NOTE
Selected tests under CMDR ELCT TEST have to be performed
after station tests are run so station test FIT results get reported
properly.
• Do CMDR ELCT TEST at CDU. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• CDU TEST
• KEYBRD TEST
• If the fault symptom is related to intercom, alert messages,
or audio tones, do SPEECH SYSTEM TEST at CDU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NOTE
If BACKUP MAPS is or has been on during same power up of
the CEU, FBCB2 OFF/ON button will be ghosted.
• If FBCB2 OFF/ON button is ghosted, set fire control circuit
breaker RSM5 CEU on GCDP to OFF then ON.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If the fault symptom is related to FBCB2 operations, do
FBCB2 TEST at CDU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0005-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0005
6
• If the fault symptom is related to GCDP, do the following
station tests at GCDP. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• LAMP TEST
• PANEL TEST
• SCREEN TEST
• HANDLE TEST
NOTE
GCDP TEST has to be performed after station tests are run so
station test FIT results get reported properly.
• Do GCDP TEST at GCDP.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If the fault symptom is related to intercom, alert messages,
or audio tones, do SPEECH SYSTEM TEST at GCDP.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
7
• If the fault symptom is related to Single Channel
Ground/Airborne Radio System (SINCGARS), do SINC-
GARS self test.
• Refer to TM 11-5820-890-10-1.
• Set communication system set up for normal operation.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
8
• If the fault symptom is related to driver's station, do the
following station tests at DID. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• LAMP TEST
• PANEL TEST
• SCREEN TEST
NOTE
DID TEST has to be performed after station tests are run so
station test FIT results get reported properly.
• Do DID TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If the fault symptom is related to intercom, alert messages,
or audio tones, do SPEECH SYSTEM TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
9
• Do HATCH TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0005-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0005
From block 1
10
NOTE
Make sure PANEL LIGHTS knob on GPS upper panel is turned
fully clockwise.
• Run FIT at CDU.
• Press FIT switch.
• Press READY switch.
11
• Press SYSTEM HEALTH switch.
NOTE
The listings in the system health screen are in a priority se-
quence based on diagnostic dependencies. You can select any
of the systems/subsystems listed, even if a GO indication is
present. If you select a system/subsystem that shows GO, the
screen will show a NO FAULTS FOUND message. If AUTO or
INTER FIT is available for the selected system/subsystem, the
option to run that test will appear as a menu button. The AUTO
and INTER FITs that are available are shown in Table 1. If
AUTO and INTER FITs are not available, you may return to the
menu to make a new selection. A system/subsystem may have
N/A opposite it. This indicates that there are dependencies
associated with that selection which prohibit troubleshooting of
that system/subsystem until the higher priority failure is re-
paired.
YES NO
12 13
NOTE • Go to block 18.
It is recommended that the highest priority system listed with a
NOGO be selected first.
• Select a system by highlighting your choice and pressing
SELECT switch.
• The system health enter screen will show the system that
has been selected. It will also show one or more of the
following:
• SEE FAULTY LRU LIST (if a Line Replaceable Unit
(LRU) has been isolated).
• A TP number.
• An instruction to run AUTO FIT that will be offered in the
menu.
0005-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0005
NO YES
14 15
Does the screen show a TP number? • Select RETURN as necessary to return to the FIT READY
menu screen and then select FAULTY LRU LIST.
NOTE
Some LRU's will also have faulty circuit cards or shop replace-
able units (SRU's) listed beneath the LRU.
• The FAULTY LRU screen will show one or more LRUs in a
priority sequence.
• If running, shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Locate your fault message and do corrective action stated.
• Refer to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index
(WP 0008).
NO YES
16 17
Does the screen show an instruction to run AUTO FIT? NOTE
The following is a list of automotive system TPs that represent
hard electrical faults detected by DECU BIT. If you are trouble-
shooting the automotive system and any of these TPs show up
with other automotive TPs, do these TPs first:
TP 251, 265, 270 thru 275, 279 thru 282, and 285.
• If running, shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Locate your TP number and do corrective action stated.
• Refer to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index
(WP 0008).
0005-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0005
NO YES
From block 13
18 19
• If running, shut down engine. • Select the test from the menu button.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • When AUTO FIT is completed, go back to the question in
• If the TMPU CRITICAL FAULT CAUTION message was block 12.
displayed and FIT did not display a TP number or a faulty
LRU, do TP 300 Follow-on Procedure.
• Refer to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index
(WP 0008).
• There are two methods of determining the proper
troubleshooting procedure. In both cases, you will have to
identify which system your symptom is related to.
• If you are unfamiliar with the troubleshooting approach
or have questions about how to interpret your symptom,
use the symptom discernment procedures referenced in
the Symptom Discernment Procedure Index
(WP 0009). It is recommended that you use
this method until you become familiar with how
the symptoms are defined.
• When you have become familiar with the troubleshoot-
ing approach and are confident that you have identified
the symptom correctly, go directly to the Hull System
Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) System In-
dex
(WP 0020).
0005-7/8 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0006
FIELD MAINTENANCE
START AT DRIVER'S INTEGRATED DISPLAY (DID)
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required References (continued)
Three WP 0009
WP 0020
Equipment Condition TM 9-2350-388-10
Go to Equipment Condition paragraph in WP 0004 TM 11-5820-890-10-1
and make sure conditions are met before
continuing.
References
WP 0008
1
NOTE
• The tests that are run in blocks 1 thru 12 are designed to
input data in the computer. This information will assist the
computer in the fault isolation process. All optional tests,
blocks 9 thru 12 , and Automatic Fault Isolation Test (AUTO
FIT) if instructed to do so and Interactive Fault Isolation Test
(INTER FIT), shown in Table 1, must be run for scheduled
maintenance.
• Notify the other soldiers whenever BIT (UTILITY BUS A or B)
or UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT is about to be performed. Do not
initiate any tank functions (i.e. fuel transfer, ammo doors,
smoke generator, personnel heater, etc.) while these tests
are running.
• Collect data from self tests.
• The self test runs continuously and reports failures
whenever the vehicle is powered up. Try to recreate any
conditional failures that were reported by the crew or by
self test as CAUTIONS or WARNINGS, but are not
currently being reported on the display(s).
• If any display shows a CABLE DISCONNECTED or CIR-
CUIT BREAKER TRIPPED CAUTION message, do steps in Table 1
block 3 and then go to block 13.
SYSTEM TEST TYPE TEST NAME
0006-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0006
3
NOTE
• Generally, engine should be shut down before entering diag-
nostic mode. Batteries should be charged prior to diagnos-
tics mode testing. If it is necessary to run engine in diagnos-
tic mode to maintain battery voltage, start engine before
entering diagnostic mode.
• DECU BIT will not execute while engine is running. The BIT
display will show a NOGO after a timeout of about 30
seconds.
• Statuses are not updated at the DID in diagnostic mode for
RPM gage, fuel gages, and voltmeter. Meters and gages will
represent last status at time tank was placed in diagnostic
mode. If you want to view current status, exit diagnostics.
• Unless engine is being run to maintain battery voltage, shut
down engine. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NOTE
• On the SEPv1 vehicle the MMU must be turned on prior to
running the CEU/MMU TEST. For SEPv2 configuration, the
MMU is turned on automatically during CEU/MMU TEST.
• Selecting DIAG MODE from DID will turn BACKUP MAPS off
when CMDR ELCT is cycled, and MMU will report NOT
TESTED.
4
• Do DID TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If running, shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do HULL SYSTEM TEST at DID; leave vehicle in diagnos-
tics mode.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0006-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0006
5
• If engine is not needed to maintain battery voltage, go to
block 7.
• If engine is needed to maintain battery voltage, select VEH
SYS mode at CDU or DID.
• At CDU:
• Press VEH SYS switch.
• At DID:
• Press MAINT switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT to OFF.
• Press MAIN MENU switch.
• Press MAINT/BACKUP switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT to ON.
• Press RETURN switch.
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
6
• Select diagnostics mode at CDU or DID.
• At CDU:
• Press DIAG MODE switch.
• At DID:
• Press MAINT/BACKUP switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT to OFF.
• Press DIAG switch.
• Press MAINT switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT to ON.
• Press RETURN switch.
7
• Do SUBSYS LRU TESTS on following turret
Line Replaceable Units (LRUs) at DID. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-10.
• TMPU or iHMPU
• GCDP
• FCEU
• CITV
• CDU
• CEU/MMU
• KEYBRD
8
• Do HATCH TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0006-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0006
9
NOTE
Station tests in blocks 9 thru 12 are optional at this point. Many
display related failures can also be isolated by symptom dis-
cernment procedures and MTPs. The MTP will direct you to run
specific station tests, where necessary, based on your symp-
tom.
• If the fault symptom is related to commander's station,
do the following station tests at CDU. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-10.
• KEYBRD TEST
• LAMP TEST
• PANEL TEST
• TACTICAL SCREEN TEST
NOTE
Selected tests under CMDR ELCT TEST have to be performed
after station tests are run so station test FIT results get reported
properly.
• Do CMDR ELCT TEST at CDU. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• CDU TEST
• KEYBRD TEST
• If the fault symptom is related to intercom, alert messages,
or audio tones, do SPEECH SYSTEM TEST at CDU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If the fault symptom is related to FBCB2 operations, do
FBCB2 TEST at CDU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
10
• If the fault symptom is related to gunner's station,
do the following station tests at GCDP. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-10.
• HANDLE TEST
• LAMP TEST
• PANEL TEST
• SCREEN TEST
NOTE
GCDP TEST has to be performed after station tests are run so
station test FIT results get reported properly.
• Do GCDP TEST at GCDP.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If the fault symptom is related to intercom, alert messages,
or audio tones, do SPEECH SYSTEM TEST at GCDP.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0006-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0006
11
• If the fault symptom is related to Single Channel
Ground/Airborne Radio System (SINCGARS), do SINC-
GARS self test.
• Refer to TM 11-5820-890-10-1.
• Set communication system set up for normal operation.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
12
• If the fault symptom is related to driver's station, do the
following station tests at DID. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• LAMP TEST
• PANEL TEST
• SCREEN TEST
NOTE
DID TEST has to be performed after station tests are run so
station test FIT results get reported properly.
• Do DID TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If the fault symptom is related to intercom, alert messages,
or audio tones, do SPEECH SYSTEM TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0006-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0006
From block 1
13
NOTE
Make sure PANEL LIGHTS knob on GPS upper panel is turned
fully clockwise.
• Run FIT at DID.
• Press FIT switch.
• Press READY switch.
14
• Press SYSTEM HEALTH switch.
NOTE
The listings in the system health screen are in a priority se-
quence based on diagnostic dependencies. You can select any
of the systems/subsystems listed, even if a GO indication is
present. If you select a system/subsystem that shows GO, the
screen will show a NO FAULTS FOUND message. If AUTO or
INTER FIT is available for the selected system/subsystem, the
option to run that test will appear as a menu button. The AUTO
and INTER FITs that are available are shown in Table 1. If
AUTO and INTER FITs are not available, you may return to the
menu to make a new selection. A system/subsystem may have
N/A opposite it. This indicates that there are dependencies
associated with that selection which prohibit troubleshooting of
that system/subsystem until the higher priority failure is re-
paired.
YES NO
15 16
NOTE • Go to block 21.
It is recommended that the highest priority system listed with a
NOGO be selected first.
• Select a system by highlighting your choice and pressing
SELECT switch.
• The system health enter screen will show the system that
has been selected. It will also show one or more of the
following:
• SEE FAULTY LRU LIST (if a Line Replaceable Unit
(LRU) has been isolated)
• A TP number
• An instruction to run AUTO FIT that will be offered in the
menu
0006-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0006
NO YES
17 18
Does the screen show a TP number? • Select RETURN as necessary to return to the FIT READY
menu screen and then select FAULTY LRU LIST.
NOTE
Some LRU's will also have faulty circuit cards or shop replace-
able units (SRUs) listed beneath the LRU.
• The FAULTY LRU screen will show one or more LRUs in a
priority sequence.
• If running, shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Locate your fault message and do corrective action stated.
• Refer to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index
(WP 0008).
NO YES
19 20
Does the screen show an instruction to run AUTO FIT? NOTE
The following is a list of automotive system TPs that represent
hard electrical faults detected by DECU BIT. If you are trouble-
shooting the automotive system and any of these TPs show up
with other automotive TPs, do these TPs first:
TP 251, 265, 270 thru 275, 279 thru 282, and 285.
• If running, shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Locate your TP number and do corrective action stated.
• Refer to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index
(WP 0008).
0006-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0006
NO YES
From block 16
21 22
• If running, shut down engine. • Select the test from the menu button.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • When AUTO FIT is completed, go back to the question in
• If the TMPU CRITICAL FAULT CAUTION message was block 15.
displayed and FIT did not display a TP number or a faulty
LRU, do TP 300 Follow-on Procedure.
• Refer to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index
(WP 0008).
• There are two methods of determining the proper
troubleshooting procedure. In both cases, you will have to
identify which system your symptom is related to.
• If you are unfamiliar with the troubleshooting approach
or have questions about how to interpret your symptom,
use the symptom discernment procedures referenced in
the Symptom Discernment Procedure Index
(WP 0009). It is recommended that you use
this method until you become familiar with how
the symptoms are defined.
• When you have become familiar with the troubleshoot-
ing approach and are confident that you have identified
the symptom correctly, go directly to the Hull System
Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) System In-
dex
(WP 0020).
0006-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0007
FIELD MAINTENANCE
START AT GUNNER'S CONTROL AND DISPLAY PANEL (GCDP)
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required References (continued)
Three WP 0009
WP 0020
Equipment Condition TM 9-2350-388-10
Go to Equipment Condition paragraph in WP 0004 TM 11-5820-890-10-1
and make sure conditions are met before
continuing.
References
WP 0008
1
NOTE
• The tests that are run in blocks 1 thru 11 are designed to
input data in the computer. This information will assist the
computer in the fault isolation process. All optional tests,
blocks 8 thru 11 , and Automatic Fault Isolation Test (AUTO
FIT) if instructed to do so and Interactive Fault Isolation Test
(INTER FIT), shown in Table 1, must be run for scheduled
maintenance.
• Notify the other soldiers whenever BIT (UTILITY BUS A or B)
or UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT is about to be performed. Do not
initiate any tank functions (i.e. fuel transfer, ammo doors,
smoke generator, personnel heater, etc.) while these tests
are running.
• Collect data from self tests.
• The self test runs continuously and reports failures
whenever the vehicle is powered up. Try to recreate any
conditional failures that were reported by the crew or by
self test as cautions or warnings, but are not currently
being reported on the display(s).
• If any display shows a CABLE DISCONNECTED or CIR-
CUIT BREAKER TRIPPED CAUTION message, do steps in Table 1
block 3 and then go to block 13.
SYSTEM TEST TYPE TEST NAME
0007-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0007
3
NOTE
• Generally, engine should be shut down before entering diag-
nostic mode. Batteries should be charged prior to diagnos-
tics mode testing. If it is necessary to run engine in diagnos-
tic mode to maintain battery voltage, start engine before
entering diagnostic mode.
• DECU BIT will not execute while engine is running. The BIT
display will show a NOGO after a timeout of about 30
seconds.
• Statuses are not updated at the DID in diagnostic mode for
RPM gage, fuel gages, and voltmeter. Meters and gages will
represent last status at time tank was placed in diagnostic
mode. If you want to view current status, exit diagnostics.
• Unless engine is being run to maintain battery voltage, shut
down engine. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NOTE
• On the SEPv1 vehicle the MMU must be turned on prior to
running the CEU/MMU TEST. For SEPv2 configuration, the
MMU is turned on automatically during CEU/MMU TEST.
• Selecting DIAG MODE from DID will turn BACKUP MAPS off
when CMDR ELCT is cycled, and MMU will report NOT
TESTED.
4
• Do GCDP TEST at GCDP.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do TURRET SYSTEM TEST at GCDP.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If running, shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do SUBSYS LRU TEST on DECU at GCDP; leave vehicle in
diagnostics mode.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0007-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0007
5
• If engine is not needed to maintain battery voltage, go to
block 7.
• If engine is needed to maintain battery voltage, select VEH
SYS mode at CDU or DID.
• At CDU:
• Press VEH SYS switch.
• At DID:
• Press MAINT switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT to OFF.
• Press MAIN MENU switch.
• Press MAINT/BACKUP switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT to ON.
• Press RETURN switch.
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
6
• Select diagnostics mode at CDU or DID.
• At CDU:
• Press DIAG MODE switch.
• At DID:
• Press MAINT/BACKUP switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT to OFF.
• Press DIAG switch.
• Press MAINT switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT to ON.
• Press RETURN switch.
7
• Do SUBSYS LRU TESTS on following hull
Line Replaceable Units (LRUs) at GCDP. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-10.
• HMPU
• DID
• POS/NAV
• KEYBRD
0007-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0007
8
NOTE
Station tests in blocks 8 thru 11 are optional at this point. Many
display related failures can also be isolated by symptom dis-
cernment procedures and MTPs. The MTP will direct you to run
specific station tests, where necessary, based on your symp-
tom.
• If the fault symptom is related to commander's station,
do the following station tests at CDU. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-10.
• KEYBRD TEST
• LAMP TEST
• PANEL TEST
• TACTICAL SCREEN TEST
NOTE
Selected tests under CMDR ELCT TEST have to be performed
after station tests are run so station test FIT results get reported
properly.
• Do CMDR ELCT TEST at CDU. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• CDU TEST
• KEYBRD TEST
• If the fault symptom is related to intercom, alert messages,
or audio tones, do SPEECH SYSTEM TEST at CDU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NOTE
If BACKUP MAPS is or has been on during same power up of
the CEU, FBCB2 OFF/ON button will be ghosted.
• If FBCB2 OFF/ON button is ghosted, set fire control circuit
breaker RSM5 CEU on GCDP to OFF then ON.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If the fault symptom is related to FBCB2 operations, do
FBCB2 TEST at CDU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
9
• If the fault symptom is related to gunner's station,
do the following station tests at GCDP. Refer to
TM 9-2350-388-10.
• LAMP TEST
• PANEL TEST
• SCREEN TEST
• HANDLE TEST
NOTE
GCDP TEST has to be performed after station tests are run so
station test FIT results get reported properly.
• Do GCDP TEST at GCDP.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If the fault symptom is related to intercom, alert messages,
or audio tones, do SPEECH SYSTEM TEST at GCDP.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0007-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0007
10
• If the fault symptom is related to Single Channel
Ground/Airborne Radio System (SINCGARS), do SINC-
GARS self test.
• Refer to TM 11-5820-890-10-1.
• Set communication system set up for normal operation.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
11
• If the fault symptom is related to driver's station, do the
following station tests at DID. Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• LAMP TEST
• PANEL TEST
• SCREEN TEST
NOTE
DID TEST has to be performed after station tests are run so
station test FIT results get reported properly.
• Do DID TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• If the fault symptom is related to intercom, alert messages,
or audio tones, do SPEECH SYSTEM TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
12
• Do HATCH TEST at DID.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0007-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0007
From block 1
13
NOTE
Make sure PANEL LIGHTS knob on GPS upper panel is turned
fully clockwise.
• Run FIT at GCDP.
• Press FIT switch.
• Press READY switch.
14
• Press SYSTEM HEALTH switch.
NOTE
The listings in the system health screen are in a priority se-
quence based on diagnostic dependencies. You can select any
of the systems/subsystems listed, even if a GO indication is
present. If you select a system/subsystem that shows GO, the
screen will show a NO FAULTS FOUND message. If AUTO or
INTER FIT is available for the selected system/subsystem, the
option to run that test will appear as a menu button. The AUTO
and INTER FITs that are available are shown in Table 1. If
AUTO and INTER FITs are not available, you may return to the
menu to make a new selection. A system/subsystem may have
N/A opposite it. This indicates that there are dependencies
associated with that selection which prohibit troubleshooting of
that system/subsystem until the higher priority failure is re-
paired.
YES NO
15 16
NOTE • Go to block 21.
It is recommended that the highest priority system listed with a
NOGO be selected first.
• Select a system by highlighting your choice and pressing
SELECT switch.
• The system health enter screen will show the system that
has been selected. It will also show one or more of the
following:
• SEE FAULTY LRU LIST (if a Line Replaceable Unit
(LRU) has been isolated).
• A TP number.
• An instruction to run AUTO FIT that will be offered in the
menu.
0007-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0007
NO YES
17 18
Does the screen show a TP number? • Select RETURN as necessary to return to the FIT READY
menu screen and then select FAULTY LRU LIST.
NOTE
Some LRU's will also have faulty circuit cards or shop replace-
able units (SRUs) listed beneath the LRU.
• The FAULTY LRU screen will show one or more LRUs in a
priority sequence.
• If running, shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Locate your fault message and do corrective action stated.
• Refer to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index
(WP 0008).
NO YES
19 20
Does the screen show an instruction to run AUTO FIT? NOTE
The following is a list of automotive system TPs that represent
hard electrical faults detected by DECU BIT. If you are trouble-
shooting the automotive system and any of these TPs show up
with other automotive TPs, do these TPs first:
TP 251, 265, 270 thru 275, 279 thru 282, and 285.
• If running, shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Locate your TP number and do corrective action stated.
• Refer to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index
(WP 0008).
0007-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0007
NO YES
From block 16
21 22
• If running, shut down engine. • Select the test from the menu button.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • When AUTO FIT is completed, go back to the question in
• If the TMPU CRITICAL FAULT CAUTION message was block 15.
displayed and FIT did not display a TP number or a faulty
LRU, do TP 300 Follow-on Procedure.
• Refer to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index
(WP 0008).
• There are two methods of determining the proper
troubleshooting procedure. In both cases, you will have to
identify which system your symptom is related to.
• If you are unfamiliar with the troubleshooting approach
or have questions about how to interpret your symptom,
use the symptom discernment procedures referenced in
the Symptom Discernment Procedure Index
(WP 0009). It is recommended that you use this method
until you become familiar with how the
symptoms are defined.
• When you have become familiar with the troubleshoot-
ing approach and are confident that you have identified
the symptom correctly, go directly to the Hull System
Manual Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) System In-
dex (WP 0020).
0007-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
FIELD MAINTENANCE
BUILT-IN DIAGNOSTICS FAULT MESSAGE INDEX
This index contains fault messages, code numbers, and required corrective actions that may result from built-in diagnostics of the hull
and turret systems/subsystems.
Table 1. Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index.
Message Action
AIM • Document LRU/SRU fault information displayed on Faulty LRU
POWER SUPPLY (A12) List on appropriate maintenance and services form.
UBIM (A6) • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
SPEEDO INTERFACE BRD (A2) • Verify problem is solved.
DATA CONTROL MODULE (A5)
I/O BOARD (A13)
RPC16-XMSN FLT BYPASS (A9)
RPC17-NBC TEMP CTRL (A10)
RPC18-FUEL SENSORS (A11)
AZ DELTA P TRANSDUCER • Replace motional transducer (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
CDU • If an SRU is listed, perform the following actions:
DPCM (A1) • Document LRU/SRU fault information on appropriate
BEZEL SW ASSEMBLY (A2) maintenance and services form.
MONOCHROME DISPLAY (A3) • Replace commander's display unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
TACTICAL DISPLAY (A4) • Verify problem is solved.
• If an SRU is not listed, do Lights and Displays System (LDS)
Symptom Discernment Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
CEU • If an SRU is listed, perform the following actions:
GPP W/1553B CCA (A11-BB) • Document LRU/SRU fault information on appropriate
GPP W/GRAPH CCA (A12-BB) maintenance and services form.
POWER SUPPLY (A2) • Replace commander's electronics unit (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If TP 306 is displayed under POWER/THERMAL MANAGEMENT
category, do TP 306 Follow-on Procedure (TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• If not, replace commander's electronics unit
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2).
• Verify problem is solved.
0008-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-7 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-9 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-11 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-12
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-13 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-14
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-15 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-16
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-17 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-18
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-19 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-20
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-21 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-22
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-23 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-24
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-25 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-26
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-27 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-28
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-29 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-30
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-31 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-32
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-33 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-34
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-35 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-36
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-37 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-38
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-39 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-40
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-41 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-42
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-43 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-44
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-45 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-46
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-47 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-48
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-49 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-50
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-51 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-52
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-53 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-54
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-55 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-56
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-57 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-58
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-59 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-60
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-61 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-62
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-63 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-64
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-65 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-66
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-67 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-68
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-69 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-70
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-71 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-72
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-73 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-74
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
0008-75 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0008
Change 1 0008-76
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0009
FIELD MAINTENANCE
SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE INDEX
INTRODUCTION
This section contains system/subsystem indexes which identify the correct symptom discernment procedure for troubleshooting a malfunction
in most of the hull systems. Some system/subsystems do not require a discernment procedure and send you directly to the Hull System Manual
Troubleshooting Procedure (MTP) System Index (WP 0020). Be sure to read section How To Do Troubleshooting before continuing
(Page xxxv).
Table 1. Symptom Discernment Procedure Index
System/Subsystem Reference
0009-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0009
Change 1 0009-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0010
FIELD MAINTENANCE
CAUTION AND WARNING DISCERNMENT
The table below lists diagnostic Caution/Warning (C/W) messages that do not have associated Troubleshooting Procedure (TP) numbers or
Faulty LRU List results generated from the built-in diagnostics.
These C/W messages generally require crew or field actions to correct the condition that causes them to appear on the displays, such as adding
fuel for the LOW FUEL LEVEL CAUTION message. However, if fuel is added and the LOW FUEL LEVEL CAUTION message is still active, or
if the vehicle runs out of fuel and the LOW FUEL LEVEL CAUTION message did not appear, then a failure exists that requires troubleshooting.
The table contains some messages related to failures that should generate a TP number or Faulty LRU, but software problems prevent them
from being displayed.
The Troubleshooting Reference column identifies the system, subsystem, or procedure that should be performed for the displayed message.
CREW PRESSURE LOW Nuclear, Biological, And Chemical (NBC) System Symptom
Discernment Procedure (WP 0017)
ENGINE OIL EXTREMELY LOW Engine System (ESS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0012)
ENGINE OIL FILTER CLOGGED Engine System (ESS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0012)
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW Engine System (ESS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0012)
ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH Engine System (ESS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0012)
FIRST SHOT DISCHARGED Fire Extinguisher System (FES) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0014)
FUEL FILTER CLOGGED Fuel Supply System (FS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0015)
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR FAULT Fuel Supply System (FS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0015)
0010-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0010
HMPU CRITICAL FAULT HUC-1, Hull Unusual Conditions Checkout (Vol 2, WP 0237)
HYDRAULIC FLUID TEMP HIGH If TP 926 is not displayed from built-in diagnostics, do Hydraulic
System (HS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2)
LOW FUEL LEVEL Fuel Supply System (FS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0015)
MAIN ENGINE FIRE Fire Extinguisher System (FES) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0014)
NBC FILTER CLOGGED Nuclear, Biological, And Chemical (NBC) System Symptom
Discernment Procedure (WP 0017)
NBC MAIN DISABLED NBC-1, Main NBC Warning Message(s) Appear On Display
(Vol 2, WP 0209)
NBC NUCLEAR RADIATION Nuclear, Biological, And Chemical (NBC) System Symptom
Discernment Procedure (WP 0017)
OVERHEAT SPONSON OUT Nuclear, Biological, And Chemical (NBC) System Symptom
Discernment Procedure (WP 0017)
REAR LEFT FUEL PUMP INOP Fuel Supply System (FS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
ENABLE (WP 0015)
REAR RIGHT FUEL PUMP INOP Fuel Supply System (FS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
ENABLE (WP 0015)
0010-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0010
THERMAL IMAGING SYSTEM FAULT If TP 750 or TP 752 are not displayed from built-in diagnostics, do
Thermal Imaging Subsystem Checkout (SEPv1)
(TM 9-2350-388-23-2) or Thermal Imaging Subsystem Checkout
(SEPv2) (TM 9-2350-388-23-2)
0010-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0011
FIELD MAINTENANCE
BRAKE SYSTEM (BS) SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition References (continued)
Master power is OK. If faulty, do Hull Power Vol 2, WP 0159
Distribution System (HPDS) Symptom Vol 2, WP 0160
Discernment Procedure (WP 0016). Vol 2, WP 0161
Vol 2, WP 0162
References Vol 2, WP 0163
Page xxxvii Vol 2, WP 0164
Vol 2, WP 0156
Vol 2, WP 0157
Vol 2, WP 0158
NOTE
The equipment condition must be met or the troubleshooting
logic may not correctly isolate the fault. If condition is not
correct, go to procedure indicated and troubleshoot the
incorrect condition.
1
Do you have a problem with either the service brakes or the
SERVICE BRAKE ON TWO MINUTES WARNING mes-
sage?
YES NO
2 3
When the service brake is applied, do service brakes stop • Go to block 12.
and hold the tank properly?
YES NO
4 5
Do the service brakes drag or lock up when attempting to • Do procedure for SBS-1, Service Brakes Do Not Stop Or
drive the tank? Hold Tank (Vol 2, WP 0161).
NO YES
6 7
Does the SERVICE BRAKE ON TWO MINUTES WARNING • Do procedure for SBS-2, Service Brakes Drag Or Lock
message stay on without the service brake applied? When Attempting To Drive Tank (Vol 2, WP 0162).
NO YES
8 9
Does the SERVICE BRAKE ON TWO MINUTES WARNING • Do procedure for SBS-4, SERVICE BRAKE ON TWO MIN-
message come on when the service brake is applied for UTES WARNING Message Does Not Go Off When Service
more than 2 minutes? Brake Is Released (Vol 2, WP 0164).
0011-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0011
YES NO
10 11
• Notify your supervisor. • Do procedure for SBS-3, SERVICE BRAKE ON TWO MIN-
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment UTES WARNING Message Does Not Come On When Ser-
Procedure (Page xxxvii). vice Brake Is Applied For More Than Two Minutes (Vol 2,
WP 0163).
From block 3
12
When the parking brake is set, do parking brakes hold the
tank?
YES NO
13 14
Does the PARKING BRAKE SET WARNING message stay • Do procedure for PBS-1, Parking Brakes Do Not Hold Tank
on when the parking brake is released? (Vol 2, WP 0156).
NO YES
15 16
Does the PARKING BRAKE SET WARNING message • Go to block 21.
come on when the parking brake is set?
YES NO
17 18
Does the hydraulic pressure drop below 1400 psi within 12 • Do procedure for PBS-2, PARKING BRAKE SET WARNING
hours? Message Does Not Come On With Parking Brake Set
(Vol 2, WP 0157).
NO YES
19 20
• Notify your supervisor. • Do procedure for PBS-5, Parking Brake Hydraulic Pressure
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment Drops Below 1400 PSI Within 12 Hours (Vol 2, WP 0160).
Procedure (Page xxxvii).
From block 16
21
With the parking brake released, do parking brakes drag
while attempting to drive tank?
YES NO
22 23
• Do procedure for PBS-3, Parking Brakes Do Not Release • Do procedure for PBS-4, PARKING BRAKE SET WARNING
(Vol 2, WP 0158). Message Stays On At All Times (Vol 2, WP 0159).
0011-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0012
FIELD MAINTENANCE
ENGINE SYSTEM (ESS) SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition References (continued)
BIT and FIT completed and fault messages recorded. Vol 2, WP 0175
Display and panel lights are OK. If faulty, do Vol 2, WP 0176
procedure for DLS-1, Driver's Integrated Display Vol 2, WP 0177
Does Not Operate Properly (Vol 2, WP 0166). Vol 2, WP 0178
Master power is OK. If faulty, do Hull Power Vol 2, WP 0180
Distribution System (HPDS) Symptom Vol 2, WP 0181
Discernment Procedure (WP 0016). Vol 2, WP 0182
Vol 2, WP 0183
References Vol 2, WP 0184
Page xxxvii Vol 2, WP 0194
WP 0005 Vol 2, WP 0237
WP 0008 Vol 2, WP 0238
WP 0017 Vol 4, WP 0596
Vol 2, WP 0173 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0174
NOTE
• The equipment conditions must be met or the troubleshooting
logic may not correctly isolate the fault. If any of the listed
conditions are not correct, go to procedure indicated and
troubleshoot the incorrect condition.
• If your problem is engine does not shut down when FIRE
EXTINGUISHER 2ND SHOT switch is selected, do
procedure for FES-5, Main Engine Second Shot Fire
Extinguisher Fails To Discharge And/Or Engine Fails To Shut
Down When FIRE EXTINGUISHER 2ND SHOT Switch Is
Selected (Vol 2, WP 0194).
• If your problem is you cannot slave start engine or cannot
charge batteries using external NATO connector, do
procedure for NATO-1, Cannot Slave Start Engine or Cannot
Charge Vehicle Batteries Using External NATO Slave
Receptacle (Vol 2, WP 0238)
1
Will the engine crank when the STARTER ONLY switch is set
to ON?
YES NO
2 3
Will the engine crank when the start switch is pressed? • Do procedure for ESS-10, Engine Does Not Crank
(Vol 2, WP 0183).
YES NO
4 5
Does the starter motor disengage after cranking? • Do procedure for ESS-10, Engine Does Not Crank
(Vol 2, WP 0183).
0012-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0012
YES NO
6 7
Do you have a problem with any of the following • Do procedure for ESS-6, Starter Fails to Disengage
CAUTION/WARNING message(s) being displayed? (Vol 2, WP 0178).
• ENGINE OIL LOW
• ENGINE OIL EXTREMELY LOW
• ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW
• ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH
• ENGINE OIL FILTER CLOGGED
NO YES
8 9
Do you have a problem with any of the engine oil condition(s) • Do procedure for ESS-1, Engine System CAUTION/
not displaying the proper CAUTION/WARNING message(s) WARNING Message(s) Appears On Display (Vol 2,
listed in Table 1? WP 0173).
Table 1
Condition CAUTION/WARNING
0012-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0012
NO YES
10 11
Does the engine smoke excessively during operation or • Do procedure for ESS-2, Engine System CAUTION/
immediately after engine is shut off? WARNING Message Does Not Appear On Display When A
Problem Exists (Vol 2, WP 0174).
NO YES
12 13
Is engine oil consumption more than 1 quart per hour? • Do procedure for ESS-4, Engine Smokes (Vol 2, WP 0176).
NO YES
14 15
Is your problem that AIR FILTER CLOGGED or AIR FILTER • Do procedure for ESS-5, Engine Oil Consumption Is More
RESTRICTED CAUTION message appears on display? Than 1 Quart Per Hour (Vol 2, WP 0177).
NO YES
16 17
NOTE • Do procedure for ESS-1, Engine System CAUTION/
AIR FILTER CLOGGED and AIR FILTER RESTRICTED CAU- WARNING Message(s) Appears On Display (Vol 2,
TIONs require engine high pressure compressor speeds (NH) WP 0173).
of 77 to 81 percent for 300 milliseconds or more. This may
require road testing.
0012-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0012
NO YES
18 19
Is engine health check 60 percent or less or does tank • Do procedure for ESS-2, Engine System CAUTION/
appear to have low power during operation? WARNING Message Does Not Appear On Display When A
Problem Exists (Vol 2, WP 0174).
NO YES
20 21
Does engine RPM change between idle and tactical idle • Go to block 32.
when activating and deactivating all of the following?
• TAC-IDLE switch
• Main NBC system
• Shift select assembly (pivot)
YES NO
22 23
Does engine shut down when ENGINE SHUTOFF switch is • Go to block 37.
set to SHUTOFF?
YES NO
24 25
Is your problem that engine did not shut down when FIRE • Do procedure for ESS-9, Engine Fails To Shut Down When
EXTINGUISHER 2ND SHOT switch was set to ON? ENGINE SHUTOFF Switch Is Selected (Vol 2, WP 0182).
NO YES
26 27
Will engine shut down when EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT- • Do procedure for FES-5, Main Engine Second Shot Fire
OFF T-handle is pulled? Extinguisher Fails To Discharge And/Or Main Engine Fails
To Shut Down When FIRE EXTINGUISHER 2ND SHOT
Switch Is Selected (Vol 2, WP 0194).
0012-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0012
YES NO
28 29
Is your problem that the DECU RESET switch does not do • Do procedure for ESS-8, Engine Does Not Shut Down With
the following functions? EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUTOFF Tee-Handle (Vol 2,
• Initiate health check. WP 0181).
• Reset DECU protective mode.
YES NO
30 31
• Do procedure for ESS-11, Digital Electronic Control Unit • Notify your supervisor.
Reset Switch Does Not Function Properly (Vol 2, WP 0184). • Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment
Procedure (Page xxxvii).
From block 21
32
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NOTE
AIR FILTER CLOGGED and AIR FILTER RESTRICTED CAU-
TIONs require engine high pressure compressor speeds (NH)
of 77 to 81 percent for 300 milliseconds or more. This may
require road testing.
• Increase RPM to maximum and check if AIR FILTER
CLOGGED or AIR FILTER RESTRICTED CAUTION mes-
sage appears on display
NO YES
33 34
• Shut down engine. • Do procedure for ESS-1, Engine System CAUTION/
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. WARNING Message(s) Appears On Display (Vol 2,
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU. WP 0173).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go to block 10 in WP 0005 and continue testing.
YES NO
35 36
• Refer to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index and do • Do procedure for ESS-7, Engine Health Check Is 60 Percent
action for faulty LRU or TP displayed (WP 0008). Or Less Or Tank Appears To Have Low Power During Op-
eration (Vol 2, WP 0180).
0012-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0012
From block 23
37
Does engine RPM change between idle and tactical idle for
any of the following?
• TAC-IDLE switch
• Main NBC system
• Shift select assembly (pivot)
YES NO
38 39
Does engine RPM change between idle and tactical idle • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
when main NBC system is turned on and off? • Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
40 41
Does main NBC system turn on and off using all of the • Do procedure for ESS-3, Engine Fails To Respond To A
following? TAC-IDLE Command (Vol 2, WP 0175).
• NBC MAIN switch on commander's display unit
• TURRET BLOWER or NBC MAIN switch on loader's
panel
• GUN SELECT-COAX switch
NO YES
42 43
• Do NBC System Symptom Discernment Procedure • NBC tactical idle is a software function.
(WP 0017). • Do procedure for HUC-1, Hull Unusual Conditions Checkout
(Vol 2, WP 0237).
0012-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0013
FIELD MAINTENANCE
EXTERNAL LIGHTS SYSTEM (VELS) SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition References
Display and panel lights are OK. If faulty, do Page xxxvii
procedure for DLS-1, Driver's Integrated Display Vol 2, WP 0186
Does Not Operate Properly (Vol 2, WP 0166). Vol 2, WP 0187
Master power is OK. If faulty, do Hull Power Vol 2, WP 0188
Distribution System (HPDS) Symptom
Discernment Procedure (WP 0016).
NOTE
The equipment conditions must be met or the
troubleshooting logic may not correctly isolate the fault. If any
of the listed conditions are not correct, go to procedure
indicated and troubleshoot the incorrect condition.
1
Does the right front or left front low beam service light fail to
come on when SERVICE LIGHTS switch is set to ON?
NO YES
2 3
Does the right front or left front hi-beam service light fail to • Do procedure for VELS-1, A Headlight Does Not Come On
come on when SERVICE LIGHTS and HI-BEAM switches (Vol 2, WP 0186).
are set to ON?
NO YES
4 5
Does the right front or left front black out marker fail to come • Do procedure for VELS-1, A Headlight Does Not Come On
on when BLACK OUT MARKERS switch is set to ON? (Vol 2, WP 0186).
NO YES
6 7
Is one or more front light on that should not be on? • Do procedure for VELS-1, A Headlight Does Not Come On
(Vol 2, WP 0186).
0013-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0013
NO YES
8 9
Does the right or left black out stop light fail to come on when • Do procedure for VELS-3, External Lights Are On When
BLACK OUT MARKERS switch is set to ON and service They Should Not Be (Vol 2, WP 0188).
brakes pressed?
NO YES
10 11
Does the right or left service stop light fail to come on when • Do procedure for VELS-2, A Taillight Does Not Come On
service brakes are pressed? (Vol 2, WP 0187).
NO YES
12 13
Does the right or left black out markers or service tail lights • Do procedure for VELS-2, A Taillight Does Not Come On
fail to come on when BLACK OUT MARKERS or SERVICE (Vol 2, WP 0187).
LIGHTS switch is set to ON?
NO YES
14 15
Is one or more rear light on that should not be on? • Do procedure for VELS-2, A Taillight Does Not Come On
(Vol 2, WP 0187).
NO YES
16 17
• Notify your supervisor. • Do procedure for VELS-3, External Lights On When They
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment Should Not Be (Vol 2, WP 0188).
Procedure (Page xxxvii).
0013-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0014
FIELD MAINTENANCE
FIRE EXTINGUISHER SYSTEM (FES) SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
References References (continued)
Page xxxvii Vol 2, WP 0194
Vol 2, WP 0190 Vol 2, WP 0195
Vol 2, WP 0191 Vol 2, WP 0196
Vol 2, WP 0192 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 2, WP 0193
1
Does crew fire extinguisher fail to discharge automatically
with a fire present in the crew compartment?
NO YES
2 3
Does main engine first shot fire extinguisher fail to discharge • Do procedure for FES-2, Main Engine Or Crew Compart-
automatically with a fire present in the engine compartment? ment Fire Extinguisher Failed To Discharge Automatically
With A Fire (Vol 2, WP 0191)
NO YES
4 5
Does main engine second shot fire extinguisher fail to dis- • Do procedure for FES-2, Main Engine Or Crew Compart-
charge automatically with FIRE EXTINGUISHER 2ND ment Fire Extinguisher Failed To Discharge Automatically
SHOT switch is set to ON? With A Fire (Vol 2, WP 0191).
NO YES
6 7
Does main engine shut down when FIRE EXTINGUISHER • Do procedure for FES-5, Main Engine Second Shot Fire
2ND SHOT switch is set to ON? Extinguisher Fails To Discharge And/Or Main Engine Fails
To Shut Down When FIRE EXTINGUISHER 2ND SHOT
Switch Is Selected (Vol 2, WP 0194).
YES NO
8 9
Does main engine or crew compartment fire extinguisher • Do procedure for FES-5, Main Engine Second Shot Fire
discharge without a fire present? Extinguisher Fails To Discharge And/Or Main Engine Fails
To Shut Down When FIRE EXTINGUISHER 2ND SHOT
Switch Is Selected (Vol 2, WP 0194).
NO YES
10 11
Does crew and/or main engine compartment fire extin- • Do procedure for FES-1, Main Engine Or Crew Compart-
guisher fail to discharge manually? ment Fire Extinguisher Discharged Without A Fire (Vol 2,
WP 0190).
0014-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0014
NO YES
12 13
Does the FIRST SHOT DISCHARGED CAUTION message • Do procedure for FES-7, Crew And/Or Main Engine
fail to appear with a fire in the main engine compartment? Compartment Fire Extinguisher Bottles Fail To
Discharge Manually (Vol 2, WP 0196).
NO YES
14 15
Does the MAIN ENGINE FIRE WARNING message fail to • Do procedure for FES-3, Fire Extinguisher FIRST
appear with a fire in the main engine compartment? SHOT DISCHARGED CAUTION And/Or MAIN
ENGINE FIRE WARNING Message Does Not Appear
On Display (Vol 2, WP 0192).
NO YES
16 17
Does the MAIN ENGINE FIRE WARNING message appear • Do procedure for FES-3, Fire Extinguisher FIRST
without a fire in the main engine compartment? SHOT DISCHARGED CAUTION And/Or MAIN
ENGINE FIRE WARNING Message Does Not Appear
On Display (Vol 2, WP 0192).
NO YES
18 19
Does the FIRST SHOT DISCHARGED CAUTION message • Do procedure for FES-1, Main Engine Or Crew Compart-
remain after FIRST SHOT RESET switch is pressed? ment Fire Extinguisher Discharged Without A Fire (Vol 2,
WP 0190).
NO YES
20 21
Does the first and/or second shot bottles discharge fail to • Do procedure for FES-4, FIRST SHOT DISCHARGED
extinguish a main engine fire? CAUTION Message Remains On Display After FIRST
SHOT RESET Switch Is Pressed (Vol 2, WP 0193).
NO YES
22 23
Does the audio warning signal sound over the intercom • Do procedure for FES-6, Main Engine Fire Was Not Extin-
system with a fire in the engine compartment? guished When First And/Or Second Shot Bottles Discharged
(Vol 2, WP 0195).
NO YES
24 25
• Do Communications System (CS) Symptom Discernment • Notify your supervisor.
Procedure. • Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. Procedure (Page xxxvii).
0014-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0015
FIELD MAINTENANCE
FUEL SUPPLY (FS) SYSTEM SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition References (continued)
BIT and FIT completed with no fault messages. Vol 2, WP 0200
Master power is OK. If faulty, do Hull Power Vol 2, WP 0201
Distribution System (HPDS) Symptom Vol 2, WP 0202
Discernment Procedure (WP 0016). Vol 2, WP 0203
Vol 2, WP 0204
References Vol 3, WP 0317
Page xxxvii
Vol 2, WP 0199
NOTE
The equipment conditions must be met or the
troubleshooting logic may not correctly isolate the fault. If any
of the listed conditions are not correct, go to procedure
indicated and troubleshoot the incorrect condition.
1
NOTE
A FUEL LEVEL SENSOR FAULT CAUTION indicates a prob-
lem with rear fuel tank level signals. Fuel level on DID will show
empty when this CAUTION is active. If you attempt to transfer
fuel a FUEL LEVEL ERROR. TRANSFERRING FUEL CAN
RESULT IN OVERFILLING REAR TANKS advisory will appear.
0015-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0015
NO YES
2 3
NOTE • Do procedure for FS-5, Fuel Level Display Is Incorrect
• Fuel leaking from accessory gearbox drain hole may only be (Vol 2, WP 0203).
detectable with engine running and ground hopped.
• Drain hole may be on forward or rear side of gearbox.
• Look at drain hole (1) on accessory gear box (2) for fuel
leaks.
NO YES
4 5
Are there fuel leaks from fuel lines, fuel system components, • Replace rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317).
or fuel tanks? • Verify problem is solved.
0015-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0015
NO YES
6 7
Did one or more of the following CAUTION messages occur • Do procedure for FS-3, Vehicle Leaks Fuel (Vol 2,
during engine operation? WP 0201).
• FUEL FILTER CLOGGED
• LOW FUEL LEVEL
• REAR RIGHT FUEL PUMP INOPERABLE
• REAR LEFT FUEL PUMP INOPERABLE
NO YES
8 9
Is the fuel level display different than the actual fuel level for • Do procedure for FS-1, Fuel Supply System CAUTION Mes-
one or more fuel tanks? sage(s) Appear On Display (Vol 2, WP 0199).
NO YES
10 11
Do you have a problem with starting or stopping fuel transfer, • Do procedure for FS-5, Fuel Level Display Is Incorrect
fuel transferring too slowly, or fuel transferring from wrong (Vol 2, WP 0203).
tank?
NO YES
12 13
Is there a problem with the water separator discharging • Do procedure for FS-4, Fuel Transfer Fails To Operate
water automatically? Properly (Vol 2, WP 0202).
NO YES
14 15
Did a CAUTION message fail to appear during engine op- • Do procedure for FS-6, Water Separator Does Not
eration when one of the following conditions existed? Automatically Discharge Collected Water (Vol 2, WP 0204).
• FUEL FILTER CLOGGED
• LOW FUEL LEVEL
• REAR RIGHT FUEL PUMP INOPERABLE
• REAR LEFT FUEL PUMP INOPERABLE
NO YES
16 17
• Notify your supervisor. • Do procedure for FS-2, Fuel Supply System CAUTION Mes-
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment sage Does Not Appear On Display When A Problem Exists
Procedure (Page xxxvii). (Vol 2, WP 0200).
0015-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0016
FIELD MAINTENANCE
HULL POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM (HPDS) SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition References (continued)
Vehicle batteries correctly installed and fully charged Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 7
(TM 9-2350-388-10 and TM 9-6140-200-14). Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 8
Vol 4, WP 0563
References Vol 4, WP 0602
Page xxxvii Vol 4, WP 0633
Vol 2, WP 0166 Vol 4, WP 0635
Vol 2, WP 0168 Vol 4, WP 0636
Vol 2, WP 0205 Vol 4, WP 0638
Vol 2, WP 0206 Vol 4, WP 0659
Vol 2, WP 0207 Vol 4, WP 0721
Vol 2, WP 0208 Vol 4, WP 0722
Vol 2, WP 0208.1 Vol 4, WP 0723
Vol 2, WP 0240 Vol 4, WP 0758
Vol 2, WP 0245 Vol 4, WP 0764
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 6
NOTE
• The equipment conditions must be met or the troubleshooting
logic may not correctly isolate the fault. If any of the listed
conditions are not correct, go to procedure indicated and
troubleshoot the incorrect condition.
• Make sure no external battery charging devices are hooked
up when determining power distribution symptoms.
• The green indicator light on MASTER POWER switch
denotes master power being on.
1
Is your problem that you cannot turn master power off from
any or all of the following locations?
• Commander's Display Unit (CDU)
• Driver's Integrated Display (DID)
• TANK-RESET switch on the Hull Power Distribution
(HPDU)
NO YES
2 3
Do you have a problem turning on master power from the • Go to block 16.
DID or CDU?
NO YES
4 5
Is your problem that one or more display screens do not • Go to block 19.
come on when master power is set to on?
0016-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0016
NO YES
6 7
Do you have a problem keeping vehicle batteries charged or • Go to block 30.
maintaining battery voltage for acceptable length of time?
NO YES
8 9
Do you have a problem resetting the HMPU CRITICAL • Go to block 37.
FAULT CAUTION by recycling MASTER POWER switch
OFF and ON?
NO YES
10 11
Is your problem that external equipment does not come on • Do procedure for HPDS-3, HMPU CRITICAL FAULT CAU-
when connected to the utility jack on hull power distribution TION Keeps Recurring After Master Power Is Cycled OFF
unit? And ON (Vol 2, WP 0207).
NO YES
12 13
Is your problem that CB1 on Power Interface Box (PIB) shuts • Do procedure for HPDS-4, Utility Jack Circuit Breaker Trips
off? And/Or No Power Output From Utility Jack On Hull Power
Distribution Unit (Vol 2, WP 0208).
NO YES
14 15
• Notify your supervisor. • Do procedure for HPDS-5, Circuit Breaker CB1 On Power
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment Interface Box (PIB) Shuts Off (Vol 2, WP 0208.1).
Procedure (Page xxxvii).
Change 1 0016-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0016
From block 3
16
Is your problem that the master power cannot be turned off
at CDU but works OK from DID?
YES NO
17 18
• Do procedure for TPDS-2, Cannot Turn Off Master Power • For all other problems with turning off master power, do
From Commander's Display Unit procedure for HPDS-2, Cannot Turn Off Master Power From
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. Driver's Integrated Display And/Or Hull Power Distribution
Unit (Vol 2, WP 0206).
From block 5
19
Is your problem that the master power cannot be turned on
at CDU but works OK from DID?
NO YES
20 21
Is vehicle equipped with auxiliary batteries (Vol 2, WP 0251, • Do procedure for TPDS-1, Cannot Turn On Master Power
Figure 8) ? From Commander's Display Unit
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
NO YES
22 23
• Disconnect tank power (Vol 4, WP 0633). • Do procedure for HPDS-1, Cannot Turn On Master Power
NOTE From Driver's Integrated Display (Vol 2, WP 0205).
If you find a loose connection, go immediately to
block 24.
• Check for loose connections at components listed in Table 1.
0016-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0016
Table 1
Connector Connects Work Package
To
2W154/5-7- HPDU-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249,
P1 Figure 6)
2W154/5-7- HPDU-J2 (Vol 2, WP 0249,
P2 Figure 6)
2W156-7/P2 PPC-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
Figure 4)
2W156-7/P3 HPDU-J11 (Vol 2, WP 0249,
Figure 6)
2W170-E1 2TB152-2- (Vol 2, WP 0251,
(if 2W2 Figure 7)
equipped)
2W171-E1 EXT NATO (Vol 2, WP 0251,
(if POS Figure 7)
equipped)
2W171-P1 2W170-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
(if or Figure 7)
equipped) DRECP
2W172-E1 2TB151-2G1 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
(if Figure 7)
equipped)
2W172-E2 EXT NATO (Vol 2, WP 0251,
(if NEG Figure 7)
equipped)
2W199 2TB151-2G1 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
Figure 6)
2W199 2BT104 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
NEG TERM Figure 6)
2W210-8-E1 PPC-E3 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
Figure 4)
2W210-8-E2 2TB152-1- (Vol 2, WP 0251,
2W1 Figure 6)
2W211-8-E1 PPC-E2 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
Figure 4)
2W211-8-E2 2TB152-2- (Vol 2, WP 0251,
2W2 Figure 6)
2W212-8-E1 PPC-E1 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
Figure 4)
2W212-8-E2 2BT103 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
POS TERM Figure 6)
2W213-8-E1 PPC-E4 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
Figure 4)
2W213-8-E2 2BT101 (Vol 2, WP 0251,
POS TERM Figure 6)
Change 1 0016-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0016
YES NO
24 25
• Do connector inspection procedure (Vol 2, WP 0245). • Connect tank power (Vol 4, WP 0638).
• Do procedure for HPDS-1, Cannot Turn On Master Power
Are any connector parts faulty? From Driver's Integrated Display (Vol 2, WP 0205).
NO YES
26 27
• Connect loose connector. • Replace assembly or harness that has faulty connector.
• Connect tank power (Vol 4, WP 0638). • For battery lug terminals (pos & neg) (Vol 4, WP 0635).
• Verify problem is solved. • For hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• For cable 2W199 (Vol 4, WP 0635), part of task Nega-
Does symptom still exist? tive And Positive Battery Lug Terminals And Cable
Assemblies Replacement).
• For cable 2W210-8 (Vol 4, WP 0659).
• For cable 2W211-8 (Vol 4, WP 0659).
• For branched wiring harness 2W212-8 (Vol 4,
WP 0635), part of task Negative And Positive Battery
Lug Terminals And Cable Assemblies Replacement).
• For cable 2W213-8 (Vol 4, WP 0635), part of task Nega-
tive And Positive Battery Lug Terminals And Cable
Assemblies Replacement).
• For NATO connector (Vol 4, WP 0723).
• For power cable assembly 2W170 (Vol 4, WP 0721).
• For power cable assembly 2W171 (Vol 4, WP 0722).
• For power cable assembly 2W172 (Vol 4, WP 0722).
• For prime power controller (Vol 4, WP 0563).
• For terminal board 2TB151 (Vol 4, WP 0636).
• For terminal board 2TB152-1 and -2 (Vol 4, WP 0636).
• For branched wiring harness 2W156-7, repair or re-
place. For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring
Harness Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). For replacement
(Vol 4, WP 0758).
• For branched wiring harness 2W154/5-7, repair or re-
place. For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring
Harness Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). For replacement
(Vol 4, WP 0764).
• Connect tank power (Vol 4, WP 0638).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
28 29
• For all other problems with turning on master power, do • Problem solved.
procedure for HPDS-1, Cannot Turn On Master Power From
Driver's Integrated Display (Vol 2, WP 0205).
0016-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0016
From block 7
30
Is your problem that the DID screen does not come on but
CDU screen works OK?
NO YES
31 32
Is your problem that the CDU screen does not come on but • Do procedure for DLS-1, Driver's Integrated Display Does
DID screen works OK? Not Operate Properly.
• Refer to (Vol 2, WP 0166).
NO YES
33 34
Is your problem that more than one display screen does not • Do procedure for LDS-1, Commander's Display Unit Or
come on when master power or turret power is turned on? Commander's Control Handle Assembly Does Not Operate
Properly.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
NO YES
35 36
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment • Do procedure for HPDS-1, Cannot Turn On Master Power
Procedure (Page xxxvii). From Driver's Integrated Display (Vol 2, WP 0205).
From block 9
37
Is vehicle equipped with auxiliary batteries (Vol 2, WP 0251,
Figure 8) ?
YES NO
38 39
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Do procedure for ECS-1, Electrical Charging System Found
• Check if auxiliary battery circuit breaker 1 or 2 is tripped Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0168).
(reset button popped out).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
40 41
• Do procedure for HPDS-1, Cannot Turn On Master Power • Do procedure for ECS-1, Electrical Charging System Found
From Driver's Integrated Display (Vol 2, WP 0205). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0168).
Change 1 0016-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0017
FIELD MAINTENANCE
NUCLEAR, BIOLOGICAL, AND CHEMICAL SYSTEM (NBC)
SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition References (continued)
BIT and FIT completed and fault messages recorded. Vol 2, WP 0180
Display and panel lights are OK. If faulty, do Vol 2, WP 0209
procedure for DLS-1, Driver's Integrated Display Vol 2, WP 0210
Does Not Operate Properly (Vol 2, WP 0166). Vol 2, WP 0211
Master power is OK. If faulty, do Hull Power Vol 2, WP 0212
Distribution System (HPDS) Symptom Vol 2, WP 0213
Discernment Procedure (WP 0016). Vol 2, WP 0214
Vol 2, WP 0215
References TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Page xxxvii
Vol 2, WP 0166
NOTE
• If NBC MAIN DISABLED WARNING is active, do procedure
for NBC-1, Main NBC System WARNING Message(s)
Appear On Display (Vol 2, WP 0209). Table 1
• To determine if your vehicle has an air flow problem, it may be
helpful to compare the air flow with another vehicle. Warning Condition
• The equipment conditions must be met or the troubleshooting
logic may not correctly isolate the fault. If any of the listed CREW PRESSURE LOW Crew cabin
conditions are not correct, go to procedure indicated and pressure low
with hatches
troubleshoot the incorrect condition. closed
NBC CHEMICALS Chemical
environment
1 NBC NUCLEAR RADIATION Nuclear
environment
Is your problem with the backup NBC system? NBC FILTER CLOGGED Dirty NBC
filter
OVERHEAT SPONSON IN Sponson in
overheated
air
OVERHEAT SPONSON OUT Sponson out
overheated
air
NO YES
2 3
Is your problem that when any of the WARNING messages • Do procedure for NBC-7, Backup NBC System Does Not
listed in Table 1 was displayed, the NBC alarm could not be Operate Properly Or Fails Semiannual Inspection
heard or was incorrect? (Vol 2, WP 0215).
0017-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0017
NO YES
4 5
Is your problem that you did not get the proper WARNING • NBC alarms are faulty. Do procedure for CS-1,
message listed in table when a faulty condition exists? Communication System Found Faulty.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
NO YES
6 7
Can the NBC system be turned on and off properly as • Do procedure for NBC-2, Main NBC System WARNING
defined below? Message Does Not Appear On Display When A Problem
• Lights and displays work properly on commander's and Exists And NBC Alarms Are Incorrect Or Cannot Be Heard
driver's integrated displays, loader's panel, and gunner's At Crew Stations (Vol 2, WP 0210).
primary sight
• RPM respond properly
• Airflow is present at dump valve when NBC is on
• No airflow is present at dump valve when NBC is off
YES NO
8 9
Is your problem that the main NBC system comes on but • Go to block 20.
airflow is unsteady (surges) during operation?
NO YES
10 11
Is your problem that the main NBC system comes on but has • Do procedure for NBC-8, Main NBC System Airflow Is Un-
low airflow at dump valve? steady (Surges) During Operation (Vol 2, WP 0180).
NO YES
12 13
Do you have any problem with any of the following WARN- • Do procedure for NBC-5, Main NBC System Has Low Airflow
ING message(s) being displayed? With Main NBC System On (Vol 2, WP 0213).
• CREW PRESSURE LOW
• NBC CHEMICALS
• NBC FILTER CLOGGED
• NBC NUCLEAR RADIATION
• OVERHEAT SPONSON IN
• OVERHEAT SPONSON OUT
NO YES
14 15
Can the crew air temperature be adjusted? • Do procedure for NBC-1, Main NBC System WARNING
Message(s) Appear On Display
(Vol 2, WP 0209).
YES NO
16 17
Is there low or no airflow from the commander's, driver's, • Do procedure for NBC-4, Main NBC System Temperature
gunner's, and/or loader's crew station orifices? Controller Does Not Adjust Air Temperature (Vol 2,
WP 0212).
0017-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0017
NO YES
18 19
• Notify your supervisor. • Do procedure for NBC-6, Main NBC System Has Low Or No
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment Airflow At Crew Orifices With Main NBC System On
Procedure (Page xxxvii). (Vol 2, WP 0214).
From block 9
20
Is your problem that the main NBC system does not operate
properly from COAX switch on gunner's primary sight but
works OK from other switches?
NO YES
21 22
Is your problem that NBC MAIN pushbutton light on • Do procedure for LDS-3, Panel Lights On Gunner's Primary
commander's display unit does not work properly? Sight Or Loader's Panel Do Not Function Properly.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
NO YES
23 24
Is your problem that NBC MAIN ON/OFF indicator on driv- • Do procedure for LDS-1, Commander's Display Unit Or
er's integrated display does not work properly? Commander's Control Handle Assembly Does Not Operate
Properly.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
NO YES
25 26
Is your problem that no air is felt at dump valve? • Do procedure for DLS-1, Driver's Integrated Display Does
Not Operate Properly (Vol 2, WP 0166).
NO YES
27 28
• Notify your supervisor. • Do procedure for NBC-3, Main NBC System Does Not Turn
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment On Or Off Or Has No Airflow (Vol 2, WP 0211).
Procedure (Page xxxvii).
0017-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0018
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TRANSMISSION SYSTEM (XMSN) SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
References References (continued)
Page xxxvii Vol 2, WP 0235
WP 0017 Vol 2, WP 0236
Vol 2, WP 0175 Vol 2, WP 0237
Vol 2, WP 0233 Vol 4, WP 0596
Vol 2, WP 0234
1
Does the transmission leak fluid?
NO YES
2 3
Does engine RPM change between idle and tactical idle • Do procedure for XMSN-1, Transmission Leaks Oil
when activating and deactivating all of the following? (Vol 2, WP 0233).
• TAC-IDLE switch
• Main NBC system
• Shift select assembly (pivot)
YES NO
4 5
Does the transmission slip or shift improperly? • Go to block 12.
NO YES
6 7
Did one of the following CAUTION/WARNING messages • Do procedure for XMSN-2, Transmission Does Not Shift
occur during vehicle operation? Properly (Vol 2, WP 0234).
• TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER CLOGGED
• TRANSMISSION DAMAGE INSPECT
• TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE LOW
• TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE HIGH
0018-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0018
NO YES
8 9
Did one of the messages listed in Table 1 fail to appear when • Do procedure for XMSN-3, Transmission CAUTION/
corresponding condition existed? WARNING Message(s) Appear On Display (Vol 2,
WP 0235).
Table 1
Message Condition
TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER Filter
CLOGGED clogged
TRANSMISSION DAMAGE Filter
INSPECT bypassing
TRANSMISSION OIL PRESSURE Low oil
LOW pressure
TRANSMISSION OIL High oil
TEMPERATURE HIGH temperature
NO YES
10 11
• Notify your supervisor. • Do procedure for XMSN-4, Transmission CAUTION/
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment WARNING Message(s) Do Not Appear On Display When A
Procedure (Page xxxvii). Problem Exists (Vol 2, WP 0236).
0018-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0018
From block 5
12
Does engine RPM change between idle and tactical idle for
any of the following?
• TAC-IDLE switch
• Main NBC system
• Shift select assembly (pivot)
YES NO
13 14
Does engine RPM change between idle and tactical idle • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
when main NBC system is turned on and off? • Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
15 16
Does main NBC system turn on and off using all of the • Do procedure for ESS-3, Engine Fails To Respond To A
following? TAC-IDLE Command (Vol 2, WP 0175).
• NBC MAIN switch on commander's display unit
• TURRET BLOWER or NBC MAIN switch on loader's
panel
• GUN SELECT-COAX switch
NO YES
17 18
• Do NBC System Symptom Discernment Procedure NOTE
(WP 0017). NBC tactical idle is a software function.
• Do procedure for HUC-1, Hull Unusual Conditions Checkout
(Vol 2, WP 0237).
0018-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0019
FIELD MAINTENANCE
PULSE JET SYSTEM (PJS) SYMPTOM DISCERNMENT PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition References
BIT and FIT completed with no automotive or pulse Page xxxvii
jet system fault messages. WP 0004
Display and panel lights are OK. If faulty, do Vol 2, WP 0173
procedure for DLS-1, Driver's Integrated Display Vol 2, WP 0218
Does Not Operate Properly (Vol 2, WP 0166). Vol 2, WP 0219
Master power is OK. If faulty, do Hull Power
Distribution System (HPDS) Symptom
Discernment Procedure (WP 0016).
NOTE
• The equipment conditions must be met or the troubleshooting
logic may not correctly isolate the fault. If any of the listed
conditions are not correct, go to procedure indicated and
troubleshoot the incorrect condition.
• Electrical failures of PJS solenoids will generate PJS FAULT
CAUTION and TP 603 or TP 604. If PJS FAULT CAUTION
appears, do Built-in Diagnostics And Fault Isolation
Procedures (WP 0004).
1
Does AIR FILTER RESTRICTED or AIR FILTER CLOGGED
CAUTION message appear on display during vehicle
operation?
NO YES
2 3
When the pulse jet system is operating are pulses missing? • Do procedure for ESS-1, Engine System CAUTION/
WARNING Message(s) Appears On Display (Vol 2,
WP 0173).
0019-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0019
NO YES
4 5
NOTE • Do procedure for PJS-1, Pulse Jet System Does Not Clean
Do not remove air box filters to answer this question. If you do Air Filters (Vol 2, WP 0218).
not already know the answer, go to block 6.
NO YES
6 7
NOTE • Do procedure for PJS-2, Pulse Jet System Does Not Scav-
Do not remove air box filters to answer this question. If you do enge Dirt From Air Box (Vol 2, WP 0219).
not already know the answer, go to block 9.
NO YES
8 9
• Notify your supervisor. • Do procedure for PJS-1, Pulse Jet System Does Not Clean
• Refer to Symptom Not Covered By Symptom Discernment Air Filters (Vol 2, WP 0218).
Procedure (Page xxxvii).
0019-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0020
FIELD MAINTENANCE
HULL SYSTEM MANUAL TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE (MTP) FAULT SYMPTOM INDEX
INTRODUCTION
This section contains system/subsystem indexes which identify the correct MTP for troubleshooting a malfunction in any of the hull systems.
Systems are listed in alphabetical order.
PBS-2 PARKING BRAKE SET WARNING Message Does Not Come On With Parking Brake
Set .................................................................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0157
PBS-4 PARKING BRAKE SET WARNING Message Stays On At All Times ............................ Vol 2, WP 0159
PBS-5 Parking Brake Hydraulic Pressure Drops Below 1400 PSI Within 12 Hours .................. Vol 2, WP 0160
SBS-1 Service Brakes Do Not Stop Or Hold Tank .................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0161
SBS-2 Service Brakes Drag Or Lock When Attempting to Drive Tank ...................................... Vol 2, WP 0162
SBS-3 SERVICE BRAKE ON TWO MINUTES WARNING Message Does Not Come On When
Service Brake Is Applied For More Than Two Minutes .................................................. Vol 2, WP 0163
SBS-4 SERVICE BRAKE ON TWO MINUTES WARNING Message Does Not Go Off When
Service Brake Is Released ............................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0164
DLS-1 Driver's Integrated Display Does Not Operate Properly ................................................. Vol 2, WP 0166
DLS-2 Driver's Dome Light Fails To Operate Properly .............................................................. Vol 2, WP 0167
DVE-1 Driver's Vision Enhancer (DVE) Fails To Operate Properly. No related failures from
built-in test. (Replace driver's vision enhancer.) ............................................................. TM 9-2350-388-10
0020-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0020
---- Digital Electronic Control Unit (DECU) Backup Battery Test .......................................... Vol 2, WP 0172
---- Inlet Guide Vane (IGV) And Air Bleed Inspection/Adjustments ...................................... Vol 2, WP 0169
ESS-1 Engine System CAUTION/WARNING Message(s) Appears On Display ....................... Vol 2, WP 0173
ESS-2 Engine System CAUTION/WARNING Message Does Not Appear On Display When A
Problem Exists ............................................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0174
ESS-5 Engine Oil Consumption Is More Than 1 Quart Per Hour .............................................. Vol 2, WP 0177
ESS-7 Engine Health Check Is 60 Percent Or Less Or Tank Appears To Have Low Power During
Operation ....................................................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0180
ESS-8 Engine Does Not Shut Down With EMERGENCY SHUTOFF Tee-Handle .................... Vol 2, WP 0181
ESS-9 Engine Fails To Shut Down When ENGINE SHUTOFF Switch Is Selected ................... Vol 2, WP 0182
ESS-11 Digital Electronic Control Unit Reset Switch Does Not Function Properly ..................... Vol 2, WP 0184
ESS-13 Engine Memory Unit Status LED Does Not Illuminate ................................................... Vol 2, WP 0185.1
ESS-14 Engine Run Timer Module Does Not Increment ............................................................. Vol 2, WP 0185.2
VELS-3 External Lights Are On When They Should Not Be ....................................................... Vol 2, WP 0188
Change 1 0020-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0020
FES-1 Main Engine Or Crew Compartment Fire Extinguisher Discharged Without A Fire ....... Vol 2, WP 0190
FES-3 Fire Extinguisher FIRST SHOT DISCHARGED CAUTION And/Or MAIN ENGINE FIRE
WARNING Message Does Not Appear On Display ....................................................... Vol 2, WP 0192
FES-4 FIRST SHOT DISCHARGED CAUTION Message Remains On Display After FIRST
SHOT RESET Switch Is Pressed ................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0193
FES-5 Main Engine Second Shot Fire Extinguisher Fails To Discharge And/Or Main Engine
Fails To Shut Down When FIRE EXTINGUISHER 2ND SHOT Switch Is Selected ....... Vol 2, WP 0194
FES-6 Main Engine Fire Was Not Extinguished When First And/Or Second Shot Bottles
Discharged ..................................................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0195
FES-7 Crew And/Or Main Engine Compartment One Or More Of The Fire Extinguisher Bottles
Fail To Discharge Manually ............................................................................................ Vol 2, WP 0196
FES-8 Fire Extinguisher System Checkout And/Or Verification ................................................ Vol 2, WP 0197
FS-1 Fuel Supply System CAUTION Message(s) Appears On Display ................................. Vol 2, WP 0199
FS-2 Fuel Supply System CAUTION Message Does Not Appear On Display When A Problem
Exists .............................................................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0200
FS-6 Water Separator Does Not Automatically Discharge Collected Water ........................... Vol 2, WP 0204
FS-7 Accessory Gearbox Case Drain Leaks Fuel (Replace rotary pump.) ............................. Vol 3, WP 0317
0020-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0020
HPDS-1 Cannot Turn On Master Power From Driver's Integrated Display ................................... Vol 2, WP 0205
HPDS-2 Cannot Turn Off Master Power From Driver's Integrated Display And/Or Hull Power
Distribution Unit .............................................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0206
HPDS-3 HMPU CRITICAL FAULT CAUTION Keeps Recurring After MASTER POWER Switch Is
Cycled OFF And ON ...................................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0207
HPDS-4 Utility Jack Circuit Breaker Trips And/Or No Power Output From Utility Jack On Hull
Power Distribution Unit ................................................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0208
HPDS-5 Circuit Breaker CB1 On Power Interface Box (PIB) Shuts Off ....................................... Vol 2, WP 0208.1
L/DVE-1 Loader's/Driver's Vision Enhancer Fails To Operate Properly. No related failures from
built-in test. (Replace loader's/driver's vision enhancer.) ................................................ TM 9-2350-388-10
NATO POWER
NATO-1 Cannot Slave Start Engine Or Cannot Charge Vehicle Batteries Using External NATO
Slave Receptacle ............................................................................................................ Vol 2, WP 0238
NATO-2 NATO UTL PWR A/M Pushbutton Cannot Be Toggled Between A (Automatic) And M
(Manual) or NATO Connector and Auxiliary Bus Remain Powered When Master Power
is Off .............................................................................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0239
Change 1 0020-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0020
NBC-1 Main NBC System WARNING Message(s) Appear On Display ..................................... Vol 2, WP 0209
NBC-2 Main NBC System WARNING Message Does Not Appear On Display When A Problem
Exists And NBC Alarms Are Incorrect Or Cannot Be Heard At Crew Stations .............. Vol 2, WP 0210
NBC-3 Main NBC System Does Not Turn On Or Off Or Has No Airflow ................................... Vol 2, WP 0211
NBC-4 Main NBC System Temperature Controller Does Not Adjust Air Temperature ............... Vol 2, WP 0212
NBC-5 Main NBC System Has Low Airflow With Main NBC System On ................................... Vol 2, WP 0213
NBC-6 Main NBC System Has Low Or No Airflow At Crew Orifices With Main NBC System On Vol 2, WP 0214
NBC-8 Main NBC System Airflow Is Unsteady (Surges) During Operation ............................... Vol 2, WP 0180
NBC-7 Backup NBC System Does Not Operate Properly Or Fails Semiannual Inspection ...... Vol 2, WP 0215
PHS-1 Personnel Heater Does Not Operate Properly ............................................................... Vol 2, WP 0217
PJS-1 Pulse Jet System Does Not Clean Air Filters ................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0218
PJS-2 Pulse Jet System Does Not Scavenge Dirt From Air Box .............................................. Vol 2, WP 0219
RVSS-1 Rear View Video Does Not Appear On Displays ............................................................ Vol 2, WP 0188.1
RVSS-2 Function Switches On Camera Control Unit Do Not Operate Properly .......................... Vol 2, WP 0188.2
SGS-1 Smoke Generator Does Not Produce Smoke ................................................................. Vol 2, WP 0220
0020-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0020
SS-2 Tank Pulls To One Side With Steer Bar In Center Position ............................................ Vol 2, WP 0222
SS-3 Tank Steers Well In One Direction Only ......................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0220
SSS-1 Roadwheel Hub Or Idler Hub Is Too Hot ........................................................................ Vol 2, WP 0223
SSS-5 One Or More Shock Absorber Housings Are Colder Than Others After Tank Operation Vol 2, WP 0226
SSS-6 Shock Absorber Will Not Maintain Proper Oil Level ....................................................... Vol 2, WP 0226
SSS-8 Tank Does Not Sit Level On Level Ground ..................................................................... Vol 2, WP 0228
SSS-10 Roadwheel And Compensating Idler Hub Oil Is Milky .................................................... Vol 2, WP 0230
SSS-12 Clearance Between End Connector And Number 1 Skirt Is Less Than 1/8-inch ........... Vol 2, WP 0231
Change 1 0020-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0021
FIELD MAINTENANCE
CLEAR DECU FAULT HISTORY
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
1
NOTE
DECU fault history can only be cleared once per power up.
• Clear digital electronic control unit fault history from driver's
integrated display.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Press RESET switch (to clear cautions) until
MAINT/BACKUP switch appears.
• Press MAINT/BACKUP switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT OFF/ON switch to OFF.
• Press RESET switch (to clear cautions).
• Press DIAG switch.
• Press MAINT switch.
• Press DECU/APU/TMS MAINT switch.
• Press CLEAR FAULT HISTORY switch and wait for
CLEAR HISTORY COMPLETED message.
• Press RETURN switch twice.
• Perform the following steps if you need to exit DIAG mode.
• Press MAIN MENU switch.
• Press MAINT/BACKUP switch.
• Set CMDR ELCT OFF/ON switch to ON.
0021-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0022
FIELD MAINTENANCE
HULL UTILITY BUS FAILS BIT OR AUTO FIT PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 4, WP 0686
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0687
Vol 4, WP 0688
References Vol 4, WP 0689
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0690
WP 0023 Vol 4, WP 0691
Vol 4, WP 0581 Vol 4, WP 0692
Vol 4, WP 0582 Vol 4, WP 0693
Vol 4, WP 0583 Vol 4, WP 0694
Vol 4, WP 0584 Vol 4, WP 0695
Vol 4, WP 0585 Vol 4, WP 0696
Vol 4, WP 0586 Vol 4, WP 0697
Vol 4, WP 0587 Vol 4, WP 0698
Vol 4, WP 0600 Vol 4, WP 0699
Vol 4, WP 0602 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 4, WP 0609
Vol 4, WP 0677
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• The following is a list of high priority utility bus TP numbers. If
any of these TP numbers show up with the TP number you
are troubleshooting, do these TP numbers first:
TP 120, TP 122 thru TP 127, TP 145, TP 170, TP 172 thru TP
177, or TP 195.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect harness connectors listed in Hull Utility Bus TP
Reference Table (WP 0023) for your TP number.
• Check for kinks, crimps, damage, loose backshells, bent or
broken pins, or corrosion on connectors.
0022-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0022
NO YES
2 3
• Connect harness connectors listed in Hull Utility Bus TP • Clean, tighten, or replace faulty component.
Reference Table (WP 0023) that were disconnected. • Refer to Table 1. Replacement Index.
• Run Utility Bus A and Utility Bus B BIT and UTILITY BUS • Verify problem is solved.
AUTO FIT and note TP number displayed.
YES NO
4 5
• Do TP Follow-on Procedure listed in Hull Utility Bus TP • Problem solved.
Reference Table (WP 0023) for TP number displayed.
0022-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0023
FIELD MAINTENANCE
HULL UTILITY BUS TP REFERENCE TABLE
This table is a reference for Hull Utility Bus Fails Bit Or Auto Fit Procedure (WP 0022).
Table 1. Hull Utility Bus TP Reference
Message Action
TP 111 or TP 115 • Disconnect 2W615-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W615-8/P2 from J1 on analog input module (Vol 2,
WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Do TP 111 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0026).
TP 112 or TP 116 • Disconnect 2W613-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W613-8/P2 from J2 on remote switching module 3
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Do TP 112 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0026).
TP 113 or TP 117 • Disconnect 2W612-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W612-8/P2 from J2 on remote switching module 1
(2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Do TP 113 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0026).
TP 114 or TP 118 • Disconnect 2W616-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W616-8/P2 from J2 on remote switching module 2
(2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Do TP 114 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0026).
TP 119 or TP 121 • Disconnect 2W611-8/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W611-8/P2 from J9 on hull power distribution unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Do TP 119 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0026).
TP 120 • Disconnect 2W614-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler 2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W614-7/P2 from J7 on hull mission processor unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Do TP 120 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0027).
TP 123 or TP 125 • Disconnect 1W625-7/P1 from J7 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P1 from J4 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2,
WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Do TP 123 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0028).
TP 124 or TP 145 • Disconnect 2W610-8/P1 from J1 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W610-8/P2 from J2 on utility bus coupler 2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Do TP 124 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0029).
0023-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0023
0023-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0023
0023-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
CHAPTER 3
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 018 THRU TP 021 OR TP 029 THRU TP 032 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0576
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0579
Vol 4, WP 0580
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0609
Vol 4, WP 0678
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0679
Two Vol 4, WP 0680
Vol 4, WP 0681
References
Vol 4, WP 0682
Page xxxv
Vol 4, WP 0683
WP 0008
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2 Vol 4, WP 0684
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4 Vol 4, WP 0685
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• If TP 022 or TP 033 is displayed with any other TP number, go
to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index and do action for
that TP number (WP 0008).
• If TP 021 or TP 032 is displayed, that TP must be done first
and DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT rerun.
• If multiple TP numbers are displayed, select only one
procedure and complete all troubleshooting and
maintenance actions before continuing.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
0024-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024
YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P2 from J2 on data bus • Go to block 8.
coupler 1 (2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W601-8/P2 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W601-8/P2 to J2 on data bus coupler 1 • Go to block 11 in procedure TP 001 and continue testing.
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P2 from J2 on data bus coupler A2
(1T630) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W625-7/P2 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 1W625-7/P2 to J2 on data bus coupler A2 (1T630) • Go to block 11.
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20).
• Replace data bus coupler 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579).
• Verify problem is solved.
0024-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024
From block 3
8
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P3 from J2 on data bus coupler 2
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W601-8/P3 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
9 10
• Connect 2W601-8/P3 to J2 on data bus coupler 2 • Go to block 11 in procedure TP 002 and continue testing.
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P3 from J2 on data bus coupler B2
(1T631) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W625-7/P3 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
0024-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024
NO YES
From block 7
11 12
Did DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT display list any combined • Connect 1W625-7/P3 to J2 on data bus coupler B2 (1T631)
numbers from TP 018 to TP 032 that match the TP numbers (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
listed in Table 1? • Replace data bus coupler 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580).
• Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
13 14
• If disconnected, connect 1W625-7/P2 to J2 on data bus • Go to table and do action listed for the combined TP num-
coupler A2 (1T630) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 20). bers displayed.
• If disconnected, connect 1W625-7/P3 to J2 on data bus • Verify problem is solved.
coupler B2 (1T631) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). • If problem is not solved, go to block 13 and continue testing.
• Go to block number listed below for the TP number displayed
and continue testing.
• TP 018, block 22 Table 1
• TP 019, block 29 TP numbers Replace data bus coupler
• TP 020, block 36 listed below:
• TP 021, block 43 018, 019 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
• TP 029, block 50
• TP 030, block 57 018, 019, 020 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
• TP 031, block 64 018, 019, 021 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
• TP 032, block 15
018, 020 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
From block 13
018, 020, 021 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
018, 021 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
15
• Disconnect 2W606-7/P1 from J3 on data bus coupler 2 019, 020 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). 019, 020, 021 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
• Connect 2W606-7/P1 to J1 on data bus coupler 2 (2T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). 019, 021 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
• Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT and note TP number
020, 021 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579)
displayed.
029, 030 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
Did same TP number appear on display?
029, 030, 031 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
029, 030, 032 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
029, 031 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
029, 031, 032 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
029, 032 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
030, 031 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
030, 031, 032 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
030, 032 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
031, 032 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580)
0024-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024
YES NO
16 17
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace data bus coupler 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580).
• Disconnect 2W606-7/P1 from J1 on data bus coupler 2 • Verify problem is solved.
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Disconnect 2W606-7/P2 from J10 on hull mission
processor unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W606-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
18 19
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on • Replace wiring harness 2W606-7 (Vol 4, WP 0682).
2W606-7/P2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W606-7/P1.
YES NO
20 21
• Connect 2W606-7/P1 to J3 on data bus coupler 2 • Replace wiring harness 2W606-7 (Vol 4, WP 0682).
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace hull mission processor unit (Vol 4, WP 0609).
• Verify problem is solved.
0024-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024
From block 13
22
• Disconnect 2W603-8/P1 from J4 on data bus coupler 1
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Connect 2W603-8/P1 to J1 on data bus coupler 1
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT and note TP number
displayed.
YES NO
23 24
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace data bus coupler 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579).
• Disconnect 2W603-8/P1 from J1 on data bus coupler 1 • Verify problem is solved.
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Disconnect 2W603-8/P2 from J2 on position navigation unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W603-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
25 26
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B • Replace wiring harness 2W603-8 (Vol 4, WP 0679).
on 2W603-8/P2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B
on 2W603-8/P1.
YES NO
27 28
• Connect 2W603-8/P1 to J4 on data bus coupler 1 • Replace wiring harness 2W603-8 (Vol 4, WP 0679).
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace position navigation unit.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.
0024-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024
From block 13
29
• Disconnect 2W604-8/P1 from J5 on data bus coupler 1
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Connect 2W604-8/P1 to J1 on data bus coupler 1 (2T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT and note TP number
displayed.
YES NO
30 31
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace data bus coupler 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579).
• Disconnect 2W604-8/P1 from J1 on data bus coupler 1 • Verify problem is solved.
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Disconnect 2W604-8/P2 from J2 on driver's integrated dis-
play (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W604-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
32 33
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B • Replace wiring harness 2W604-8 (Vol 4, WP 0680).
on 2W604-8/P2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B
on 2W604-8/P1.
YES NO
34 35
• Connect 2W604-8/P1 to J5 on data bus coupler 1 • Replace wiring harness 2W604-8 (Vol 4, WP 0680).
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace driver's integrated display (Vol 4, WP 0576).
• Verify problem is solved.
0024-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024
From block 13
36
• Disconnect 2W605-8/P1 from J6 on data bus
coupler 1 (2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Connect 2W605-8/P1 to J1 on data bus coupler 1
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT and note TP number
displayed.
YES NO
37 38
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace data bus coupler 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579).
• Disconnect 2W605-8/P1 from J1 on data bus coupler 1 • Verify problem is solved.
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Disconnect 2W605-8/P2 from J5 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W605-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
39 40
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B • Replace wiring harness 2W605-8 (Vol 4, WP 0681).
on 2W605-8/P2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B
on 2W605-8/P1.
YES NO
41 42
• Connect 2W605-8/P1 to J6 on data bus coupler 1 • Replace wiring harness 2W605-8 (Vol 4, WP 0681).
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• Verify problem is solved.
0024-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024
From block 13
43
• Disconnect 2W602-7/P1 from J3 on data bus
coupler 1 (2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Connect 2W602-7/P1 to J1 on data bus coupler 1
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT and note
TP number displayed.
YES NO
44 45
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace data bus coupler 2T610 (Vol 4, WP 0579).
• Disconnect 2W602-7/P1 from J1 on data bus coupler 1 • Verify problem is solved.
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Disconnect 2W602-7/P2 from J9 on hull mission
processor unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W602-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
46 47
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B • Replace wiring harness 2W602-7 (Vol 4, WP 0678).
on 2W602-7/P2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B
on 2W602-7/P1.
YES NO
48 49
• Connect 2W602-7/P1 to J3 on data bus coupler 1 • Replace wiring harness 2W602-7 (Vol 4, WP 0678).
(2T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace hull mission processor unit (Vol 4, WP 0609).
• Verify problem is solved.
0024-9
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024
From block 13
50
• Disconnect 2W607-8/P1 from J4 on data bus
coupler 2 (2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Connect 2W607-8/P1 to J1 on data bus coupler 2
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT and note TP
number displayed.
YES NO
51 52
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace data bus coupler 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580).
• Disconnect 2W607-8/P1 from J1 on data bus • Verify problem is solved.
coupler 2 (2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Disconnect 2W607-8/P2 from J3 on position
navigation unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 2W607-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
53 54
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B • Replace wiring harness 2W607-8 (Vol 4, WP 0683).
on 2W607-8/P2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B
on 2W607-8/P1.
YES NO
55 56
• Connect 2W607-8/P1 to J4 on data bus coupler 2 • Replace wiring harness 2W607-8 (Vol 4, WP 0683).
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace position navigation unit.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.
0024-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024
From block 13
57
• Disconnect 2W608-8/P1 from J5 on data bus
coupler 2 (2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Connect 2W608-8/P1 to J1 on data bus coupler 2
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT and note TP
number displayed.
YES NO
58 59
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace data bus coupler 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580).
• Disconnect 2W608-8/P1 from J1 on data bus • Verify problem is solved.
coupler 2 (2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Disconnect 2W608-8/P2 from J3 on driver's
integrated display (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W608-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
60 61
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B • Replace wiring harness 2W608-8 (Vol 4, WP 0684).
on 2W608-8/P2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B
on 2W608-8/P1.
YES NO
62 63
• Connect 2W608-8/P1 to J5 on data bus coupler 2 • Replace wiring harness 2W608-8 (Vol 4, WP 0684).
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace driver's integrated display (Vol 4, WP 0576).
• Verify problem is solved.
0024-11
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0024
From block 13
64
• Disconnect 2W609-8/P1 from J6 on data bus
coupler 2 (2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Connect 2W609-8/P1 to J1 on data bus coupler 2
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Rerun DATA BUS COMM AUTO FIT and note TP
number displayed.
YES NO
65 66
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace data bus coupler 2T611 (Vol 4, WP 0580).
• Disconnect 2W609-8/P1 from J1 on data bus • Verify problem is solved.
coupler 2 (2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22).
• Disconnect 2W609-8/P2 from J6 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W609-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
67 68
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B • Replace wiring harness 2W609-8 (Vol 4, WP 0685).
on 2W609-8/P2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B
on 2W609-8/P1.
YES NO
69 70
• Connect 2W609-8/P1 to J6 on data bus coupler 2 • Replace wiring harness 2W609-8 (Vol 4, WP 0685).
(2T611) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 22). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• Verify problem is solved.
0024-12
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 100 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 4, WP 0582
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0585
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0586
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0587
Vol 4, WP 0600
References Vol 4, WP 0602
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0609
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1 Vol 4, WP 0677
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2 Vol 4, WP 0686
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6 Vol 4, WP 0687
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23 Vol 4, WP 0688
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1 Vol 4, WP 0689
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2 Vol 4, WP 0690
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 3 Vol 4, WP 0691
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5 Vol 4, WP 0692
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
Vol 4, WP 0581
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W611-8/P2 from J9 on hull power distribution
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 2W611-8/P2 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect 2W610-8/P1 from J1 on utility bus coupler 1 • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 5.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W610-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
0025-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025
NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler A3 • Go to block 46.
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 7.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 1W625-7/P4 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
6 7
• Connect 2W611-8/P2 to J9 on hull power • Go to block 27.
distribution unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler A3
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W632-7/P2 from J1 on utility bus
coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P1 from J7 on hull/turret
slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 8.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 1W625-7/P1 listed below:
• M and N
• M and P
• N and P
YES NO
8 9
• Disconnect 1W615-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler A3 • Go to block 63.
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
0025-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025
YES NO
10 11
• Disconnect 1W616-7/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler A3 • Go to block 24.
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
YES NO
12 13
• Disconnect 1W618-7/P1 from J5 on utility bus • Go to block 21.
coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
NO YES
14 15
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret • Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret
slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Connect 1W615-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler A3 • Replace utility bus coupler 1T610.
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Connect 1W616-7/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler A3 • Verify problem is solved.
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W618-7/P2 from J2 on loader's remote
switching module 5 (1A101) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W618-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
16 17
• Replace wiring harness 1W618-7. • Connect 1W618-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace loader's remote switching module 1A101.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.
0025-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025
From block 65
18
• Connect 1W632-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler A3
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W617-7/P2 from J2 on commander's
remote switching module 4 (1A100) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Fig-
ure 3).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 1W617-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
19 20
• Connect 1W617-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus • Replace wiring harness 1W617-7.
coupler A4 (1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Replace commander's remote switching • Verify problem is solved.
module 1A100.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 13
21
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret
slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Connect 1W615-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler A3
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W616-7/P2 from J7 on turret mission
processor unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 1W616-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
22 23
• Replace wiring harness 1W616-7. • Connect 1W616-7/P1 to J4 on utility bus
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace turret mission processor unit.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.
0025-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025
From block 11
24
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret
slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Disconnect 1W615-7/P2 from J6 on fire control
electronics unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W615-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
25 26
• Connect 1W615-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus • Replace wiring harness 1W615-7.
coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Replace fire control electronics unit. • Verify problem is solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 7
27
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
NO YES
28 29
• Connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 • Go to block 41.
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W611-8/P1 from J3 on utility bus
coupler 1 (2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
0025-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025
YES NO
30 31
• Connect 2W611-8/P2 to J9 on hull power • Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler A3
distribution unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 2W612-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus • Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1
coupler 1 (2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace wiring harness 2W611-8 (Vol 4, WP 0687).
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
32 33
• Disconnect 2W613-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 1 • Go to block 38.
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
NO YES
34 35
• Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler A3 • Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Connect 2W611-8/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 1 • Replace utility bus coupler 2T620 (Vol 4, WP 0581).
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect 2W612-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W613-8/P2 from J2 on remote
switching module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W613-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
0025-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025
NO YES
36 37
• Connect 2W613-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 1 • Replace wiring harness 2W613-8 (Vol 4, WP 0689).
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace remote switching module 2A104
(Vol 4, WP 0587).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 33
38
• Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus
coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 2W611-8/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W612-8/P2 from J2 on remote
switching module 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 2W612-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
39 40
• Replace wiring harness 2W612-8 (Vol 4, WP 0688). • Connect 2W612-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 1
• Verify problem is solved. (2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace remote switching module 2A102
(Vol 4, WP 0585).
• Verify problem is solved.
0025-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025
From block 29
41
• Connect 2W611-8/P2 to J9 on hull power
distribution unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P1 from J4 on hull/turret
slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 1W625-7/P4 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
42 43
• Connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 • Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P1 from J7 on hull/turret • Replace branched wiring harness 2W601-8
slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). (Vol 4, WP 0677).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?
YES NO
44 45
• Connect 2W601-8/P1 to J4 on hull/turret • Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus
slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Replace wiring harness 1W625-7. • Replace hull/turret slipring assembly.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0025-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025
From block 5
46
• Connect 2W611-8/P2 to J9 on hull power
distribution unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Disconnect 2W610-8/P2 from J2 on utility bus
coupler 2 (2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
NO YES
47 48
• Connect 2W610-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler 2 • Replace wiring harness 2W610-8 (Vol 4, WP 0686).
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W614-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus
coupler 2 (2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
YES NO
49 50
• Disconnect 2W615-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus • Go to block 60.
coupler 2 (2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
0025-9
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025
YES NO
51 52
• Disconnect 2W616-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus • Go to block 57.
coupler 2 (2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
NO YES
53 54
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1 • Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 2W614-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 2 • Replace utility bus coupler 2T621 (Vol 4, WP 0582).
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect 2W615-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 2
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W616-8/P2 from J2 on remote switching
module 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 2W616-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
55 56
• Replace wiring harness 2W616-8 (Vol 4, WP 0692). • Connect 2W616-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 2
• Verify problem is solved. (2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace remote switching module 2A103
(Vol 4, WP 0586).
• Verify problem is solved.
0025-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025
From block 52
57
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 2W614-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 2
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W615-8/P2 from J1 on analog input
module (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 2W615-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
58 59
• Connect 2W615-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 2 • Replace wiring harness 2W615-8 (Vol 4, WP 0691).
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 50
60
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W614-7/P2 from J7 on hull mission
processor unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 2W614-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
61 62
• Replace wiring harness 2W614-7 (Vol 4, WP 0690). • Connect 2W614-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 2
• Verify problem is solved. (2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace hull mission processor unit (Vol 4, WP 0609).
• Verify problem is solved.
0025-11
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025
From block 9
63
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Disconnect 1W617-7/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler A4
(1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for blocks 64 and 66.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W632-7/P2 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
64 65
• Disconnect 1W630-7/P1 from J6 on utility bus • Go to block 18.
coupler A4 (1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
YES NO
66 67
• Disconnect 1W632-7/P1 from J2 on utility bus • Go to block 70.
coupler A4 (1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
YES NO
68 69
• Connect 1W617-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A4 • Connect 1W632-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus
(1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus • Replace utility bus coupler 1T612.
coupler A4 (1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Replace wiring harness 1W632-7. • Verify problem is solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.
0025-12
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0025
From block 67
70
• Connect 1W632-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus
coupler A3 (1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Connect 1W617-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A4
(1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W630-7/P2 from J2 on remote
switching module 6 (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W630-7/P2 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
71 72
• Replace wiring harness 1W630-7. • Connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. coupler A4 (1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace remote switching module 1A109.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.
0025-13/14 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0026
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 111 THRU TP 119, TP 121, TP 161 THRU TP 169, OR TP 171 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 4, WP 0582
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0583
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0584
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0585
Vol 4, WP 0586
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0587
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0602
References Vol 4, WP 0687
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0688
WP 0025 Vol 4, WP 0689
WP 0031 Vol 4, WP 0691
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1 Vol 4, WP 0692
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2 Vol 4, WP 0693
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6 Vol 4, WP 0694
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23 Vol 4, WP 0695
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24 Vol 4, WP 0698
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19 Vol 4, WP 0699
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
Vol 4, WP 0581
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
YES NO
2 3
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on utility bus • Go to block 6.
coupler A3 (1T610) J6 listed below (Vol 2, WP 0252, Fig-
ure 19).
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
0026-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0026
YES NO
4 5
• Do TP 100 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0025). • Go to block 7.
From block 3
6
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on utility bus
coupler B3 (1T611) J6 listed below (Vol 2, WP 0252, Fig-
ure 21).
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
From block 5
7 8
NOTE • Do TP 150 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0031).
If multiple TP numbers are displayed, select one procedure and
complete all troubleshooting and maintenance actions before
continuing.
• Go to block number listed below for the TP number displayed
and continue testing.
• TP 111 or TP 115, block 9.
• TP 112 or TP 116, block 14.
• TP 113 or TP 117, block 19.
• TP 114 or TP 118, block 24.
• TP 119 or TP 121, block 29.
• TP 161 or TP 165, block 34.
• TP 162 or TP 166, block 39.
• TP 163 or TP 167, block 44.
• TP 164 or TP 168, block 49.
• TP 169 or TP 171, block 54.
From block 7
9
• Disconnect 2W615-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 2
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 2W615-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 2
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Rerun UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number
displayed.
0026-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0026
YES NO
10 11
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace utility bus coupler 2T621 (Vol 4, WP 0582).
• Disconnect 2W615-8/P2 from J1 on analog input module • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W615-8/P2.
• Disconnect 2W615-8/P1 from J1 on utility bus coupler 2
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W615-8/P1.
YES NO
12 13
• Connect 2W615-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 2 • Replace wiring harness 2W615-8 (Vol 4, WP 0691).
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 7
14
• Disconnect 2W613-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 2W613-8/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Rerun UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number
displayed.
YES NO
15 16
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace utility bus coupler 2T620 (Vol 4, WP 0581).
• Disconnect 2W613-8/P2 from J2 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W613-8/P2.
• Disconnect 2W613-8/P1 from J6 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W613-8/P1.
YES NO
17 18
• Connect 2W613-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620) • Replace wiring harness 2W613-8 (Vol 4, WP 0689).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
• Verify problem is solved.
0026-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0026
From block 7
19
• Disconnect 2W612-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 2W612-8/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Rerun UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number
displayed.
YES NO
20 21
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace utility bus coupler 2T620 (Vol 4, WP 0581).
• Disconnect 2W612-8/P2 from J2 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W612-8/P2.
• Disconnect 2W612-8/P1 from J6 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W612-8/P1.
YES NO
22 23
• Connect 2W612-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620) • Replace wiring harness 2W612-8 (Vol 4, WP 0688).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
• Verify problem is solved.
0026-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0026
From block 7
24
• Disconnect 2W616-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 2
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 2W616-8/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler 2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Rerun UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number
displayed.
YES NO
25 26
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace utility bus coupler 2T621 (Vol 4, WP 0582).
• Disconnect 2W616-8/P2 from J2 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W616-8/P2.
YES NO
27 28
• Connect 2W616-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 2 (2T621) • Replace wiring harness 2W616-8 (Vol 4, WP 0692).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• Verify problem is solved.
0026-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0026
From block 7
29
• Disconnect 2W611-8/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 2W611-8/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Rerun UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number
displayed.
YES NO
30 31
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace utility bus coupler 2T620 (Vol 4, WP 0581).
• Disconnect 2W611-8/P2 from J9 on hull power distribution • Verify problem is solved.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W611-8/P2.
YES NO
32 33
• Connect 2W611-8/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620) • Replace wiring harness 2W611-8 (Vol 4, WP 0687).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Verify problem is solved.
0026-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0026
From block 7
34
• Disconnect 2W622-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 4
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 2W622-8/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Rerun UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number
displayed.
YES NO
35 36
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace utility bus coupler 2T631 (Vol 4, WP 0584).
• Disconnect 2W622-8/P2 from J2 on analog input module • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W622-8/P2.
• Disconnect 2W622-8/P1 from J6 on utility bus coupler 4
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W622-8/P1.
YES NO
37 38
• Connect 2W622-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631) • Replace wiring harness 2W622-8 (Vol 4, WP 0698).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Verify problem is solved.
0026-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0026
From block 7
39
• Disconnect 2W619-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 3
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 2W619-8/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Rerun UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number
displayed.
YES NO
40 41
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace utility bus coupler 2T630 (Vol 4, WP 0583).
• Disconnect 2W619-8/P2 from J3 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W619-8/P2.
YES NO
42 43
• Connect 2W619-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630) • Replace wiring harness 2W619-8 (Vol 4, WP 0695).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
• Verify problem is solved.
0026-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0026
From block 7
44
• Disconnect 2W618-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 3
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 2W618-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Rerun UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number
displayed.
YES NO
45 46
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace utility bus coupler 2T630 (Vol 4, WP 0583).
• Disconnect 2W618-8/P2 from J3 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W618-8/P2.
YES NO
47 48
• Connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630) • Replace wiring harness 2W618-8 (Vol 4, WP 0694).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
• Verify problem is solved.
0026-9
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0026
From block 7
49
• Disconnect 2W623-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 4
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 2W623-8/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Rerun UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number
displayed.
YES NO
50 51
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace utility bus coupler 2T631 (Vol 4, WP 0584).
• Disconnect 2W623-8/P2 from J3 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W623-8/P2.
• Disconnect 2W623-8/P1 from J6 on utility bus coupler 4
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W623-8/P1.
YES NO
52 53
• Connect 2W623-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631) • Replace wiring harness 2W623-8 (Vol 4, WP 0699).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• Verify problem is solved.
0026-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0026
From block 7
54
• Disconnect 2W617-8/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler 3
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 2W617-8/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Rerun UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number
displayed.
YES NO
55 56
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace utility bus coupler 2T630 (Vol 4, WP 0583).
• Disconnect 2W617-8/P2 from J10 on hull power • Verify problem is solved.
distribution unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W617-8/P2.
YES NO
57 58
• Connect 2W617-8/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630) • Replace wiring harness 2W617-8 (Vol 4, WP 0693).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Verify problem is solved.
0026-11/12 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0027
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 120 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0582
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0585
Vol 4, WP 0586
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0587
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0602
References Vol 4, WP 0609
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0690
WP 0025 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on utility bus
coupler A3 (1T610) J6 listed below (Vol 2, WP 0252, Fig-
ure 19).
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W614-7/P2 from J7 on hull mission processor • Do TP 100 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0025).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W614-7/P2.
0027-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0027
NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620) • Go to block 8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W614-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler A2
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W614-7/P1.
NO YES
6 7
• Replace wiring harness 2W614-7 (Vol 4, WP 0690). • Connect 2W614-7/P2 to J7 on hull mission processor unit
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Replace utility bus coupler 2T621 (Vol 4, WP 0582).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 5
8
• Connect 2W614-7/P2 to J7 on hull mission processor unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
9 10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 22.
• Connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W610-8/P2 from J2 on utility bus coupler A2
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
Change 1 0027-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0027
YES NO
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 17.
• Connect 2W610-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W616-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler A2
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
13 14
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W616-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621) • Connect 2W616-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W615-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler A2 • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
15 16
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W615-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621) • Connect 2W615-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace hull mission processor unit (Vol 4, WP 0609). • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 12
17
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W610-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W613-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
0027-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0027
YES NO
18 19
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W613-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620) • Connect 2W613-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W612-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 1 • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
20 21
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W612-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620) • Connect 2W612-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 10
22
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 1W632-7/P2 from J1 on utility bus coupler A3
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
23 24
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 29.
• Connect 1W632-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W618-7/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler A3
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
Change 1 0027-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0027
YES NO
25 26
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W618-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610) • Connect 1W618-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W615-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler A3 • Replace loader's remote switching module 1A101.
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis- • Verify problem is solved.
played.
YES NO
27 28
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W615-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610) • Connect 1W615-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Replace turret mission processor unit. • Replace fire control electronics unit.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 24
29
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W632-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W630-7/P1 from J6 on utility bus coupler A4
(1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
30 31
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612) • Connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Replace commander's remote switching module 1A100. • Replace gunner's remote switching module 1A109.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 123 OR TP 125 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0581
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0585
Vol 4, WP 0586
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0587
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0602
References Vol 4, WP 0677
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-23-2
WP 0025
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on utility bus
coupler A3 (1T610) J6 listed below (Vol 2, WP 0252, Fig-
ure 19).
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W610-8/P2 from J2 on utility bus coupler A2 • Do TP 100 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0025).
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W610-8/P2.
• Disconnect 1W632-7/P1 from J2 on utility bus coupler A4
(1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W632-7/P1.
0028-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0028
NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W610-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621) • Go to block 14.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W601-8/P4.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W632-7/P1.
NO YES
6 7
• Connect 1W632-7/P1 to J2 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612) • Connect 1W632-7/P1 to J2 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler A3 • Replace utility bus coupler 2T620 (Vol 4, WP 0581).
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W625-7/P4.
NO YES
8 9
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P1 from J7 on hull/turret slipring • Connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect jumper between contacts N and P on • Replace utility bus coupler 1T610.
1W625-7/P1. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on • Verify problem is solved.
1W625-7/P4.
Change 1 0028-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0028
YES NO
10 11
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2, • Connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
WP 0252, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610) • Replace wiring harness 1W625-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P1 from J4 on hull/turret slipring • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Connect jumper between contacts N and P on
2W601-8/P1.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W601-8/P4.
YES NO
12 13
• Connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620) • Replace branched wiring harness 2W601-8 (Vol 4,
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). WP 0677).
• Replace hull/turret slipring assembly. • Verify problem is solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.
0028-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0028
From block 5
14
• Connect 2W610-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 1W632-7/P1 to J2 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
YES NO
15 16
• Disconnect 2W610-8/P1 from J1 on utility bus coupler 1 • Go to block 26.
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
17 18
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 23.
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W613-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
19 20
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W613-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620) • Connect 2W613-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W612-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 1 • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
21 22
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W612-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620) • Connect 2W612-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0028-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0028
From block 18
23
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W610-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W616-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler A2
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
24 25
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W616-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621) • Connect 2W616-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace analog input module (Vol 4, WP 0600). • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 16
26
• Disconnect 1W632-7/P2 from J1 on utility bus coupler A3
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
27 28
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 33.
• Connect 1W632-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W618-7/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler A3
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
0028-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0028
YES NO
29 30
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W618-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610) • Connect 1W618-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W615-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler A3 • Replace loader's remote switching module 1A101.
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis- • Verify problem is solved.
played.
YES NO
31 32
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W615-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610) • Connect 1W615-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Replace turret mission processor unit. • Replace fire control electronics unit.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 28
33
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W632-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W630-7/P1 from J6 on utility bus coupler A4
(1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
34 35
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612) • Connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Replace commander's remote switching module 1A100. • Replace gunner's remote switching module 1A109.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0028-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0029
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 124 OR TP 145 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0581
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0582
Vol 4, WP 0585
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0586
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0587
Vol 4, WP 0600
References Vol 4, WP 0602
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0686
WP 0025 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on utility bus
coupler A3 (1T610) J6 listed below (Vol 2, WP 0252, Fig-
ure 19).
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W614-7/P2 from J7 on hull mission processor • Do TP 100 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0025).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W614-7/P2.
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler A3
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W625-7/P4.
0029-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0029
NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W614-7/P2 to J7 on hull mission processor unit • Go to block 10.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Disconnect 2W610-8/P2 from J2 on utility bus coupler A2
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W610-8/P2.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W625-7/P4.
NO YES
6 7
• Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610) • Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 2W610-8/P1 from J1 on utility bus coupler 1 • Replace utility bus coupler 2T621 (Vol 4, WP 0582).
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W610-8/P1.
NO YES
8 9
• Replace wiring harness 2W610-8 (Vol 4, WP 0686). • Connect 2W610-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621)
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace utility bus coupler 2T620 (Vol 4, WP 0581).
• Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0029-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0029
From block 5
10
• Connect 2W614-7/P2 to J7 on hull mission processor unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Connect 1W625-7/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
YES NO
11 12
• Disconnect 2W616-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler A2 • Go to block 15.
(2T621) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
13 14
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W616-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621) • Connect 2W616-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A2 (2T621)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600). • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0029-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0029
From block 12
15
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
16 17
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 22.
• Connect 2W601-8/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W613-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
18 19
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W613-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620) • Connect 2W613-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W612-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 1 • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). • Verify problem is solved.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
20 21
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W612-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620) • Connect 2W612-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0029-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0029
From block 17
22
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W601-8/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler 1
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 1W632-7/P2 from J1 on utility bus coupler A3
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
23 24
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 29.
• Connect 1W632-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W618-7/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler A3
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
25 26
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W618-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610) • Connect 1W618-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W615-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler A3 • Replace loader's remote switching module 1A101.
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis- • Verify problem is solved.
played.
YES NO
27 28
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W615-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610) • Connect 1W615-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Replace turret mission processor unit or improved hull mis- • Replace fire control electronics unit.
sion processor unit. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0029-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0029
From block 24
29
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W632-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler A3 (1T610)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W630-7/P1 from J6 on utility bus coupler A4
(1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
30 31
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612) • Connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Replace commander's remote switching module 1A100. • Replace gunner's remote switching module 1A109.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0029-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0030
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 126 OR TP 127 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0025
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
Materials/Parts TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on utility bus
coupler A3 (1T610) J6 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19) listed
below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P4 from J2 on utility bus coupler 1 • Do TP 100 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0025).
(2T620) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W601-8/P4.
• Disconnect 1W630-7/P2 from J2 on gunner's remote switch-
ing module (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W630-7/P2.
0030-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0030
NO YES
4 5
• Connect 1W630-7/P2 to J2 on gunner's remote switching • Go to block 10.
module (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Disconnect 1W632-7/P1 from J2 on utility bus coupler A4
(1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W632-7/P1.
NO YES
6 7
• Connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620) • Connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 1W632-7/P2 from J1 on utility bus coupler A3 • Replace utility bus coupler 1T612.
(1T610) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on • Verify problem is solved.
1W632-7/P2.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W632-7/P1.
NO YES
8 9
• Replace wiring harness 1W632-7. • Connect 1W632-7/P1 to J2 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612)
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace utility bus coupler 1T610.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0030-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0030
From block 5
10
• Connect 2W601-8/P4 to J2 on utility bus coupler 1 (2T620)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Connect 1W630-7/P2 to J2 on gunner's remote switching
module (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Disconnect 1W630-7/P1 from J6 on utility bus coupler A4
(1T612) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
NO YES
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612) • Connect 1W630-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler A4 (1T612)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Replace gunner's remote switching module 1A109. • Replace commander's remote switching module 1A100.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 150 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 4, WP 0584
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0585
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0586
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0587
Vol 4, WP 0600
References Vol 4, WP 0602
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0609
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1 Vol 4, WP 0677
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2 Vol 4, WP 0693
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6 Vol 4, WP 0694
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24 Vol 4, WP 0695
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1 Vol 4, WP 0696
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2 Vol 4, WP 0697
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 3 Vol 4, WP 0698
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5 Vol 4, WP 0699
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
Vol 4, WP 0583
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W617-8/P2 from J10 on hull power
distribution unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 2W617-8/P2 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect 2W620-8/P1 from J1 on utility bus coupler 4 • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 2W620-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
0031-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031
NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W617-8/P2 to J10 on hull power distribution unit • Go to block 46.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P5 from J2 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for blocks 7, 27, 28, 30, and 32.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 1W625-7/P5 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
6 7
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631) • Go to block 27.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W633-7/P2 from J1 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P1 from J7 on hull/turret slipring
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for blocks 8, 10, and 13.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 1W625-7/P1 listed below:
• R and S
• R and T
• S and T
YES NO
8 9
• Disconnect 1W619-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler B3 • Go to block 63.
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
YES NO
10 11
• Disconnect 1W620-7/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler B3 • Go to block 24.
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
Change 1 0031-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031
YES NO
12 13
• Disconnect 1W622-7/P1 from J5 on utility bus • Go to block 21.
coupler B3 (1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
NO YES
14 15
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring • Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Connect 1W619-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler B3 • Replace utility bus coupler 1T611.
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Connect 1W620-7/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B3 • Verify problem is solved.
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W622-7/P2 from J3 on loader's remote switch-
ing module 5 (1A101) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W622-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
16 17
• Replace wiring harness 1W622-7. • Connect 1W622-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. (1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace loader's remote switching module 1A101.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.
0031-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031
From block 65
18
• Connect 1W633-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W621-7/P2 from J3 on commander's remote
switching module 4 (1A100) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 3).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W621-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
19 20
• Replace wiring harness 1W621-7. • Connect 1W621-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B4
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. (1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace commander's remote switching module 1A100.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
From block 13 • Verify problem is solved.
21
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Connect 1W619-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W620-7/P2 from J8 on turret mission
processor unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W620-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
22 23
• Replace wiring harness 1W620-7. • Connect 1W620-7/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B3
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. (1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace turret mission processor unit.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0031-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031
From block 11
24
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Disconnect 1W619-7/P2 from J8 on fire control electronics
unit (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W619-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
25 26
• Replace wiring harness 1W619-7. • Connect 1W619-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler B3
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. (1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace fire control electronics unit.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
From block 7 • Verify problem is solved.
27
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P5 from J2 on utility bus coupler 4
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
NO YES
28 29
• Connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler 4 • Go to block 41.
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W621-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler 4
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
0031-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031
YES NO
30 31
• Disconnect 2W622-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 4 • Go to block 60.
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
YES NO
32 33
• Disconnect 2W623-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 4 • Go to block 38.
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
NO YES
34 35
• Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 • Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Connect 2W621-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 4 • Replace utility bus coupler 2T631 (Vol 4, WP 0584).
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect 2W622-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 4
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W623-8/P2 from J3 on remote switching mod-
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W623-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
Change 1 0031-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031
YES NO
36 37
• Replace wiring harness 2W623-8 (Vol 4, WP 0699). • Connect 2W623-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 4
• Verify problem is solved. (2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
From block 33 • Verify problem is solved.
38
• Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 2W621-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 4
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W622-8/P2 from J2 on analog input
module (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W622-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
39 40
• Replace wiring harness 2W622-8 (Vol 4, WP 0698). • Connect 2W622-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 4
• Verify problem is solved. (2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Verify problem is solved.
0031-7 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031
From block 29
41
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P1 from J4 on hull/turret slipring
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 1W625-7/P5 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
42 43
• Connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631) • Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P1 from J7 on hull/turret slipring • Replace branched wiring harness 2W601-8 (Vol 4,
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). WP 0677).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts • Verify problem is solved.
on 1W625-7/P5 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
44 45
• Connect 2W601-8/P1 to J4 on hull/turret • Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
slipring (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Replace wiring harness 1W625-7. • Replace hull/turret slipring assembly.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0031-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031
From block 5
46
• Disconnect 2W620-8/P2 from J2 on utility bus coupler 3
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts
on 2W620-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
47 48
• Connect 2W620-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630) • Replace wiring harness 2W620-8 (Vol 4, WP 0696).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W617-8/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler 3
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for blocks 49 and 51.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W620-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
49 50
• Connect 2W617-8/P2 to J10 on hull power distribution unit • Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W618-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler 3 • Replace wiring harness 2W617-8 (Vol 4, WP 0693).
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
0031-9 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031
YES NO
51 52
• Disconnect 2W619-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler 3 • Go to block 57.
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
NO YES
53 54
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631) • Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 2W617-8/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630) • Replace utility bus coupler 2T630 (Vol 4, WP 0583).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W619-8/P2 from J3 on remote switching mod-
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W619-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
55 56
• Replace wiring harness 2W619-8 (Vol 4, WP 0695). • Connect 2W619-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
• Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0031-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031
From block 52
57
• Connect 2W617-8/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W618-8/P2 from J3 on remote switching mod-
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W618-8/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
58 59
• Replace wiring harness 2W618-8 (Vol 4, WP 0694). • Connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler 3 (2T630)
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
From block 31 • Verify problem is solved.
60
• Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W621-7/P2 from J8 on hull mission
processor unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W621-7/P1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
61 62
• Replace wiring harness 2W621-7 (Vol 4, WP 0697). • Connect 2W621-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler 4 (2T631)
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace hull mission processor unit (Vol 4, WP 0609).
• Verify problem is solved.
0031-11 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031
From block 9
63
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Disconnect 1W621-7/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler B4
(1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for blocks 64 and 66.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W633-7/P2 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
64 65
• Disconnect 1W631-7/P1 from J6 on utility bus coupler B4 • Go to block 18.
(1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
YES NO
66 67
• Disconnect 1W633-7/P1 from J2 on utility bus coupler B4 • Go to block 70.
(1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
YES NO
68 69
• Connect 1W621-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613) • Connect 1W633-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Connect 1W631-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613) • Replace utility bus coupler 1T613.
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Replace wiring harness 1W633-7. • Verify problem is solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0031-12
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0031
From block 67
70
• Connect 1W633-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Connect 1W621-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W631-7/P2 from J3 on remote switching mod-
ule 6 (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
1W631-7/P2 listed below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
YES NO
71 72
• Replace wiring harness 1W631-7. • Connect 1W631-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613)
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace remote switching module 1A109.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 170 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0584
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0585
Vol 4, WP 0586
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0587
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0602
References Vol 4, WP 0609
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0697
WP 0031 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on utility bus
coupler B3 (1T611) J6 listed below (Vol 2, WP 0252, Fig-
ure 21).
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W621-7/P2 from J8 on hull mission processor • Do TP 150 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0031).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W621-7/P2.
• Disconnect 2W620-8/P2 from J2 on utility bus coupler B3
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W620-8/P2.
0032-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0032
NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W620-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630) • Go to block 8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W621-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler B2
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W621-7/P1.
NO YES
6 7
• Replace wiring harness 2W621-7 (Vol 4, WP 0697). • Connect 2W621-7/P2 to J8 on hull mission processor unit
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Replace utility bus coupler 2T631 (Vol 4, WP 0584).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 5
8
• Connect 2W621-7/P2 to J8 on hull mission processor unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Connect 2W620-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 23).
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P5 from J2 on utility bus coupler B2
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
9 10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 22.
• Connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W620-8/P1 from J1 on utility bus coupler B2
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
0032-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0032
YES NO
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 17.
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W623-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler B2
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
13 14
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W623-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631) • Connect 2W623-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W622-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler B2 • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
15 16
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W622-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631) • Connect 2W622-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace hull mission processor unit (Vol 4, WP 0609). • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0032-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0032
From block 12
17
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W619-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler B3
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
18 19
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W619-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630) • Connect 2W619-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W618-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler B3 • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
20 21
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630) • Connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0032-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0032
From block 10
22
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 1W633-7/P2 from J1 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
23 24
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 29.
• Connect 1W633-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W622-7/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
25 26
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W622-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611) • Connect 1W622-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W619-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler B3 • Replace loader's remote switching module 1A101.
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis- • Verify problem is solved.
played.
YES NO
27 28
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W619-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611) • Connect 1W619-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Replace turret mission processor unit or improved hull mis- • Replace fire control electronics unit.
sion processor unit. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0032-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0032
From block 24
29
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W633-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W631-7/P1 from J6 on utility bus coupler B4
(1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
30 31
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W631-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613) • Connect 1W631-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Replace commander's remote switching module 1A100. • Replace gunner's remote switching module 1A109.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0032-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0033
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 173 OR TP 175 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0584
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0585
Vol 4, WP 0586
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0587
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0602
References Vol 4, WP 0677
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-23-2
WP 0031
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on utility bus
coupler B3 (1T611) J6 listed below (Vol 2, WP 0252, Fig-
ure 21).
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W620-8/P2 from J2 on utility bus coupler B3 • Do TP 150 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0031).
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W620-8/P2.
• Disconnect 1W633-7/P1 from J2 on utility bus coupler B4
(1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W633-7/P1.
0033-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0033
NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W620-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630) • Go to block 14.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P5 from J2 on utility bus coupler B2
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W601-8/P5.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W633-7/P1.
NO YES
6 7
• Connect 1W633-7/P1 to J2 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613) • Connect 1W633-7/P1 to J2 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P5 from J2 on utility bus coupler B3 • Replace utility bus coupler 2T631 (Vol 4, WP 0584).
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W625-7/P5.
NO YES
8 9
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P1 from J7 on hull/turret slipring • Connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect jumper between contacts S and T on • Replace utility bus coupler 1T611.
1W625-7/P1. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on • Verify problem is solved.
1W625-7/P5.
Change 1 0033-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0033
YES NO
10 11
• Connect 1W625-7/P1 to J7 on hull/turret slipring (Vol 2, • Connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
WP 0252, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611) • Replace wiring harness 1W625-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P1 from J4 on hull/turret slipring • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5).
• Connect jumper between contacts S and T on
2W601-8/P1.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W601-8/P5.
YES NO
12 13
• Connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631) • Replace branched wiring harness 2W601-8 (Vol 4,
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). WP 0677).
• Replace hull/turret slipring assembly. • Verify problem is solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.
0033-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0033
From block 5
14
• Connect 2W620-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 1W633-7/P1 to J2 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
YES NO
15 16
• Disconnect 2W620-8/P1 from J1 on utility bus coupler B2 • Go to block 26.
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
NO YES
17 18
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 23.
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W619-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler B3
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
19 20
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W619-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630) • Connect 2W619-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W618-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler B3 • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
21 22
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630) • Connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0033-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0033
From block 18
23
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W620-8/P1 to J1 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W623-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler B2
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
24 25
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W623-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631) • Connect 2W623-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600). • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 16
26
• Disconnect 1W633-7/P2 from J1 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
27 28
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 33.
• Connect 1W633-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W622-7/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
0033-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0033
YES NO
29 30
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W622-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611) • Connect 1W622-7/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W619-7/P1 from J3 on utility bus coupler B3 • Replace loader's remote switching module 1A101.
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis- • Verify problem is solved.
played.
YES NO
31 32
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W619-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611) • Connect 1W619-7/P1 to J3 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Replace turret mission processor unit or improved hull mis- • Replace fire control electronics unit.
sion processor unit. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 28
33
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W633-7/P2 to J1 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 1W631-7/P1 from J6 on utility bus coupler B4
(1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
34 35
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W631-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613) • Connect 1W631-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Replace commander's remote switching module 1A100. • Replace gunner's remote switching module 1A109.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0033-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0034
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 174 OR TP 195 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0583
Vol 4, WP 0584
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0585
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0587
Vol 4, WP 0602
References Vol 4, WP 0696
Page xxxv
WP 0031
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on utility bus
coupler B3 (1T611) J6 listed below (Vol 2, WP 0252, Fig-
ure 21).
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W619-8/P2 from J3 on remote switching mod- • Do TP 150 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0031).
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W619-8/P2.
• Disconnect 1W625-7/P5 from J2 on utility bus coupler B3
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W625-7/P5.
0034-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0034
NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W619-8/P2 to J3 on remote switching module 3 • Go to block 10.
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Disconnect 2W620-8/P2 from J2 on utility bus coupler B3
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W620-8/P2.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W625-7/P5.
NO YES
6 7
• Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611) • Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 2W620-8/P1 from J1 on utility bus coupler B2 • Replace utility bus coupler 2T630 (Vol 4, WP 0583).
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W620-8/P1.
NO YES
8 9
• Replace wiring harness 2W620-8 (Vol 4, WP 0696). • Connect 2W620-8/P2 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630)
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace utility bus coupler 2T631 (Vol 4, WP 0584).
• Verify problem is solved.
0034-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0034
From block 5
10
• Connect 1W625-7/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B3 (1T611)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21).
• Connect 2W619-8/P2 to J3 on remote switching module 3
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Disconnect 2W619-8/P1 from J5 on utility bus coupler B3
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W619-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630) • Connect 2W619-8/P1 to J5 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 2W618-8/P1 from J4 on utility bus coupler B3 • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
(2T630) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). • Verify problem is solved.
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
YES NO
13 14
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630) • Connect 2W618-8/P1 to J4 on utility bus coupler B3 (2T630)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0034-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0035
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 176 OR TP 177 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0031
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19
Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21
Materials/Parts TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on utility bus
coupler B3 (1T611) J6 (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21) listed
below:
• A and B
• A and connector body
• B and connector body
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W601-8/P5 from J2 on utility bus coupler B2 • Do TP 150 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0031).
(2T631) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on
2W601-8/P5.
• Disconnect 1W631-7/P2 from J3 on gunner's remote switch-
ing module (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W631-7/P2.
0035-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0035
NO YES
4 5
• Connect 1W631-7/P2 to J3 on gunner's remote switching • Go to block 10.
module (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Disconnect 1W633-7/P1 from J2 on utility bus coupler B4
(1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W633-7/P1.
NO YES
6 7
• Connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631) • Connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Disconnect 1W633-7/P2 from J1 on utility bus coupler B3 • Replace utility bus coupler 1T613.
(1T611) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 21). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on • Verify problem is solved.
1W633-7/P2.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
1W633-7/P1.
NO YES
8 9
• Replace wiring harness 1W633-7. • Connect 1W633-7/P1 to J2 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613)
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace utility bus coupler 1T611.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.
0035-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0035
From block 5
10
• Connect 2W601-8/P5 to J2 on utility bus coupler B2 (2T631)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Connect 1W631-7/P2 to J3 on gunner's remote switching
module (1A109) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 1).
• Disconnect 1W631-7/P1 from J6 on utility bus coupler B4
(1T613) (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Re-run UTILITY BUS AUTO FIT and note TP number dis-
played.
NO YES
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 1W631-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613) • Connect 1W631-7/P1 to J6 on utility bus coupler B4 (1T613)
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19). (Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 19).
• Replace gunner's remote switching module 1A109. • Replace commander's remote switching module 1A100.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0035-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0036
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 200 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 12
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 3, WP 0262
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0673
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0755
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 5, WP 0780
Vol 5, WP 0782
References Vol 5, WP 0814
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
1
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting, before doing
any work (Page xxxv).
• If you are unable to answer the following question, drive
vehicle on hard smooth surface for a known distance of at
least 1 mile (1.6Km) and check odometer reading for
accuracy.
NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace position/navigation unit.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for less than 200 ohms between contacts 4 and 97 on
2W103-7/P3.
YES NO
4 5
NOTE • Go to block 14.
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for block 6.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W103-7/P3 listed below:
• 4 and 97
• 4 and connector body
• 97 and connector body
0036-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0036
YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J2 • Go to block 21.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
NO YES
8 9
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
module (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P4 from J1 on transmission Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 12). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on • Verify problem is solved.
3W104-9/P1 listed below:
• L and M
• L and N
• M and N
NO YES
10 11
• Remove powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 3W104-9.
NOTE • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
The magnetic speed pickup coil is in the governor speed trans- Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
mitter. The governor speed transmitter, including • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0673).
interconnecting harness, is inside transmission. • Verify problem is solved.
• Remove governor cover from transmission (Vol 5,
WP 0780).
• Connect 3W104-9/P4 to J1 on transmission (Vol 2,
WP 0250, Figure 12).
• Disconnect connector (1) from governor speed
transmitter (2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
3W104-9/P1 listed below:
• L and M
• L and N
• M and N
0036-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0036
NO YES
12 13
• Replace governor speed transmitter (Vol 5, WP 0782). • Brake branched wiring harness is faulty, replace
• Install powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262). transmission assembly (Vol 5, WP 0814).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 5
14
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
• Connect jumper between contacts M and N on
2W103-7/J2.
• Test for continuity between contacts 4 and 97 on
2W103-7/P3.
YES NO
15 16
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
module (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P4 from J1 on transmission Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 12). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Connect jumper between contacts P and R on 3W104-9/P4. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts M and N on
3W104-9/P1.
0036-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0036
YES NO
17 18
• Remove powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 3W104-9.
NOTE • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
The magnetic speed pickup coil is in the governor speed trans- Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
mitter. The governor speed transmitter, including • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0673).
interconnecting harness, is inside transmission. • Verify problem is solved.
• Remove governor cover from transmission (Vol 5,
WP 0780).
• Connect 3W104-9/P4 to J1 on transmission (Vol 2,
WP 0250, Figure 12).
• Disconnect connector (1) from governor speed
transmitter (GST) (2).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on GST connec-
tor.
• Test for continuity between contacts M and N on
3W104-9/P1.
YES NO
19 20
• Replace governor speed transmitter (Vol 5, WP 0782). • Brake branched wiring harness is faulty, replace
• Install powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262). transmission assembly (Vol 5, WP 0814).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 7
21
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
22 23
• Replace governor speed transmitter (Vol 5, WP 0782). • Problem solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0036-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0037
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 240 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
References References (continued)
Page xxxv Vol 7, WP 1340
WP 0005 Vol 7, WP 1342
WP 0008 Vol 7, WP 1343
WP 0021 Vol 7, WP 1344
Vol 2, WP 0180 Vol 7, WP 1351
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17 Vol 7, WP 1352
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 19 Vol 7, WP 1354
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20 Vol 7, WP 1355
Vol 3, WP 0260 Vol 7, WP 1357
Vol 3, WP 0263 Vol 7, WP 1358
Vol 3, WP 0285 Vol 7, WP 1359
Vol 3, WP 0286 Vol 7, WP 1360
Vol 3, WP 0376 Vol 7, WP 1361
Vol 4, WP 0596 Vol 7, WP 1362
Vol 6, WP 1178 Vol 7, WP 1363
Vol 7, WP 1315 Vol 7, WP 1364
Vol 7, WP 1325 Vol 7, WP 1366
Vol 7, WP 1326 Vol 7, WP 1367
Vol 7, WP 1331 Vol 7, WP 1368
Vol 7, WP 1336 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 7, WP 1339
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting, before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0037-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0037
YES NO
2 3
Does engine shut down automatically during vehicle • Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
operation? • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers)
• Go to block 10 in (WP 0005) and continue testing.
NO YES
4 5
• Set main NBC system to ON. • Go to block 12.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
6 7
• Shut down engine. • Go to block 21.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers)
• Go to block 10 in (WP 0005) and continue testing.
NO YES
8 9
Does display show TP 240? • Problem solved.
YES NO
10 11
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). • Go to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index and do
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). action stated for faulty LRU or TP number displayed
• Verify problem is solved. (WP 0008).
0037-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0037
From block 5
12
• Check if center screw (1) on turbine exhaust duct (2) is loose
or missing.
NO YES
13 14
• Remove main hydraulic centrifugal pump (Vol 6, WP 1178). • Tighten or replace screw (Vol 3, WP 0260).
• Install hydraulic test cover (Vol 3, WP 0263). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON. • Verify problem is solved.
• Press STARTER ONLY switch on driver's integrated display
for 20 to 30 seconds and then release.
• Start and run engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0037-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0037
YES NO
15 16
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Shut down engine.
• Ground hop powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0263). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Start engine. • Replace main hydraulic centrifugal pump (Vol 6, WP 1178).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Check for air leak at fuel drain gate valve (3) and combustor • Verify problem is solved.
safety relief valve (4).
YES NO
17 18
• Remove fuel drain gate valve (Vol 3, WP 0285) and combus- • Replace engine assembly (Vol 3, WP 0376).
tor safety relief valve (Vol 3, WP 0286) and check for dirt or • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
other matter that could cause sticking. Press spring loaded • Verify problem is solved.
plates, and check for smooth operation with no binding or
sticking.
YES NO
19 20
• Install fuel drain gate valve (Vol 3, WP 0285) and combustor • Replace faulty valve:
safety relief valve (Vol 3, WP 0286). • Fuel drain gate valve (Vol 3, WP 0285).
• Replace engine assembly (Vol 3, WP 0376). • Combustor safety relief valve (Vol 3, WP 0286).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 7
21
NOTE
Engine is shutting down because of an air leak in the NBC
system or low engine power. If engine will not run for remainder
of tests, visually inspect NBC components in
block 22 for breaks, cracks, or loose connections.
• Press STARTER ONLY switch for 20 to 30 seconds and then
release.
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set main NBC system to ON.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0037-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0037
22
• Check for breaks, cracks, loose connections, and leaks at
components listed below:
• Anti-ice servo assembly (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 19).
• Anti-ice valve inlet NBC duct
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 19).
• Anti-ice valve outlet NBC duct
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 19).
• Bleed air inlet metallic bent tube
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Front anti-ice valve assembly
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17).
• Hose (air circulating duct to condenser)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Hose (air circulating duct to pipeline separator)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Hose (anti-ice servo assembly to anti-ice valve
assembly) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Hose (anti-ice servo assembly to condenser)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Hose (anti-ice servo assembly to manifold)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Hose (anti-ice servo assembly to tubeaxial fan)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 19).
• Hose (manifold to anti-ice valve assembly)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Hose (pressure regulating valve to air circulating duct)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Hose (water extractor to duct)
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 19).
• Hose, filter assembly, and tube assembly (air circulating
duct to manifold) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Manifold (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• NBC heat exchanger (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• NBC water spray cap (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Particle pipeline separator (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Precooler (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 19).
• Precooler air outlet (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 19).
• Pressure regulating flow valve
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17).
• Temperature control valve assembly
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17).
• Temperature control valve inlet NBC duct
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Tube assembly (air circulating duct to pipeline
separator) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Tube assembly (manifold to temperature control valve
assembly) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Venturi air circulating duct (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 20).
• Water extractor (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 19).
0037-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0037
NO YES
23 24
• Shut down engine. • Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do procedure for ESS-7, Engine Health Check Is 60 Percent • Replace or tighten components that were found faulty.
Or Less Or Tank Appears To Have Low Power During Op- • Refer to Table 1. Replacement Index.
eration (Vol 2, WP 0180). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• If engine power is acceptable, NBC system has an air leak. • Verify problem is solved.
Notify your supervisor.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
0037-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0038
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 241 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
References References (continued)
Page xxxv Vol 3, WP 0318
WP 0005 Vol 3, WP 0412
WP 0008 Vol 3, WP 0413
WP 0012 Vol 4, WP 0441
WP 0021 Vol 4, WP 0497
Vol 2, WP 0254 Vol 4, WP 0498
Vol 3, WP 0305 Vol 4, WP 0504
Vol 3, WP 0317 TM 9-2350-388-10
1
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
2 3
Does engine run normally? • Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go back to block 10 of WP 0005.
• Repeat TP 241 when starting problem is fixed.
NO YES
4 5
• Shut down engine. • Problem solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go back to block 10 of WP 0005 and continue testing.
0038-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0038
NO YES
6 7
Does display show TP 241? • Do Engine System (ESS) Symptom Discernment Procedure
(WP 0012).
YES NO
8 9
• Remove air cleaner assembly intake filter elements • Go to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index and do
(Vol 3, WP 0412). action stated for faulty LRU or TP number displayed
• Inspect elements and plenum for contamination and water (WP 0008).
(Vol 3, WP 0412).
NO YES
10 11
• Check main fuel line quick-disconnect coupling (1) for proper • Clean air cleaner assembly intake filter elements
connection. (Vol 3, WP 0413). If water is present in plenum, remove.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Was coupling connected properly? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
12 13
• Start engine. • Connect main fuel line quick-disconnect coupling properly.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Check main fuel line quick-disconnect coupling (1) for leaks. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Shut down engine. • Verify problem is solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0038-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0038
NO YES
14 15
• Check to see if emergency engine shutoff tee handle is • Replace part that was found leaking.
pushed all the way in. • For fuel outlet hose assembly (Vol 4, WP 0504).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • For in-line pressure fluid filter to liquid/water separator
tube assembly (Vol 3, WP 0305).
Was tee handle pushed all the way in? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
16 17
• Check emergency engine shutoff valve control assembly for • Push in emergency engine shutoff tee handle.
proper adjustment (Vol 4, WP 0498). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Was valve adjusted properly? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
18 19
• Remove rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317) and inspect shaft • Adjust or repair emergency engine shutoff valve assembly
splines (2) for damage. (Vol 4, WP 0497).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Were splines damaged? • Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
20 21
• Try to turn rotary pump shaft (3) by hand. • Replace rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317) and spur gearshaft
(Vol 3, WP 0318).
Did shaft turn freely? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
22 23
• Install rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317). • Replace rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317) and spur gearshaft
• Do Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) (Vol 3, WP 0318).
for fuel system (Vol 2, WP 0254) and clean fuel tanks (Vol 4, • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021)
WP 0441). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0038-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 244 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 3, WP 0280
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 3, WP 0281
Chemical and oil protective gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 3, WP 0287
Item 105) Vol 3, WP 0290
Inspection mirror (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 163) Vol 3, WP 0303
Liquid measure, 8 quart capacity (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 3, WP 0304
Item 162) Vol 3, WP 0309
Metal pail, 3-gallon (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 172) Vol 3, WP 0313
Nonmetallic hose assembly (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 3, WP 0317
Item 142) Vol 3, WP 0318
Stopwatch (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 257) Vol 3, WP 0396
Vol 4, WP 0439
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0454
Two Vol 4, WP 0458
Vol 4, WP 0495
References Vol 4, WP 0497
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0502
WP 0005 Vol 4, WP 0504
WP 0021 Vol 4, WP 0518
Vol 3, WP 0262 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 3, WP 0275
Vol 3, WP 0276
Vol 3, WP 0279
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Running engine for 30 seconds at maximum throttle may not
verify problem is solved. Field operation will determine if fuel
restriction problem has been corrected.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Check to see if emergency engine shutoff tee handle is
pushed all the way in.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0039-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039
YES NO
2 3
• Replace water separator pressure fluid filter elements • Push in emergency engine shutoff tee handle.
(Vol 4, WP 0502). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If engine aborts start, go immediately to CAUTION before
block 4.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Wait 2 minutes to warm up engine and transmission.
• Twist throttle handgrips fully rearward and hold for at least 30
seconds or until an automotive system CAUTION message
is displayed.
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go back to block 10 in (WP 0005) and continue testing.
0039-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039
CAUTION
Make sure end couplings of fuel line assembly are kept clean.
Dirt can contaminate fuel and cause loss of power or engine
failure.
YES NO
4 5
• Disconnect female quick-disconnect coupling half (1) from • Problem solved.
male coupling half (2).
• Connect female coupling half (1) to male coupling half (3) on
nonmetallic hose assembly (4).
• Take off female coupling half (5) from nonmetallic hose
assembly and put free end into pail.
WARNING
Do not transfer fuel unless other crewmember is ready to use
portable fire extinguisher. Fuel can catch on fire and burn
tank or crewmember.
6
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Do fuel system purging steps to activate fuel pumps
and monitor fuel flow for 30 seconds (Vol 4, WP 0439, steps
3 thru 12).
• When fuel pumps have been activated for 30 seconds,
set PURGE FUEL ON/OFF pushbutton to OFF.
• Reset pushbuttons (Vol 4, WP 0439, steps 15 thru 19).
• Measure fuel which flowed in 30 seconds.
0039-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039
NO YES
7 8
• Disconnect female coupling half (6) from male coupling • Go to block 15.
half (7) on nonmetallic hose assembly (8).
• Connect female coupling half (6) to fuel feed line coupling
half (9).
• Remove powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262).
• Inspect hose (10) between primary filter (11) and water
separator (12) for crimps, bends or leaks.
• Inspect hose (13) between water separator (12) and fuel
outlet hose quick-disconnect fitting (14).
NO YES
9 10
• Check right and left rear in-tank fuel pumps for clogged • Replace hose assembly that is crimped, bent or leaking.
screens (Vol 4, WP 0454 and Vol 4, WP 0458). • For hose assembly (primary fluid filter bottom tee to fluid
filter elbow) (Vol 4, WP 0518).
Is screen clogged on right or left fuel pump? • For fuel outlet hose assembly (Vol 4, WP 0504).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0039-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039
NO YES
11 12
• Replace emergency engine shutoff valve • Replace right or left rear in-tank fuel pump that has clogged
assembly (Vol 4, WP 0497). screen (Vol 4, WP 0454 or Vol 4, WP 0458).
• Install powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If engine aborts start, go immediately to block 13.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Wait 2 minutes to warm up engine and transmission.
• Twist throttle handgrips fully rearward and hold for at least 30
seconds or until an automotive system CAUTION message
is displayed.
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go to block 10 in (WP 0005) and continue testing.
YES NO
13 14
• Replace dual check valve (Vol 4, WP 0495). • Problem solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0039-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039
From block 8
15
• Inspect tube (15) between quick-disconnect coupling (16)
and in-line fuel filter (17) for crimps, bends or leaks.
NO YES
16 17
• Disconnect female coupling half (18) from male coupling • Disconnect female coupling half (18) from male coupling
half (19) on nonmetallic hose assembly (20). half (19) on nonmetallic hose assembly (20).
• Connect female coupling half (18) to fuel feed line coupling • Replace tube assembly (in-line pressure fluid filter to
half (21). liquid/water separator) (Vol 3, WP 0303).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem is not solved, replace pressure fluid filter
(Vol 3, WP 0309).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0039-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039
WARNING
• Let hot engine cool 20 minutes before working on fuel
system. Fuel can be ignited by hot engine and cause injury
or death.
• Keep a fire extinguisher on hand in case of fire.
18
• Replace inlet pressure fluid filter (Vol 3, WP 0313).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE
If engine aborts start, go immediately to block 19.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Wait 2 minutes to warm up engine and transmission.
• Twist throttle handgrips fully rearward and hold for at least 30
seconds or until an automotive system CAUTION message
is displayed.
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go back to block 10 in (WP 0005) and continue testing.
YES NO
19 20
• Remove tube assembly (Vol 3, WP 0304). • Problem solved.
• Remove nipple (22) from outlet port (23) on rotary pump
(24).
• Remove quick-disconnect coupling (25) from nonmetallic
hose assembly (26) end.
• Install quick-disconnect coupling (25) to outlet port (23) on
rotary pump (24).
• Connect nonmetallic hose assembly (27) to quick-
disconnect coupling (25).
WARNING
Wear safety goggles when doing steps in the following block.
Fuel spray can cause serious eye injury.
21
• Put free end of nonmetallic hose assembly (26) into pail.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Watch for fuel flow from nonmetallic hose assembly (26)
when PUSH TO START button on driver's integrated display
is pressed and engine cranks for 5 to 10 seconds.
• Press engine SHUTOFF switch.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
0039-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039
NO YES
22 23
• Remove rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317). • Go to block 28.
• Remove spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318).
• Check for cracks, missing splines, or excessive wear on
rotary pump shaft (28).
• Check for cracks, missing splines, or excessive wear on
gearshaft's internal splines (29).
NO YES
24 25
• Check for broken gearshaft, missing gear teeth, bent shaft, • If spur gearshaft's internal splines are damaged, replace
or excessive wear on spur gearshaft (30). spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318).
• If rotary pump shaft is damaged, replace rotary pump
Is gearshaft broken, bent, missing teeth, or excessively (Vol 3, WP 0317).
worn? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
26 27
• Replace accessory gearbox (Vol 3, WP 0396). • Install spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Replace rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem is not solved, accessory gearbox is faulty, replace
accessory gearbox (Vol 3, WP 0396).
• Verify problem is solved.
0039-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039
From block 23
28
• Disconnect nonmetallic hose assembly (27) from quick-
disconnect coupling (25).
• Remove quick-disconnect coupling (25) from outlet port (23)
on rotary pump (24).
• Install nipple (22) to outlet port (23) on rotary pump (24).
• Install tube assembly (fuel inlet jumper) (Vol 3, WP 0304).
• Inspect hoses (31, 32, 33) for damage, kinks or blockage.
• Inspect check valve (34) and tube tee (35) for damage or
evidence of blockage.
YES NO
29 30
• Clean fuel nozzle assembly (Vol 3, WP 0290). • Replace damaged or blocked part:
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Hose assembly (tube tee to fuel nozzle adapter)
(Vol 3, WP 0275)
• Hose assembly (tube tee to check valve tee) (Vol 3,
WP 0276)
• Hose assembly (check valve to fuel nozzle body)
(Vol 3, WP 0279)
• Check valve (Vol 3, WP 0280)
• Tube tee (Vol 3, WP 0281)
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Go to block 31.
0039-9
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0039
From block 30
31
NOTE
If engine aborts, go immediately to block 32.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Wait 2 minutes to warm up engine and transmission.
• Twist throttle handgrips fully rearward and hold for at least 30
seconds or until an automotive system CAUTION message
is displayed.
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go back to block 10 in (WP 0005) and continue testing.
YES NO
32 33
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Problem solved.
• Replace check valve (Vol 3, WP 0280).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE
If engine aborts start, go immediately to block 34.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Wait 2 minutes to warm up engine and transmission.
• Twist throttle handgrips fully rearward and hold for at least 30
seconds or until an automotive system CAUTION message
is displayed.
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go to block 10 in (WP 0005) and continue testing.
YES NO
34 35
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Problem solved.
(Vol 3, WP 0287).
• Verify problem is solved.
0039-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 245 OR TP 253 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) WP 0059
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 7
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Twist drill, 3/16-inch (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 81) Vol 3, WP 0262
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 3, WP 0263
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 3, WP 0296
Antiseize compound (Vol 7, WP 1434, Item 27) Vol 3, WP 0297
Cotter pin (Vol 7, WP 1436, Item 346) Vol 3, WP 0376
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required Vol 7, WP 1266
Two
References
Page xxxv
WARNING
Hot equipment can burn you. To avoid injury, wait until parts
are cool enough to touch before you start work.
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• If display shows TP 245, harnesses must be flexed at various
points, especially near bends, connectors, and obvious wear
points when testing with multimeter.
0040-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Remove guard from second shot valve and bottle
(Vol 7, WP 1266).
• Disconnect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 from J1 on digital
electronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Connect breakout box to J1 on digital electronic control unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 4 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 7).
NOTE
Leave jumpers connected for remainder of test.
• Connect jumpers between 15 and 16 and between 17 and 18
on breakout box.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Push down on Power Turbine Stator (PTS) cylinder
assembly (1) until bottom of actuator hits stop
plate nut (2).
NOTE
Leave test probes connected for remainder of test.
• Test for -6.1 to -6.5 V dc between 4 (-) and 30 (+) on breakout
box.
NO YES
2 3
• Remove quick-release pin (3) from feedback control (4) and • Go to block 18.
bottom of lever (5).
• Check quick-release pin (3) and lever (5) for damage or wear.
• If OK, reinstall quick-release pin (3).
Change 1 0040-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040
NO YES
4 5
• Check to see if lever (5) on electro-mechanical fuel • Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
system (6) moves and voltage shown on multimeter tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
changes when PTS cylinder assembly (1) is moved. • If damaged or worn, replace quick-release pin (Vol 3,
WP 0297).
Did lever move? • If lever is damaged or worn, replace electro-mechanical
(electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3, WP 0287).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
6 7
Did voltage shown on multimeter change? • Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace power turbine stator feedback control assembly
(Vol 3, WP 0297).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
8 9
NOTE • Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
If PTS cylinder assembly (1) and lever (7) cannot be moved up tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
far enough to allow twist drill (8) to be inserted through hole (9) • Do TP 272 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0059).
and into upper hole (10), go immediately to block 33.
• Move PTS cylinder assembly (1) and lever (7) up,
and insert twist drill (8) through hole (9) in lever (7)
and into upper hole (10) in block (11).
0040-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040
NO YES
From block 13
10 11
• Unlock screws (12) by unbending corners of tabwasher (13). • Go to block 12.
YES NO
From block 11, 15
12 13
• Remove twist drill (8). • Go back to block 10.
• If unlocked, lock screws (12) by bending corners of
tabwasher (13).
• Ground hop powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0263).
• Adjust voltage with PTS fully open.
• Loosen nut (17).
• Turn stop plate nut (2) clockwise or counterclockwise
until multimeter shows -6.1 to -6.5 V dc with PTS cylin-
der assembly (1) pushed all the way down.
NOTE
Stop plate nut (2) must not be allowed to turn when moving PTS
cylinder assembly (1) up or when tightening nut (17).
• Move PTS cylinder assembly (1) all the way up.
• Tighten nut (17) against stop plate nut (2), and bend key
washer (18) onto nut (17).
• Push down on PTS cylinder assembly (1) until bottom of
actuator hits stop plate nut (2).
Change 1 0040-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040
YES NO
14 15
Was voltage adjusted by moving shims in • Go back to block 12.
block 10 ?
YES NO
16 17
• Insert twist drill (8) through hole (9) in lever (7) and into upper • Go to block 18.
hole (10) in block (11).
• Press and hold DECU RESET switch on driver's integrated
display.
• Set TACTICAL IDLE switch to ON, and then to OFF.
• Release DECU RESET switch.
• Remove twist drill (8).
From block 3, 17
18
• Push PTS cylinder assembly (1) fully upward
(closed position).
NO YES
19 20
Was voltage adjusted by moving shims in • Go to block 33.
block 10 ?
0040-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040
NO YES
21 22
• Insert twist drill (8) through hole (9) in lever (7) and into upper • Go to block 27.
hole (10) in block (11).
NO YES
From block 26
23 24
• Unlock screws (12) by unbending corners of tabwasher (13). • Go to block 27.
• Remove two screws (12) from bracket mount (14).
NOTE
Shims (15), removed from between bracket support (16)
and bracket mount (14), are to be installed between bracket
support (16) and tabwasher (13). Shims (15), removed from
between tabwasher (13) and bracket support (16), are to be
installed between bracket support (16) and bracket mount (14).
• Adjust shims (15) between bracket support (16),
tabwasher (13), and bracket mount (14) so that multimeter
shows -1.7 to -1.9 V dc.
• Screw in and tighten screws (12).
Change 1 0040-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040
YES NO
25 26
• Remove twist drill (8). • Go back to block 23.
• Lock screws (12) by bending corners of tabwasher (13).
• Push PTS cylinder assembly (1) fully upward
(closed position).
NO YES
From block 22, 24, 30
27 28
• Ground hop powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0263). • Go to block 29.
• Remove cotter pin (19) from piston (20) and rod end connec-
tor (21).
• Turn piston (20) clockwise or counterclockwise until
multimeter shows -0.23 to -1.2 V dc with PTS
cylinder assembly (1) fully upward.
• Aline hole in piston (20) with nearest hole in rod end connec-
tor (21), and install new cotter pin (19).
• Push PTS cylinder assembly (1) all the way up.
YES NO
From block 28
29 30
Was voltage adjusted by moving shims in block 23 ? • Go back to block 27.
0040-7 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040
YES NO
31 32
• Insert twist drill (8) through hole (9) in lever (7) and into upper • Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
hole (10) in block (11). tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Press and hold DECU RESET switch on driver's integrated • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
display. • Verify problem is solved.
• Set TACTICAL IDLE switch to ON, and then to OFF.
• Remove twist drill (8).
• Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
• Install powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262).
From block 8, 20
33
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect breakout box from J1 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 7).
• Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
NOTE
The PTS system is not lubricated and movement is restricted by
fuel pressure. Some normal binding (binding without seizing)
may occur even when applying heavy manual pressure to PTS
cylinder assembly (1).
• Check for binding of parts at lever (7) and PTS feedback
control assembly (22) while pushing PTS cylinder
assembly (1) fully up and down.
YES NO
34 35
• Remove power turbine stator feedback control assembly • Go to block 42.
from lever on electro-mechanical fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0297).
• Check to see if there is any binding when lever (5) is rotated.
Change 1 0040-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040
NO YES
36 37
• Remove power turbine stator feedback control assembly • Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system
from power turbine stator cylinder assembly (Vol 3, (Vol 3, WP 0287).
WP 0297). • Go back to block 1.
• Check that control cable (23) moves freely.
YES NO
38 39
• Remove power turbine stator cylinder assembly from lever • Replace power turbine stator feedback control assembly
(Vol 3, WP 0296). (Vol 3, WP 0297).
• Check to see if lever (7) moves fully up and down without • Go back to block 1.
binding.
NO YES
40 41
• Power turbine stator lever is binding, replace engine assem- • Replace power turbine stator cylinder assembly
bly (Vol 3, WP 0376). (Vol 3, WP 0296).
• Go back to block 1. • Go back to block 1.
0040-9 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0040
From block 35
42
Are you doing this procedure for TP 245?
YES NO
43 44
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Do TP 272 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0059).
• Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be
an intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal
troubleshooting procedures. Components in the order of
highest probability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Change 1 0040-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0041
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 248 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
References References (continued)
Page xxxv WP 0021
WP 0005 Vol 4, WP 0596
WP 0008 TM 9-2350-388-10
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• When the display shows TP 248, the DECU backup battery
voltage is low. Running the engine for two hours should be
enough time to recharge it if the DECU battery is not faulty.
The engine should not be run for the sole purpose of charging
the DECU battery.
1
Is it possible to continue your mission and run engine for at
least two hours?
YES NO
2 3
• Start engine and run for at least two hours to recharge DECU NOTE
battery. Replacing the digital electronic control unit may restore vehicle
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. to operational status. However, the backup battery in the re-
• Shut down engine. placement digital electronic control unit may need charging.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Start engine.
• Verify problem is solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Check driver's integrated display for DECU FAULT CAU-
TION message.
0041-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0041
YES NO
4 5
• Shut down engine. • Problem solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go to block 10 in WP 0005 and continue testing.
NO YES
6 7
• Go to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index and do • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
action stated for faulty LRU or TP number displayed • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(WP 0008). • Verify problem is solved.
0041-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0042
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 250 OR TP 255 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 10
AGB hand crank (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 39) Vol 3, WP 0260
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 3, WP 0262
Item 167) Vol 3, WP 0263
Stopwatch (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 257) Vol 3, WP 0285
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 3, WP 0286
Vol 3, WP 0287
Personnel Required Vol 3, WP 0376
Two Vol 3, WP 0396
Vol 3, WP 0412
Equipment Condition Vol 3, WP 0413
Battle override fuel lever is firmly seated against stop Vol 4, WP 0569
and safety wired. If not, do Battle Override Vol 4, WP 0596
Deactivation (Vol 5, WP 0948). Vol 4, WP 0668
References Vol 4, WP 0763
Page xxxv Vol 7, WP 1266
WP 0021 Vol 7, WP 1373
Vol 2, WP 0240 Vol 7, WP 1375
Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 7 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Harness must be flexed at various points, especially near
bends, connectors, and obvious wear points when testing
with multimeter.
• A high number of aborted start attempts may result in a large
amount of oil in the accessory gearbox. This condition will
cause low cranking speeds and may affect engine starting or
test diagnostics. This condition may lead you to wrong
corrective action. If six or more attempts have been made to
crank the engine since the abort problem first occurred, drain
the oil out of the accessory gear box and add new oil to the oil
tank; refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
1
Is TP 250 displayed?
0042-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0042
YES NO
2 3
• Check if center screw (1) on turbine exhaust duct (2) is loose • Go to block 18.
or missing.
NO YES
4 5
• Check NBC system prioritization valve (3) and tube • Tighten or replace screw (Vol 3, WP 0260).
assembly (4) for cracks and looseness. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Was valve or tube assembly cracked or loose?
NO YES
6 7
• Remove air cleaner assembly intake filter elements • Replace or tighten faulty component:
(Vol 3, WP 0412) and clean elements (Vol 3, WP 0413). • Tube assembly (diffuser to prioritization valve)
• Install air cleaner assembly intake filter elements (Vol 7, WP 1373).
(Vol 3, WP 0412). • System prioritization regulating valve (Vol 7, WP 1375).
• Attempt to start engine. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Verify problem is solved.
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
Change 1 0042-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0042
NO YES
8 9
NOTE • Problem solved.
Be prepared to check that no voltage exists when PUSH TO
START button is pressed.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Press and release PUSH TO START button.
• Test for 0 to 1.0 V dc between terminal E1 (5) on starter (6)
and air diffuser (7).
• Press ENGINE SHUTOFF switch.
YES NO
10 11
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace engine starter (Vol 4, WP 0569).
• Remove fuel drain gate valve (Vol 3, WP 0285) and combus- • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
tor safety relief valve (Vol 3, WP 0286) and check for dirt or • Verify problem is solved.
other matter that could cause sticking. Press spring loaded
plates, and check for smooth operation with no binding or
sticking.
YES NO
12 13
• Install fuel drain gate valve (Vol 3, WP 0285) and combustor • Replace faulty valve:
safety relief valve (Vol 3, WP 0286). • Fuel drain gate valve (Vol 3, WP 0285).
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). • Combustor safety relief valve (Vol 3, WP 0286)
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Ground hop powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0263). • Verify problem is solved.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0042-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0042
NO YES
14 15
• Replace electro-mechanical fuel system (Vol 3, WP 0287). • Shut down engine.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Attempt to start engine. • Install powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Problem solved.
NO YES
16 17
• Replace engine assembly (Vol 3, WP 0376). • Shut down engine.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Verify problem is solved. • Install powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262).
• Problem solved.
From block 3
18
Does engine abort start?
YES NO
19 20
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 21.
• Disconnect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 from J1 on digital
electronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Remove guard from second shot valve and bottle assembly
(Vol 7, WP 1266, step 1).
• Connect breakout box to J1 on digital electronic control unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 4 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 7).
• Connect jumpers between 15 and 16 and between 17 and 18
on breakout box.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
NOTE
During an engine start, a broken accessory gearbox output
gear/shaft or a broken engine compressor drive gear permits
the starter and gearbox to turn at a high rpm without turning the
engine. If this condition exists, NH test voltage will exceed 2.8 V
dc within 7 seconds.
• Connect multimeter probes between test points 4 (-) and
20 (+) on breakout box.
• Observe multimeter and press PUSH TO START button.
Test if voltage exceeds 2.8 V dc within 7 seconds.
Change 1 0042-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0042
NO YES
From block 20
21 22
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 33.
• Disconnect breakout box from J1 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 7).
• Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Disconnect 3W106-P3 from 2W115-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
• Test for less than 100 ohms between vehicle chassis ground
and contacts on 3W106-P3 listed below:
• A
• B
Does multimeter show less than 100 ohms for either test?
NO YES
23 24
• Test for less than 50 ohms between contacts A and B on • Connect 3W106-P3 to 2W115-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
3W106-P3. ure 3).
• Thermocouple assembly is faulty. Replace engine assembly
Does multimeter show less than 50 ohms? (Vol 3, WP 0376).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
WARNING
YES NO
25 26
• Disconnect three connectors from thermocouple special • Replace thermocouple branched wiring harness 3W106
cable assemblies (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 10). (Vol 4, WP 0668).
• Test for less than 100K ohms between contacts on • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
3W106-P3 listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• A and B
• A and C
• B and C
Does multimeter show less than 100K ohms for any test?
0042-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0042
NO YES
27 28
• Disconnect 2W115-P1 from J4 on digital electronic control • Replace thermocouple branched wiring harness 3W106
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). (Vol 4, WP 0668).
• Install guard on second shot valve and bottle assembly • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 7, WP 1266, step 6). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for less than 100K ohms between contacts on
2W115-J1 listed below:
• A and B
• A and C
• B and C
Does multimeter show less than 100K ohms for any test?
NO YES
29 30
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W115-P1. • Connect three connectors to thermocouple special cable
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on 2W115-J1. assemblies (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 10).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W115.
Does multimeter show continuity? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0763).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
31 32
• Connect three connectors to thermocouple special cable • Connect three connectors to thermocouple special cable
assemblies (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 10). assemblies (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 10).
• Connect 3W106-P3 to 2W115-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W115.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0763).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Replace thermocouple branched wiring harness 3W106
(Vol 4, WP 0668).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W115.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0763).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0042-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0042
From block 22
33
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect breakout box from J1 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 7).
• Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Remove accessory gearbox (AGB) from engine assembly
(Vol 3, WP 0396).
• Check to see if spur gearshaft (8) is broken or damaged.
YES NO
34 35
• Put AGB hand crank (9) in main hydraulic pump drive gear • Go to block 38.
assembly (10).
• Check rotation of AGB gears by turning handle (9)
clockwise. Handle should turn smoothly (no rubbing or bind-
ing) and no unusual noises should be heard.
YES NO
36 37
• Install new spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0396). • Replace accessory gearbox (Vol 3, WP 0396).
• Inspect splined coupling (11) for damage, if damaged re- • Verify problem is solved.
place engine assembly (Vol 3, WP 0376).
• Verify problem is solved.
0042-7 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0042
From block 35
38
• Check high pressure compressor system rotation by turning
splined coupling (11) in both directions. High pressure com-
pressor system should turn smoothly (no rubbing or binding)
and no unusual noises should be heard.
YES NO
39 40
• Replace accessory gearbox (Vol 3, WP 0396). • Replace engine assembly (Vol 3, WP 0376).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0042-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0043
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 251 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Materials/Parts Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0567
Vol 4, WP 0596
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0667
Two Vol 4, WP 0702
Vol 4, WP 0756
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W107-P16 from J16 on ignition exciter
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11).
• Disconnect 3W107-P2 from 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
3W107-P2 listed below:
• d and e
• d and j
• e and j
YES NO
2 3
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 3W107-P16. • Replace maintenance indicator branched wiring harness
• Test for continuity between contacts d and e on 3W107-P2. 3W107 (Vol 4, WP 0667).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.
0043-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0043
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 3W107-P16 to J16 on ignition exciter • Replace maintenance indicator branched wiring harness
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11). 3W107 (Vol 4, WP 0667).
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P6 from J3 on digital electronic control • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show greater than 100K ohms, leave test
probes connected.
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P6 listed below:
• R and f
• R and g
• f and g
YES NO
6 7
• Connect jumper between contacts d and e on 2W105-7/J2. • Go to block 10.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts f and g on
2W702-7/P6.
YES NO
8 9
• Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Go to block 13.
ure 3).
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem is not solved, replace ignition exciter
(Vol 4, WP 0567).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0043-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0043
From block 7
10
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
YES NO
11 12
• Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit • Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). ure 3).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 9
13
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Test for continuity between contacts f and g on
2W105-7/P8.
YES NO
14 15
• Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
ure 3). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 252 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 3, WP 0290
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 3, WP 0304
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 3, WP 0305
Item 167) Vol 3, WP 0309
Metal pail, 3-gallon (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 172) Vol 3, WP 0313
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 3, WP 0317
Vol 3, WP 0318
Personnel Required Vol 3, WP 0376
Two Vol 3, WP 0396
Vol 3, WP 0413
References Vol 4, WP 0439
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0441
WP 0008 Vol 4, WP 0504
WP 0021 Vol 4, WP 0518
WP 0043 Vol 4, WP 0566
Vol 2, WP 0254 Vol 4, WP 0568
Vol 3, WP 0259 Vol 4, WP 0596
Vol 3, WP 0261 Vol 7, WP 1373
Vol 3, WP 0262 Vol 7, WP 1375
Vol 3, WP 0263 LO 9-2350-388-13
Vol 3, WP 0285 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 3, WP 0286 TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Vol 3, WP 0287
Vol 3, WP 0288
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• A high number of aborted start attempts may result in a large
amount of oil in the accessory gearbox. This condition will
cause low cranking speeds and may affect engine starting or
test diagnostics. This condition may lead you to wrong
corrective action. If six or more attempts have been made to
crank the engine since the abort problem first occurred, drain
the oil out of the accessory gear box and add new oil to the oil
tank; refer to LO 9-2350-388-13.
0044-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044
1
• Check to see if emergency engine shutoff tee handle is
pushed all the way in.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Make sure that rear fuel tanks have fuel.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
2 3
• Set auxiliary hydraulic pump to OFF. • Problem solved.
• Set AMMO DOOR POWER switch to ON.
• Open ready ammunition door bypass valve (fully counter-
clockwise).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Wait for hydraulic pressure at gunner's gauge to read zero
then close ready ammunition door bypass valve (fully clock-
wise).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Press PUSH TO START switch on driver's integrated display
and monitor hydraulic pressure at gunner's gauge while
engine is cranking.
0044-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044
NO YES
4 5
• Set AMMO DOOR POWER switch to OFF. • Do procedure for MHS-1, Main Hydraulic System Does Not
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. Function Properly.
• Check main fuel line quick-disconnect coupling (1) for a • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
proper connection.
WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.
YES NO
6 7
• Pull PTS cylinder assembly (2) fully upward (closed • Connect main fuel line quick-disconnect coupling properly.
position). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NOTE • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
During normal start sequence, the PTS cylinder assembly • Verify problem is solved.
moves fully downward (open position).
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Monitor PTS cylinder assembly during start sequence.
0044-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044
YES NO
8 9
• Remove but do not clean fuel nozzle assembly (Vol 3, • Go to block 14.
WP 0288).
NOTE
If the fuel nozzle assembly is dirty or defective, the spray
pattern will be distorted. If the fuel system is not supplying
proper fuel, little or no fuel will exit the nozzle.
• Test fuel nozzle spray pattern (Vol 3, WP 0290, steps 1 and
2).
NO YES
10 11
Was fuel flow at least 6 ounces in a 30 second time period? • Clean fuel nozzle assembly (Vol 3, WP 0290).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
12 13
• Clean fuel nozzle assembly (Vol 3, WP 0290). • Go to block 21.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0044-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044
CAUTION
Make sure end of couplings of fuel line assembly are kept
clean. Dirt can contaminate fuel and cause loss of power or
engine failure.
NO YES
From block 9
14 15
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Problem solved.
• Disconnect female quick-disconnect coupling half (3) from
male fuel feed line coupling half (4).
• Connect female coupling half (3) to male coupling half (5) on
nonmetallic hose assembly (6).
• Take off female coupling half (7) from nonmetallic hose
assembly and put free end into pail.
WARNING
Do not transfer fuel unless other crewmember is ready to use
portable fire extinguisher. Fuel can catch on fire and burn
tank or crewmember.
16
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Do fuel system purging steps to activate fuel pumps and
monitor fuel flow for 30 seconds (Vol 4, WP 0439, steps 3
and 12).
• When fuel pumps have been activated for 30 seconds, set
PURGE FUEL ON/OFF pushbutton to OFF.
• Reset pushbuttons (Vol 4, WP 0439, steps 15 and 19).
• Measure fuel which flowed in 30 seconds.
0044-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044
NO YES
17 18
• Disconnect female coupling half (3) from male coupling • Go to block 50.
half (5) on nonmetallic hose assembly (6).
• Connect female coupling half (7) to nonmetallic hose as-
sembly (6).
• Remove powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262).
• Inspect hose (8) between primary filter (9) and water sepa-
rator (10) for crimps, bends or leaks.
• Inspect hose (11) between water separator (10) and fuel
outlet hose quick-disconnect fitting (12).
NO YES
19 20
• Do preventive maintenance checks and services (PMCS) • Replace hose assembly that is crimped, bent or leaking.
for fuel system (Vol 2, WP 0254) and clean fuel tanks • For hose assembly (primary fluid filter bottom tee to fluid
(Vol 4, WP 0441). filter elbow) (Vol 4, WP 0518).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For fuel outlet hose assembly (Vol 4, WP 0504).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 13
21
• Install fuel nozzle assembly (Vol 3, WP 0288) but do not
install engine access cover.
• Remove engine step plate (Vol 3, WP 0261).
0044-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044
WARNING
To prevent electrical shock, do not touch end of spark igniter
or ignition electrical lead. Electrical shock can cause injury or
death.
22
• Remove spark igniter (Vol 4, WP 0568).
• Connect spark igniter to ignition electrical lead (Vol 4,
WP 0566).
• Lay spark igniter anywhere on combustor cover.
23
NOTE
Spark from end of spark igniter should be in fast, evenly
spaced, bright blue pulses, and make a loud clicking noise.
• Look for spark from end of spark igniter while attempting to
start engine.
NOTE
Shut down engine within 5 seconds after pressing PUSH TO
START button on driver's integrated display.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
24 25
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Install spark igniter (Vol 4, WP 0568).
• Remove ignition electrical lead from spark igniter • Go to block 31.
(Vol 4, WP 0566).
• Lay ignition electrical lead anywhere on combustor cover.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
0044-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044
WARNING
To prevent electrical shock, do not touch end of ignition
electrical lead. Electrical shock can cause injury or death.
26
NOTE
Spark from end of ignition electrical lead should be in fast,
evenly spaced, bright blue pulses, and make a loud clicking
noise.
• Look for spark from end of ignition electrical lead while
attempting to start engine.
NOTE
Shut down engine within 5 seconds after pressing PUSH TO
START button on driver's integrated display.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
27 28
• Set MASTER POWER to OFF. • Replace spark igniter (Vol 4, WP 0568) but do not install
• Remove ignition electrical lead from ignition exciter engine access cover.
(Vol 4, WP 0566). • Install engine step plate (Vol 3, WP 0261).
• Test for continuity between the two ends of ignition electrical • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
lead. • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
29 30
• Install spark igniter (Vol 4, WP 0568) but do not install en- • Install spark igniter (Vol 4, WP 0568).
gine access cover. • Replace ignition electrical lead (Vol 4, WP 0566) but do not
• Install engine step plate (Vol 3, WP 0261). install engine access cover.
• Do TP 251 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0043) • Install engine step plate (Vol 3, WP 0261).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0044-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044
From block 25
31
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
32 33
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU • Problem solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go to and continue testing.
NO YES
34 35
• Check if center screw (13) on turbine exhaust duct (14) is • Go to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index and do
loose or missing. action stated for faulty LRU or TP number displayed
(WP 0008).
Was screw loose or missing?
YES NO
36 37
• Tighten or replace screw (Vol 3, WP 0259). • Go to block 38.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE
If engine has been operated within the last hour, press
STARTER ONLY switch on driver's integrated display for 30
seconds and then wait for at least 2 minutes before continuing.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0044-9
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044
NO YES
38 39
• Check system prioritization valve (15) and tube • Problem solved.
assembly (16) for cracks and looseness.
NO YES
40 41
• Clean air cleaner assembly intake filter elements • Replace or tighten faulty component:
(Vol 3, WP 0413). • Tube assembly (diffuser to prioritization valve)
• Attempt to start engine. (Vol 7, WP 1373).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • System prioritization regulating valve (Vol 7, WP 1375).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Did engine start? • Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
42 43
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Problem solved.
• Remove powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262).
• Remove fuel drain gate valve (Vol 3, WP 0285) and combus-
tor safety relief valve (Vol 3, WP 0286) and check for dirt or
other matter that could cause sticking. Press spring loaded
plates, and check for smooth operation with no binding or
sticking.
YES NO
44 45
• Install fuel drain gate valve (Vol 3, WP 0285) and combustor • Replace faulty valve:
safety relief valve (Vol 3, WP 0286). • Fuel drain gate valve (Vol 3, WP 0285).
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). • Combustor safety relief valve (Vol 3, WP 0286)
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Ground hop powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0263). • Verify problem is solved.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0044-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044
NO YES
46 47
• Replace electro-mechanical fuel system (Vol 3, WP 0287). • Problem solved.
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
48 49
• Replace engine assembly (Vol 3, WP 0376). • Problem solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 18
50
• Inspect tube (17) between quick-disconnect coupling (18)
and in-line fuel filter (19) for crimps, bends or leaks.
NO YES
51 52
• Disconnect female coupling half (3) from male coupling • Disconnect female coupling half (3) from male coupling
half (20) on nonmetallic hose assembly (21). half (20) on nonmetallic hose assembly (21).
• Connect female coupling half (7) to male fuel feed line • Connect female coupling half (7) to nonmetallic hose as-
coupling half (4). sembly (21).
• Connect female coupling half (7) to nonmetallic hose as- • Replace tube assembly (in-line pressure fluid filter to
sembly (21). liquid/water separator) (Vol 3, WP 0305).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
• If problem is not solved, replace pressure fluid filter
(Vol 3, WP 0309).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0044-11
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044
WARNING
• Let hot engine cool 20 minutes before working on fuel
system. Fuel can be ignited by hot engine and cause injury
or death.
• Keep a fire extinguisher on hand in case of fire.
53
• Replace inlet pressure fluid filter (Vol 3, WP 0313).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
54 55
• Set MASTER POWER to OFF. • Problem solved.
• Remove tube assembly (Vol 3, WP 0305).
• Remove nipple (22) from outlet port (23) on rotary pump
(24).
• Remove male quick-disconnect coupling half (25) from non-
metallic hose assembly (26) end.
• Install male quick-disconnect coupling half (25) to outlet
port (23) on rotary pump (24).
• Connect nonmetallic hose assembly female quick-
disconnect coupling half (27) to male quick-disconnect cou-
pling half (25).
WARNING
Wear safety goggles when doing steps in the following block.
Fuel spray can cause serious eye injury.
56
• Put free end of nonmetallic hose assembly (26) into pail.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Watch for fuel flow from nonmetallic hose assembly (26)
when PUSH TO START button is pressed and engine cranks
for 5 to 10 seconds.
• Press ENGINE SHUTOFF switch.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
0044-12
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044
NO YES
57 58
• Disconnect nonmetallic hose assembly female quick- • Go to block 63.
disconnect coupling half (27) from male quick-disconnect
coupling half (25).
• Remove male quick-disconnect coupling half (25) from out-
let port (23) on rotary pump (24).
• Install male quick-disconnect coupling half (25) on
nonmetallic hose assembly (26) end.
• Install nipple (22) on outlet port (23) on rotary pump (24).
• Install tube assembly (Vol 3, WP 0304).
• Remove rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317).
• Remove spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318).
• Check for cracks, missing splines, or excessive wear on
rotary pump shaft (28).
• Check for cracks, missing splines, or excessive wear on
gearshaft's internal splines (29).
NO YES
59 60
• Check for broken gearshaft, missing gear teeth, bent shaft, • If spur gearshaft's internal splines are damaged, replace
or excessive wear on spur gearshaft (30). spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318).
• If rotary pump shaft is damaged, replace rotary pump
Is gearshaft broken, bent, missing teeth, or excessively (Vol 3, WP 0317).
worn? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0044-13
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044
YES NO
61 62
• Replace accessory gearbox (Vol 3, WP 0396). • Install spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318).
• Replace spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318). • Replace rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
• If problem is not solved, replace accessory gearbox
(Vol 3, WP 0396).
• Verify problem is solved.
0044-14
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044
From block 58
63
• Disconnect nonmetallic hose assembly female quick-
disconnect coupling half (27) from male quick-disconnect
coupling half (25).
• Remove male quick-disconnect coupling half (25) from out-
let port (23) on rotary pump (24).
• Install male quick-disconnect coupling half (25) on
nonmetallic hose assembly (26) end.
• Install nipple (22) on outlet port (23) on rotary pump (24).
• Install tube assembly (Vol 3, WP 0304).
• Remove rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317).
• Remove spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318).
• Check for cracks, missing splines, or excessive wear on
rotary pump shaft (28).
• Check for cracks, missing splines, or excessive wear on
gearshaft's internal splines (29).
NO YES
64 65
• Check for broken gearshaft, missing gear teeth, bent shaft, • If spur gearshaft internal splines are damaged, replace spur
or excessive wear on spur gearshaft (30). gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318).
• If rotary pump shaft is damaged, replace rotary pump (Vol 3,
Is spur gearshaft broken, bent, missing teeth, or exces- WP 0317).
sively worn? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0044-15
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0044
YES NO
66 67
• Replace spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318). • Install spur gearshaft (Vol 3, WP 0318).
• Replace accessory gearbox (Vol 3, WP 0396). • Install rotary pump (Vol 3, WP 0317).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 3, WP 0287).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0044-16
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 254, TP 279, OR TP 289 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 7
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 3, WP 0263
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 3, WP 0295
Cotter pin (Vol 7, WP 1436, Item 335) Vol 3, WP 0315
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 3, WP 0326
Vol 3, WP 0327
Personnel Required Vol 3, WP 0376
Two Vol 4, WP 0596
References Vol 4, WP 0669
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0762
WP 0021 Vol 7, WP 1266
WP 0063
Vol 2, WP 0169
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
1
Is TP 279 or TP 289 displayed?
YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 23.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
• Test for 5 to 50 ohms between contacts S and b and 5 to 15
ohms between contacts e and k on 3W105-P32.
0045-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045
WARNING
NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 12.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• S and b
• e and k
NO YES
6 7
• Connect jumper between contacts H and J on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for continuity between contacts S and b on • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
3W105-P32. • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
8 9
• Connect jumper between contacts a and b on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
• Test for continuity between contacts e and k on 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
3W105-P32. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show continuity?
Change 1 0045-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045
YES NO
10 11
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 5
12
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• S and X
• X and b
• e and q
• k and q
NO YES
13 14
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• S and X
• S and b
• X and b
0045-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045
NO YES
15 16
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
listed below: • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• e and k Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• e and q • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• k and q • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?
NO YES
17 18
• Connect jumper between contacts h and i on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts S and b on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Does multimeter show continuity? • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
19 20
• Connect jumper between contacts CC and DD on • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
2W114-P1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Test for continuity between contacts e and k on 2W114-J1. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0045-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045
YES NO
21 22
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Connect 3W105-P33 to J33 on electro-mechanical fuel sys- Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
tem (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
From block 3
23
• Ground hop powerpack, but do not start engine
(Vol 3, WP 0263).
• Remove guard from second shot valve and bottle
(Vol 7, WP 1266).
• Disconnect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 from J1 on digital
electronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Connect breakout box to J1 on digital electronic control unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 4 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 7).
NOTE
Leave jumpers connected for remainder of test.
• Connect jumpers between 15 and 16 and between 17 and 18
on breakout box.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Move IGV lever (1) all the way to the rear and hold.
• Test for -0.4 to -1.2 V dc between 4 (-) and 32 (+) on breakout
box.
0045-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045
YES NO
24 25
• Move IGV lever (1) all the way to the front and hold. • Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
• Test for -10.2 to -11.0 V dc between 4 (-) and 32 (+) on tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
breakout box. • Do procedure for Inlet Guide Vane (IGV) And Air Bleed
Inspection/Adjustments (Vol 2, WP 0169).
Does multimeter show -10.2 to -11.0 V dc? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
26 27
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec-
• Disconnect breakout box from J1 on digital electronic control tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
unit using (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 7). • Do procedure for Inlet Guide Vane (IGV) And Air Bleed
• Connect shorting cap or 2W526-E/P1 to J1 on digital elec- Inspection/Adjustments (Vol 2, WP 0169).
tronic control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Check to see if bleed valve rod (2) is bent or broken. • Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
28 29
• Check to see if IGV actuator lever (1) is bent or broken. • Replace bleed valve rod (Vol 3, WP 0327).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Is IGV actuator lever bent or broken? • Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0045-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045
NO YES
30 31
• Check to see if there is any binding of IGV parts by moving • Replace bleed actuator lever assembly (Vol 3, WP 0315).
IGV actuator lever (1) forward and rearward. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does IGV actuator lever move back and forth without
binding?
NO YES
32 33
• Remove cotter pin (3) from pin (4). • Go to block 40.
• Remove washer (5) from pin (4). Set washer aside for later
use.
• Remove pin (4) from IGV actuator lever (1).
• Set pin aside for later use.
• Try to move air bleed valve rod (2) forward and rearward.
Does air bleed valve rod move back and forth without
binding?
YES NO
34 35
• Line up hole (6) in IGV actuator lever (1) with slot in • Line up hole (6) in IGV actuator lever (1) with slot in
rod (2). rod (2).
• Put pin (4) in IGV actuator lever (1) and rod (2). • Put pin (4) in IGV actuator lever (1) and rod (2).
• Put washer (5) on pin (4). • Put washer (5) on pin (4).
• Put new cotter pin (3) in pin (4). • Put new cotter pin (3) in pin (4).
• Remove quick-release pin (7) which secures feedback con- • Replace air bleed butterfly valve (Vol 3, WP 0326).
trol (8) to bottom of IGV actuator lever (1). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Check quick-release pin (7) for damage or wear. • Verify problem is solved.
• If faulty, replace quick-release pin (Vol 3, WP 0295)
• Set quick-release pin (7) aside for later use.
• Check to see if there is any binding of IGV parts by moving
IGV actuator lever (1) forward and rearward.
0045-7 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045
YES NO
36 37
• Line up hole (9) in feedback control (8) with hole (10) in IGV • Line up hole (9) in feedback control (8) with hole (10) in IGV
actuator lever (1). actuator lever (1).
• Put quick-release pin (7) through hole (9) in feedback control • Put quick-release pin (7) through hole (9) in feedback control
(8). (8).
• Remove quick-release pin (11) which secures feedback • IGV actuator lever is binding, replace engine assembly
control (12) to lever (13) on electro-mechanical fuel (Vol 3, WP 0376).
system (14). • Verify problem is solved.
• Check quick-release pin (11) for damage or wear.
• If faulty, replace quick-release pin (Vol 3, WP 0295).
• Set quick-release pin (11) aside for later use.
• Check to see if feedback control (12) moves freely up and
down when IGV actuator lever (1) is moved forward and
rearward.
YES NO
38 39
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Replace inlet guide vane feedback control assembly
(Vol 3, WP 0287). (Vol 3, WP 0295).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0045-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045
From block 33
40
• Check to see if lever (13) on electro-mechanical fuel
system (14) moves when IGV actuator lever (1) is moved
forward and rearward.
NO YES
41 42
• Look at feedback control (8) to see if it is connected to • Go to block 47.
lever (13) on electro-mechanical fuel system (14).
YES NO
43 44
• Look at feedback control (8) to see if it is connected to IGV • Connect feedback control lever on electro-mechanical fuel
actuator lever (1). system (Vol 3, WP 0295).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Is feedback control connected? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
45 46
• Replace inlet guide vane feedback control assembly • Connect feedback control to IGV actuator lever (Vol 3,
(Vol 3, WP 0295). WP 0295).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0045-9 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0045
From block 42
47
• Remove quick-release pin (7) which secures feedback con-
trol (8) to lever (1).
• Remove quick-release pin (11) which secures feedback
control (12) to lever (13).
• Check quick-release pins (7, 11) for damage or wear.
NO YES
48 49
• Install quick-release pins (7, 11). • Replace quick-release pin that was damaged or worn
• Do TP 280 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0063). (Vol 3, WP 0295).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
Change 1 0045-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0046
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 256 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
References References (continued)
WP 0005 WP 0021
WP 0008 Vol 2, WP 0168
WP 0012 TM 9-2350-388-10
1
NOTE
Make sure batteries have been serviced.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Attempt to start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
2 3
Does ELECTRICAL SYSTEM voltmeter on driver's inte- • Go to block 6.
grated display show 27.5 to 28.5 V dc?
NO YES
4 5
• Shut down engine. • Problem solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Do procedure for ECS-1, Electrical Charging System Found
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0168).
From block 3
6
• Do subsystem LRU test (BIT) for DECU.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Run FIT and check AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEM for any failures
(faulty LRU's or TP numbers).
• Go to block 10 in WP 0005 and continue testing.
NO YES
7 8
• Do Engine System (ESS) Symptom Discernment Procedure • Go to Built-in Diagnostics Fault Message Index and do
(WP 0012). action stated for faulty LRU or TP number displayed
(WP 0008).
0046-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0047
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 257 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required LO 9-2350-388-13
Two
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Harness must be flexed at various points, especially near
bends, connectors, and obvious wear points when testing
with multimeter.
• A high number of aborted start attempts may result in a large
amount of oil in the accessory gearbox. This condition will
result in low cranking speeds and may affect engine starting
or test diagnostics. This condition may lead you to wrong
corrective action. If six or more attempts have been made to
crank the engine since the abort problem first occurred, drain
the oil out of the accessory gear box and add new oil to the oil
tank; refer to LO 9-2350-388-13.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
• Test for 30 to 60 ohms between contacts A and C 3W105-
P32.
0047-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0047
WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 8.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts A and C on
3W105-P32.
NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts e and f on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and C on • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
3W105-P32. • Verify problem is solved.
0047-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0047
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• A and G
• C and G
NO YES
9 10
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• A and C
• A and G
• C and G
0047-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0047
NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts Y and Z on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and C on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
13 14
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system
(Vol 3, WP 0287).
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
0047-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 258 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Page xxxv
(SC 5180-95-B47) WP 0021
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0240
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Utility pail, 5 quart (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 175) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 3, WP 0304
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0596
Nonelectric wire (safety wire) (Vol 7, WP 1434, Vol 4, WP 0669
Item 178) Vol 4, WP 0762
Tube cap (Vol 7, WP 1434, Item 41) Vol 5, WP 0940
TM 9-2350-388-10
Personnel Required
Two
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
• A high number of aborted start attempts may result in a large
amount of oil in the accessory gearbox. This condition will
result in low cranking speeds and may affect engine starting
or test diagnostics. This condition may lead you to wrong
corrective action. If six or more attempts have been made to
crank the engine since the abort problem first occurred, drain
the oil out of the accessory gear box and add new oil to the oil
tank; refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 5 to 15 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 5 to 15 ohms between contacts t and u on 3W105-
P32.
0048-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048
WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 8.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts X and Y on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0048-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048
From block 3
8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• p and t
• p and u
NO YES
9 10
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• p and t
• p and u
• t and u
NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts EE and FF on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Test for continuity between contacts t and u on 2W114-J1. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0048-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048
YES NO
13 14
NOTE • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
If multimeter does not show 35 to 60 ohms, leave test probes • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
connected for remainder of test. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Test for 35 to 60 ohms between contacts Y and n on 3W105- • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
P32.
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show 35 to 60 ohms?
NO YES
15 16
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 21.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
NO YES
17 18
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 3W105-P33. • Connect 2W114-P1 to J2 on digital electronic control unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
Does multimeter show continuity? 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0048-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048
YES NO
19 20
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Connect 2W114-P1 to J2 on digital electronic control unit
ure 3). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Connect 2W114-P1 to J2 on digital electronic control unit • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 16
21
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• Y and h
• h and n
NO YES
22 23
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Connect 2W114-P1 to J2 on digital electronic control unit
listed below: (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Y and h • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
• Y and n 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• h and n • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?
0048-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048
NO YES
24 25
• Connect jumper between contacts y and z on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts Y and n on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
26 27
• Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114. • Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness ure 3).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved. • If problem is not solved, go to block 28.
0048-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048
From block 27
28
• Disconnect hose nut (1) from tee (2) and install tube
cap (3) on tee (2).
• Place end of hose assembly (4) in pail.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Press and hold PUSH TO START button on driver's inte-
grated display for seven seconds and check for fuel leakage
into pail.
• Press ENGINE SHUTOFF switch.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
YES NO
29 30
Is driver's battle override control cable linkage connected to • Remove cap (3) from tee (2) and connect hose nut (1) to tee
lever (5)? (2).
NOTE
The cause of this symptom may be an intermittent problem that
cannot be found using normal troubleshooting procedures.
Components in the order of highest probability of failure are
listed below:
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
0048-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048
YES NO
31 32
• Check if lever (5) on valve (6) is positioned firmly against • Go to block 35.
cutoff stop (7).
YES NO
33 34
• Remove cap (3) from tee (2) and connect hose nut (1) to tee • Go to block 43.
(2).
• Replace valve and tube assembly (Vol 3, WP 0304).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0048-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048
From block 32
35
• Check if safety wire (8) is installed on valve (6) to hold lever
(5) against cutoff stop (7).
Is wire installed?
YES NO
36 37
• Check if lever (5) is secured firmly against stop (7). • Connect driver's battle override control cable linkage to lever
(Vol 5, WP 0940).
Is lever secured firmly against stop? • Go to block 43.
NO YES
38 39
• Secure lever firmly against stop with wire. • Go to block 40.
• Remove any previously installed wire.
• Pull lever (5) against stop (7).
• Cut an 18 inch length of wire (8) and insert one end
between lever (5) and valve (6).
NOTE
Make sure that after wire is twisted around stop, wire cannot slip
off stop.
• Wrap wire along lever (5) and twist four or five turns
around stop (7).
• Insert one end of wire (8) between lever (5) and
valve (6) and the other end around lever (5).
• Make sure lever (5) is pulled firmly against stop (7) and
twist ends of wire (8) together enough to reach hole (9)
in lever (5).
• Insert one end of wire (8) through hole (9) and twist wire
(8) four or five turns. Cut off excess wire (8).
From block 39
40
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Press and hold PUSH TO START button on driver's inte-
grated display for seven seconds and check for fuel leakage
into pail.
• Press ENGINE SHUTOFF switch.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
0048-9
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0048
NO YES
41 42
• Remove cap (3) from tee (2) and connect hose nut (1) to tee • Remove cap (3) from tee (2) and connect hose nut (1) to tee
(2). (2).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Replace valve and tube assembly (Vol 3, WP 0304).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If the problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
43
• Adjust battle override cable (Vol 5, WP 0940).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Press and hold PUSH TO START button on driver's inte-
grated display for seven seconds and check for fuel leakage
into pail.
• Press ENGINE SHUTOFF switch.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
YES NO
44 45
• Remove cap (3) from tee (2) and connect hose nut (1) to tee • Remove cap (3) from tee (2) and connect hose nut (1) to tee
(2). (2).
• Replace valve and tube assembly (Vol 3, WP 0304). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved. NOTE
If the problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
0048-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0049
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 259 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25
Materials/Parts Vol 3, WP 0271
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 3, WP 0383
Vol 3, WP 0384
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0596
Two Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
References
Page xxxv
WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 80 to 460 ohms, leave test probes
connected until told to move.
• Test for 80 to 460 ohms between contacts r and AC on
3W105-P32.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P37 from 3W105-1-J37 (Vol 2, • Go to block 10.
WP 0250, Figure 4).
0049-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0049
NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts D and E on 3W105-P37. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect engine assembly from transmission assembly • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
(Vol 3, WP 0271). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Disconnect 3W105-1/P36 from J36 on speedometer adapter • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(NPT2) (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for 80 to 460 ohms between contacts A and B on
speedometer adapter (NPT2-J36).
YES NO
8 9
• Replace speed wiring harness (3W105-1) (Vol 3, WP 0384). • Replace speedometer adapter (sensor 2) (Vol 3, WP 0383).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
10
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test and go immediately to block 12.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• r and connector body
• r and all other contacts
• AC and all other contacts
0049-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0049
NO YES
11 12
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Go to block 17.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to
block 14.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1
listed below:
• r and connector body
• r and all other contacts
• AC and all other contacts
NO YES
13 14
• Connect jumper between contacts G and H on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts r and AC on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Does multimeter show continuity? • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
15 16
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Speed wiring harness (3W105-1) (Vol 3, WP 0384).
• Speedometer adapter (sensor 2) (Vol 3, WP 0383).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
0049-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0049
From block 12
17
• Disconnect 3W105-P37 from 3W105-1-J37 (Vol 2,
WP 0250, Figure 4).
NO YES
18 19
• Connect 3W105-P37 to 3W105-1-J37 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Disconnect engine assembly from transmission assembly • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0271). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 3W105-1/P36 from J36 on speedometer adapter
(NPT2) (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25).
YES NO
20 21
• Replace speed wiring harness (3W105-1) (Vol 3, WP 0384). • Replace speedometer adapter (sensor 2) (Vol 3, WP 0383).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0049-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0050
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 260 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25
Materials/Parts Vol 3, WP 0271
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 3, WP 0383
Vol 3, WP 0384
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0596
Two Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
References
Page xxxv
WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 80 to 460 ohms, leave test probes
connected until told to move.
• Test for 80 to 460 ohms between contacts AE and AG on
3W105-P32.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P37 from 3W105-1-J37 (Vol 2, • Go to block 10.
WP 0250, Figure 4).
0050-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0050
NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 3W105-P37. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect engine assembly from transmission assembly • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
(Vol 3, WP 0271). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Disconnect 3W105-1/P6 from J6 on speedometer adapter • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(NPT1) (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for 80 to 460 ohms between contacts A and B on
speedometer adapter (NPT1-J6).
YES NO
8 9
• Replace speed wiring harness (3W105-1) (Vol 3, WP 0384). • Replace speedometer adapter (sensor 1) (Vol 3, WP 0383).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
10
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test and go immediately to block 12.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• AE and connector body
• AE and all other contacts
• AG and all other contacts
0050-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0050
NO YES
11 12
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Go to block 17.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to
block 14.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1
listed below:
• AE and connector body
• AE and all other contacts
• AG and all other contacts
NO YES
13 14
• Connect jumper between contacts K and L on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts AE and AG on 2W114- • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
J1. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0050-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0050
YES NO
15 16
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Speed wiring harness (3W105-1) (Vol 3, WP 0384).
• Speedometer adapter (sensor 1) (Vol 3, WP 0383).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
From block 12
17
• Disconnect 3W105-P37 from 3W105-1-J37 (Vol 2,
WP 0250, Figure 4).
NO YES
18 19
• Connect 3W105-P37 to 3W105-1-J37 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Disconnect engine assembly from transmission assembly • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0271). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 3W105-1/P6 from J6 on speedometer adapter
(NPT1) (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25).
YES NO
20 21
• Replace speed wiring harness (3W105-1) (Vol 3, WP 0384). • Replace speedometer adapter (sensor 1) (Vol 3, WP 0383).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0050-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0051
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 261 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 10
Vol 3, WP 0365
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required
Two
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 70 to 170 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 70 to 170 ohms between contacts T and U on
3W105-P32.
WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P34 from J34 on temperature rotor sen- • Go to block 8.
sor (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 10).
0051-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0051
NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts A and C on 3W105-P34. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace temperature rotor sensor (Vol 3, WP 0365). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
8
• Test for less than 100K ohms between contacts on 3W105-
P32 listed below:
• O and T
• O and U
• T and connector body
• U and connector body
Does multimeter show less than 100K ohms for any test?
0051-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0051
NO YES
9 10
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 100K ohms between contacts on • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
2W114-J1 listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• O and T
• O and U
• T and U
• T and connector body
• U and connector body
Does multimeter show less than 100K ohms for any test?
NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts n and p on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts T and U on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0051-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0051
NO YES
13 14
• Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114. • Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness ure 3).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved. NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Temperature rotor sensor (Vol 3, WP 0365).
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
0051-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0052
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 262 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11
Vol 3, WP 0366
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required
Two
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 85 to 115 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 85 to 115 ohms between contacts B and E on
3W105-P32.
WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.
0052-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0052
NO YES
2 3
NOTE • Go to block 8.
3W105-P35 is interchangeable with 3W105-P5. Make sure
that connector disconnected from J5 on engine speed pickup
NO. 2 is P5.
• Disconnect 3W105-P5 from J5 on engine speed pickup
NO. 2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11).
NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 3W105-P5. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace engine electrical speed pickup NO. 2 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0366). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0052-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0052
From block 3
8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• B and J
• E and J
NO YES
9 10
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• B and E
• B and J
• E and J
0052-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0052
NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts B and E on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
13 14
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Engine electrical speed pickup NO. 2 (Vol 3, WP 0366).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
0052-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0053
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 263 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11
Vol 3, WP 0366
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required
Two
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
• Test for 85 to 115 ohms between contacts f and W on
3W105-P32.
WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.
NO YES
2 3
NOTE • Go to block 8.
3W105-P35 is interchangeable with 3W105-P5. Make sure
that connector disconnected from J35 on engine speed pickup
NO. 1 is P35. If multimeter does not show less than 5 ohms,
leave test probes connected for remainder of test.
• Disconnect 3W105-P35 from J35 on engine speed pickup
NO. 1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts f and W on
3W105-P32.
0053-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0053
NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 3W105-P35. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace engine electrical speed pickup NO. 1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0366). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• R and W
• R and f
NO YES
9 10
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• R and W
• R and f
• W and f
0053-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0053
NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts D and E on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts W and f on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
13 14
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Engine electrical speed pickup No. 1 (Vol 3, WP 0366).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
0053-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 264 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 7
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 3, WP 0366
AGB hand crank (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 39) Vol 3, WP 0376
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 3, WP 0396
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0565
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 4, WP 0569
Vol 4, WP 0596
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0633
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0638
Vol 4, WP 0656
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0657
Two Vol 4, WP 0667
References Vol 4, WP 0669
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0670
WP 0021 Vol 4, WP 0674
Vol 2, WP 0183 Vol 4, WP 0675
Vol 2, WP 0240 Vol 4, WP 0702
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4 Vol 4, WP 0756
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24 Vol 4, WP 0762
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3 Vol 6, WP 1178
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11 LO 9-2350-388-13
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 17
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• A high number of aborted start attempts may result in a large
amount of oil in the accessory gearbox. This condition will
cause low cranking speeds and may affect engine starting or
test diagnostics. This condition may lead you to wrong
corrective action. If six or more attempts have been made to
crank the engine since the abort problem first occurred, drain
the oil out of the accessory gearbox and add new oil to the oil
tank; refer to LO 9-2350-388-13.
0054-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 2TB151-2G1 (-) and 2TB152-
2-2W2 (+) (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 7) while STARTER
ONLY switch is pressed.
YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Do procedure for ESS-10, Engine Does Not Crank (Vol 2,
• Remove main hydraulic centrifugal pump (Vol 6, WP 1178). WP 0183).
• Put AGB hand crank (1) in main hydraulic pump drive gear
assembly (2).
• Check rotation of AGB gears by turning handle (1)
clockwise. Handle should turn smoothly (no rubbing or bind-
ing) and no unusual noises should be heard.
YES NO
4 5
• Take out AGB hand crank (1). • Go to block 67.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Press PUSH TO START button to see if engine cranks.
• Press ENGINE SHUTOFF switch.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
Change 1 0054-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054
WARNING
NO YES
6 7
• Install main hydraulic centrifugal pump (Vol 6, WP 1178). • Go to block 48.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
NOTE
Be prepared to test for 18 to 30 V dc within 7 seconds after
PUSH TO START button is pressed.
• Press and release PUSH TO START button.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between terminal NO. 4 (-) and terminal
NO. 1 (+) on starter motor solenoid switch
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 17).
NO YES
8 9
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace engine starter (Vol 4, WP 0569).
• Test for continuity between terminal NO. 4 on starter motor • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
solenoid switch and negative terminal on starter motor • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 17).
0054-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054
YES NO
10 11
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON. • Replace engine starter (Vol 4, WP 0569).
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between terminal NO. 4 (-) • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
and terminal NO 2 (+) on starter motor solenoid • Verify problem is solved.
switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 17) while STARTER ONLY
switch is pressed.
YES NO
12 13
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between terminal NO. 4 (-) on starter • Go to block 39.
motor solenoid switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 17) and ter-
minal A1 (+) on starter pilot relay (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 11) while STARTER ONLY switch is pressed.
YES NO
14 15
NOTE • Replace starter relay power cable assembly 3W109
Be prepared to test for 18 to 30 V dc within 7 seconds after (Vol 4, WP 0675).
PUSH TO START button is pressed. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
• Press and release PUSH TO START button.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between terminal NO. 4 (-) on starter
motor solenoid switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 17) and ter-
minal A2 (+) on starter pilot relay (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 11).
NO YES
16 17
• Press and release DECU RESET switch. • Replace starter relay power cable assembly 3W108
NOTE (Vol 4, WP 0674).
Be prepared to test for 18 to 30 V dc within 7 seconds after • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
PUSH TO START button is pressed. • Verify problem is solved.
• Press and release PUSH TO START button.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between X2 (-) and X1 (+) on starter
pilot relay (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11).
Change 1 0054-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054
NO YES
18 19
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace starter motor 100-AMP electromagnetic
• Disconnect 3W107-P2 from 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, relay (Vol 4, WP 0565).
Figure 3). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If multimeter does not show 70 to 90 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 70 to 90 ohms between contacts f and g on
3W107-P2.
NO YES
20 21
• Disconnect 3W107-T1 from X1 on starter pilot relay • Go to block 26.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11).
• Disconnect 3W107-T2 from X2 on starter pilot relay
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11).
NO YES
22 23
• Connect jumper between 3W107-T1 and 3W107-T2. • Replace maintenance indicator branched wiring
harness 3W107 (Vol 4, WP 0667).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
24 25
• Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace maintenance indicator branched wiring
ure 3). harness 3W107 (Vol 4, WP 0667).
• Replace starter motor 100-amp electromagnetic • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
relay (Vol 4, WP 0565). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0054-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054
From block 21
26
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to
block 28.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W107-P2
listed below:
• f and connector body
• f and all other contacts
• g and connector body
• g and all other contacts
NO YES
27 28
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P6 from J3 on digital electronic control • Replace maintenance indicator branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W107 (Vol 4, WP 0667).
NOTE • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con- • Verify problem is solved.
nected for remainder of test and go immediately to block 30.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W105-7/J2 listed below:
• f and connector body
• f and all other contacts
• g and connector body
• g and all other contacts
NO YES
29 30
• Connect jumper between contacts f and g on 2W105-7/J2. • Go to block 33.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected
for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts q and r on
2W702-7/P6.
Change 1 0054-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054
YES NO
31 32
• Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Go to block 36.
ure 3).
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Maintenance indicator branched wiring harness 3W107
(Vol 4, WP 0667).
• Wiring harness 2W105-7 (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Branched wiring harness 2W702-7, repair or replace. For
repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty
(Vol 2, WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
From block 30
33
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
NO YES
34 35
• Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
ure 3). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 32
36
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Test for continuity between contacts q and r on
2W105-7/P8
0054-7 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054
YES NO
37 38
• Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
ure 3). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 13
39
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect tank power (Vol 4, WP 0633).
WARNING
40
• Disconnect 3W101/2-P1 from 2W157-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
• Disconnect 3W101/2-P2 from 2W158-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
• Connect jumper between negative terminal on starter motor
and terminal NO. 2 on starter motor solenoid switch
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 17).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 3W101/2 listed
below:
• P1-C and P2-A
• P1-C and P2-B
• P1-D and P2-B
Change 1 0054-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054
YES NO
41 42
• Test for continuity between 2TB151-2G1 (Vol 2, WP 0251, • Go to block 45.
Figure 7) and contacts on 2W157-J1 listed below:
• C
• D
NO YES
43 44
• Connect 3W101/2-P2 to 2W158-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Connect 3W101/2-P1 to 2W157-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 3). ure 3).
• Replace branched wiring harness 2W157 (Vol 4, WP 0656). • Replace branched wiring harness 2W158-7 (Vol 4,
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). WP 0657).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 42
45
• Test for continuity between terminal NO. 2 on starter motor
solenoid switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 17)
and contacts on 3W101/2-P2 listed below:
• A
• B
YES NO
46 47
• Connect 3W101/2-P2 to 2W158-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Connect 3W101/2-P1 to 2W157-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 3). ure 3).
• Replace special cable assembly 3W101-1 (Vol 4, WP 0670). • Replace power cable assembly 3W101-2 (Vol 4, WP 0670).
• Connect tank power (Vol 4, WP 0638). • Connect tank power (Vol 4, WP 0638).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0054-9 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054
From block 7
48
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
49
• Test for 85 to 115 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• B and E
• W and f
NO YES
50 51
NOTE • Go to block 60.
3W105-P5 is interchangeable with 3W105-P35. Make sure that
connector disconnected from J35 on engine speed pickup NO.
1 is P35 and connector disconnected from engine speed pickup
NO. 2 is P5.
• Disconnect 3W105-P35 from J35 on engine speed pickup
NO. 1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts W and f on
3W105-P32.
NO YES
52 53
• Disconnect 3W105-P5 from J5 on engine speed pickup • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
NO. 2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 11). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts B and E on • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
3W105-P32. • Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
54 55
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 3W105-P35. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
• Test for continuity between contacts W and f on 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
3W105-P32. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show continuity?
Change 1 0054-10
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054
YES NO
56 57
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105-P5. 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for continuity between contacts B and E on • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
3W105-P32. • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
58 59
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace engine electrical speed pickups NO. 1 and 2 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0366). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 51
60
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• B and J
• E and J
• R and W
• R and f
NO YES
61 62
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• B and E
• B and J
• E and J
• R and W
• R and f
• W and f
0054-11 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054
NO YES
63 64
• Connect jumper between contacts on 2W114-P1 listed be- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
low: • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• A and B Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• D and E • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W114-J1 listed • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
below: • Verify problem is solved.
• B and E
• W and f
NO YES
65 66
• Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114. • Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved. NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Engine electrical speed pickup NO. 1 or 2 (Vol 3, WP 0366).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Change 1 0054-12
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0054
From block 5
67
• Remove accessory gearbox from engine (Vol 3, WP 0396).
• Put AGB hand crank (1) in main hydraulic pump drive gear
assembly (2).
• Check rotation of AGB gears by turning handle (1)
clockwise. Handle should turn smoothly (no rubbing or bind-
ing) and no unusual noises should be heard.
YES NO
68 69
• Replace engine assembly (Vol 3, WP 0376). • Replace accessory gearbox (Vol 3, WP 0396).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 265 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required
Two
References
Page xxxv
WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 25 to 35 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 25 to 35 ohms between contacts c and g on 3W105-
P32.
YES NO
2 3
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32 • Go to block 10.
listed below:
• c and h
• g and h
0055-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0055
NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• c and g
• c and h
• g and h
NO YES
6 7
• Connect jumper between contacts w and x on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts c and g on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Does multimeter show continuity? • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
8 9
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
0055-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0055
From block 3
10
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts C and D on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
13 14
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0055-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0056
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 268 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 3, WP 0262
Vol 3, WP 0271
Materials/Parts Vol 3, WP 0376
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 3, WP 0383
Vol 3, WP 0384
Personnel Required Vol 3, WP 0425
Two Vol 4, WP 0596
Vol 4, WP 0669
References
Vol 4, WP 0762
Page xxxv
WP 0021 Vol 5, WP 0814
Vol 2, WP 0219
Vol 2, WP 0240
WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Remove precleaner air exhaust hose from tubeaxial fan
(Vol 3, WP 0425).
NOTE
This test is for checking seized gears in engine or transmission.
If both fans turn, engine/transmission gears are OK. If gears
are seized, neither fan will turn, so answer NO to question. If
tubeaxial fan turns but left cooler fan does not, you could have a
broken shaft between fans, that is not related to your TP268
(NPT LEVEL) problem. You can troubleshoot that problem
using procedure PJS-2, Pulse Jet System Does Not Scavenge
Dirt From Air Box (Vol 2, WP 0219).
• Check that left transmission oil cooler fan blades (1) rotate
when tubeaxial fan (2) is rotated by hand, and that tubeaxial
fan (2) rotates smoothly with some resistance but no rub-
bing, binding or unusual noises.
Did left cooler fan blades turn, and did tubeaxial fan rotate
smoothly with some resistance but no rubbing, binding or
unusual noises?
0056-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0056
YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, • Go to block 24.
Figure 3).
• Test for 80 to 460 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• r and AC
• AE and AG
NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 3W105-P37 from 3W105-1-J37 • Go to block 12.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• r and AC
• AE and AG
0056-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0056
NO YES
6 7
• Connect jumper between contacts D and E on 3W105-P37. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
• Test for continuity between contacts r and AC on 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
3W105-P32. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show continuity?
YES NO
8 9
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 3W105-P37. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
• Test for continuity between contacts AE and AG on 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
3W105-P32. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show continuity?
NO YES
10 11
• Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness • Go to block 27.
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 5
12
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 14.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• r and v
• v and AC
• y and AE
• y and AG
0056-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0056
NO YES
13 14
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Go to block 21.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1
listed below:
• r and v
• r and AC
• v and AC
• y and AE
• y and AG
• AE and AG
NO YES
15 16
• Connect jumper between contacts G and H on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts r and AC on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
17 18
• Connect jumper between contacts K and L on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts AE and AG on 2W114- • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
J1. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0056-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0056
YES NO
19 20
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Speed wiring harness (3W105-1) (Vol 3, WP 0384).
• Speedometer adapters (sensors 1 and 2), (Vol 3, WP 0383).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
From block 14
21
• Disconnect 3W105-P37 from 3W105-1-J37
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
YES NO
22 23
• Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness • Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669). ure 3).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Replace speed wiring harness (3W105-1) (Vol 3, WP 0384).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0056-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0056
From block 3
24
• Disconnect engine assembly from transmission assembly
(Vol 3, WP 0271).
• Check that left transmission oil cooler fan blades (1) rotate
when tubeaxial fan (2) is rotated by hand, and that tubeaxial
fan (2) rotates smoothly with some resistance but no rub-
bing, binding or unusual noises.
Did left cooler fan blades turn, and did tubeaxial fan rotate
smoothly with some resistance but no rubbing, binding or
unusual noises?
YES NO
25 26
• Replace engine assembly (Vol 3, WP 0376). • Replace transmission assembly (Vol 5, WP 0814).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 11
27
• Remove powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262).
• Disconnect engine assembly from transmission assembly
(Vol 3, WP 0271).
• Disconnect 3W105-1/P6 from J6 on speedometer adapter
(NPT1) (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25).
• Disconnect 3W105-1/P36 from J36 on speedometer adapter
(NPT2) (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25).
• Test for 80 to 460 ohms between contacts A and B on
speedometer adapter (NPT2).
• speedometer adapter (NPT1).
• speedometer adapter (NPT2).
YES NO
28 29
• Replace speed wiring harness (3W105-1) (Vol 3, WP 0384). • Replace speedometer adapter (NPT sensor) that failed re-
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). sistance test.
• Verify problem is solved. • For speedometer adapter (NPT1) (Vol 3, WP 0383).
• For speedometer adapter (NPT2) (Vol 3, WP 0383).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0056-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0057
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 270, TP 285, OR TP 290 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required
Two
References
Page xxxv
WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
• Test for 30 to 60 ohms between contacts A and C and 40 to
110 ohms between contacts F and N on 3W105-P32.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 10.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• A and C
• F and N
0057-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0057
NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts e and f on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and C on • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
3W105-P32. • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect jumper between contacts c and d on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for continuity between contacts F and N on • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
3W105-P32. • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
8 9
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0057-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0057
From block 3
10
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• A and G
• C and G
• F and K
• K and N
NO YES
11 12
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• A and C
• A and G
• C and G
NO YES
13 14
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
listed below: • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• F and K Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• F and N • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• K and N • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms for any test?
0057-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0057
NO YES
15 16
• Connect jumper between contacts Y and Z on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and C on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
17 18
• Connect jumper between contacts U and V on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts F and N on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Does multimeter show continuity? • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
19 20
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0057-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0058
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 271 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required
Two
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Harness must be flexed at various points, especially near
bends, connectors, and obvious wear points when testing
with multimeter.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 5 to 15 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 5 to 15 ohms between contacts Z and d on 3W105-
P32.
WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 8.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
0058-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0058
NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts g and h on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021)
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• Z and j
• d and j
0058-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0058
NO YES
9 10
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• Z and d
• Z and j
• d and j
NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts AA and BB on 2W114- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
P1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Test for continuity between contacts Z and d on 2W114-J1. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
13 14
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system
(Vol 3, WP 0287).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
0058-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0059
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 272 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) WP 0060
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0240
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Materials/Parts Vol 3, WP 0287
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0596
Vol 4, WP 0669
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0762
Two
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 2 to 40 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 2 to 40 ohms between contacts P and V on 3W105-
P32.
WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 8.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
0059-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0059
NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts S and T on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• M and P
• M and V
0059-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0059
NO YES
9 10
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• M and P
• M and V
• P and V
NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts f and g on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts P and V on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Does multimeter show continuity? • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0059-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0059
YES NO
13 14
Is vehicle equipped with J7 DECU (Vol 2, WP 0249, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 4) ? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
15 16
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Connect 2W114-P1 to J2 on digital electronic control unit
ure 3). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). • Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). ure 3).
• Verify problem is solved. • Do TP 273 Follow-On Procedure (WP 0060).
NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
0059-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0060
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 273 OR TP 288 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required
Two
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 5 to 50 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 5 to 50 ohms between contacts m and AB on
3W105-P32.
WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 8.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
0060-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0060
NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts P and R on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• m and s
• s and AB
0060-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0060
NO YES
9 10
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• m and s
• m and AB
• s and AB
NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts d and e • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
on 2W114-P1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Test for continuity between contacts m and AB Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
on 2W114-J1. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
13 14
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
0060-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0061
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 274 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) WP 0062
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0171
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Materials/Parts Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24
Vol 4, WP 0596
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0702
Two Vol 4, WP 0756
Vol 5, WP 0927
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
1
• Attempt to perform Throttle Control (TCNTL) adjustment
(Vol 2, WP 0171).
0061-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0061
NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P6 from J3 on digital electronic control • Verify problem is solved.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • If problem is not solved, replace digital electronic control unit
• Test for 15 to 60 ohms between contacts m and n on (Vol 4, WP 0596).
2W702-7/P6.
YES NO
4 5
NOTE • Go to block 13.
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P6 listed below:
• c and m
• c and n
YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P6 from J1 on rotary variable • Go to block 24.
differential transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
NO YES
8 9
• Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit • Go to block 10.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace rotary (transformer) (Vol 5, WP 0927).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0061-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0061
From block 9
10
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
YES NO
11 12
• Connect 2W105-7/P6 to J1 on rotary variable differential • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 5
13
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P6 from J1 on rotary variable
differential transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts m and n on
2W702-7/P6.
NO YES
14 15
• Connect jumper between contacts D and E on 2W105-7/P6. • Go to block 21.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts m and n on
2W702-7/P6.
0061-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0061
YES NO
16 17
• Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit • Go to block 18.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace rotary (transformer) (Vol 5, WP 0927).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 17
18
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Test for continuity between contacts m and n on
2W105-7/P8.
YES NO
19 20
• Connect 2W105-7/P6 to J1 on rotary variable differential • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 15
21
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
YES NO
22 23
• Connect 2W105-7/P6 to J1 on rotary variable differential • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0061-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0061
From block 7
24
Is vehicle equipped with J7 DECU (Vol 2, WP 0249, Fig-
ure 4) ?
NO YES
25 26
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Verify problem is solved. • Do TP 275 Follow-On Procedure (WP 0062).
NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Rotary (transformer) (Vol 5, WP 0927).
• Branched wiring harness 2W105-7, repair or replace. For
repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty
(Vol 2, WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Branched wiring harness 2W702-7, repair or replace. For
repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty
(Vol 2, WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 275 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0702
Vol 4, WP 0756
Personnel Required Vol 5, WP 0927
Two
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P6 from J3 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Test for 15 to 60 ohms between contacts j and k on 2W702-
7/P6.
YES NO
2 3
NOTE • Go to block 11.
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P6 listed below:
• c and j
• c and k
0062-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0062
YES NO
4 5
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P6 from J1 on rotary variable • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
differential transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Rotary (transformer) (Vol 5, WP 0927).
• Branched wiring harness 2W105-7, repair or replace. For
repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty
(Vol 2, WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Branched wiring harness 2W702-7, repair or replace. For
repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty
(Vol 2, WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
NO YES
6 7
• Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit • Go to block 8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace rotary (transformer) (Vol 5, WP 0927).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 7
8
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
YES NO
9 10
• Connect 2W105-7/P6 to J1 on rotary variable differential • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0062-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0062
From block 3
11
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P6 from J1 on rotary variable
differential transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts j and k on
2W702-7/P6.
NO YES
12 13
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W105-7/P6. • Go to block 19.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts j and k on
2W702-7/P6.
YES NO
14 15
• Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit • Go to block 16.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace rotary (transformer) (Vol 5, WP 0927).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 15
16
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Test for continuity between contacts j and k on
2W105-7/P8.
0062-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0062
YES NO
17 18
• Connect 2W105-7/P6 to J1 on rotary variable differential • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 13
19
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
YES NO
20 21
• Connect 2W105-7/P6 to J1 on rotary variable differential • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0062-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0063
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 280 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) WP 0064
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0240
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Materials/Parts Vol 3, WP 0287
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0596
Vol 4, WP 0669
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0762
Two
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 2 to 40 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 2 to 40 ohms between contacts D and H on 3W105-
P32.
WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.
0063-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0063
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 8.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts K and L on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0063-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0063
From block 3
8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• D and L
• H and L
NO YES
9 10
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• D and H
• D and L
• H and L
NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts j and k on • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
2W114-P1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Test for continuity between contacts D and H on Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
2W114-J1. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.
0063-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0063
YES NO
13 14
Is vehicle equipped with J7 DECU (Vol 2, WP 0249, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 4) ? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
15 16
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Connect 2W114-P1 to J2 on digital electronic control unit
ure 3). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). • Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). ure 3).
• Verify problem is solved. • Do TP 281 Follow-On Procedure (WP 0064).
NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
0063-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0064
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 281 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required
Two
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 5 to 50 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 5 to 50 ohms between contacts S and b on 3W105-
P32.
WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel • Go to block 8.
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
0064-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0064
NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between contacts H and J on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32
listed below:
• S and X
• X and b
0064-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0064
NO YES
9 10
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• b and S
• b and X
• S and X
NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts h and i on • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
2W114-P1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Test for continuity between contacts S and b on Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
2W114-J1. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
13 14
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
0064-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0065
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 282 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Welder's gloves (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 107) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 3, WP 0287
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0762
Personnel Required
Two
References
Page xxxv
WARNING
Engine may be hot and could cause burns. To avoid injury,
wear protective gloves.
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 35 to 60 ohms, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 35 to 60 ohms between contacts Y and n on 3W105-
P32.
YES NO
2 3
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 3W105-P32 • Go to block 10.
listed below:
• Y and h
• h and n
0065-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0065
NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W114-J1 • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
listed below: • Verify problem is solved.
• Y and h
• Y and n
• h and n
NO YES
6 7
• Connect jumper between contacts y and z on 2W114-P1. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Test for continuity between contacts Y and n on 2W114-J1. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Does multimeter show continuity? • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
8 9
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system (Vol 3,
WP 0287).
• Fuel management system branched wiring harness 3W105
(Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Power cable assembly 2W114, repair or replace. For repair,
do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty (Vol 2,
WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
0065-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0065
From block 3
10
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
NO YES
11 12
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 3W105-P33. • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
Does multimeter show continuity? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
13 14
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 3, WP 0287). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0065-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0066
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 296 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0021
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0596
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0702
Vol 4, WP 0756
Personnel Required Vol 5, WP 0927
Two
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Symptom may be intermittent. Harness must be flexed at
various points, especially near bends, connectors, and
obvious wear points when testing with multimeter.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P6 from J3 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Test for 15 to 60 ohms between contacts on 2W702-7/P6
listed below:
• j and k
• m and n
YES NO
2 3
NOTE • Go to block 11.
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact c and contacts on
2W702-7/P6 listed below:
• j, k, m and n
0066-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0066
YES NO
4 5
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P6 from J1 on rotary variable • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
differential transformer (RVDT) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? NOTE
If problem still exists, the cause of this symptom may be an
intermittent problem that cannot be found using normal trouble-
shooting procedures. Components in the order of highest prob-
ability of failure are listed below:
• Rotary (transformer) (Vol 5, WP 0927).
• Branched wiring harness 2W105-7, repair or replace. For
repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty
(Vol 2, WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Branched wiring harness 2W702-7, repair or replace. For
repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness Faulty
(Vol 2, WP 0240). For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
NO YES
6 7
• Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit • Go to block 8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace rotary (transformer) (Vol 5, WP 0927).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 7
8
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
YES NO
9 10
• Connect 2W105-7/P6 to J1 on rotary variable differential • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0066-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0066
From block 3
11
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P6 from J1 on rotary variable
differential transformer (RVDT) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P6 listed below:
• j and k
• m and n
NO YES
12 13
• Connect jumper between contacts on 2W105-7/P6 listed • Go to block 19.
below:
• A and B
• D and E
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W702-7/P6
listed below:
• j and k
• m and n
0066-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0066
YES NO
14 15
• Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit • Go to block 16.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace rotary (transformer) (Vol 5, WP 0927).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 15
16
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W105-7/P8 listed
below:
• j and k
• m and n
YES NO
17 18
• Connect 2W105-7/P6 to J1 on rotary variable differential • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 13
19
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24).
YES NO
20 21
• Connect 2W105-7/P6 to J1 on rotary variable differential • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
transformer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0066-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0067
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 301 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 4, WP 0585
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0602
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0642
TM 9-2350-388-10
Materials/Parts
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (HPDU RSM 1).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0067-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0067
NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 10.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 11 (+) on breakout
box.
YES NO
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Disconnect 2W107-8/P2 from J1 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected
for remainder of test.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and G on 2W107-8/P2.
• Test for continuity between 9 and 11 on breakout box.
0067-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0067
NO YES
6 7
• Disconnect 2W107-8/P1 from J6 on hull power distribution • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and G on
2W107-8/P1.
YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W107-8/P2 to J1 on remote switching module 1 • Replace branched wiring harness 2W107-8 (Vol 4,
(2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). WP 0642).
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W107-8/P2 from J1 on remote switching mod-
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 11 (+) on breakout
box.
NO YES
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
• Disconnect 2W107-8/P1 from J6 on hull power distribution • Verify problem is solved.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 11 (+) on breakout
box.
YES NO
13 14
• Replace branched wiring harness 2W107-8 (Vol 4, • Connect 2W107-8/P2 to J1 on remote switching module 1
WP 0642). (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Verify problem is solved.
0067-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0068
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 302 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
Adapter No.7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0576
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0602
Vol 4, WP 0756
Materials/Parts TM 9-2350-388-10
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (HPDU DID).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 10.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 20 (+) on breakout
box.
0068-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0068
YES NO
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P5 from J1 on driver's integrated dis- • Verify problem is solved.
play (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Connect jumper between 9 and 20 on breakout box.
• Test for continuity between contacts r and m on
2W105-7/P5.
NO YES
6 7
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P1 from J14 on hull power distribution • Replace driver's integrated display (Vol 4, WP 0576).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W105-7/P1.
• Test for continuity between contacts r and m on
2W105-7/P5.
YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W105-7/P5 to J1 on driver's integrated display • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Verify problem is solved.
0068-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0068
From block 3
10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P7 from J1 on driver's integrated dis-
play (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch on CDU to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 20 (+) on breakout
box.
NO YES
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace driver's integrated display (Vol 4, WP 0576).
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P1 from J14 on hull power distribution • Verify problem is solved.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Set MASTER POWER switch on CDU to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 20 (+) on breakout
box.
YES NO
13 14
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7. • Connect 2W105-7/P5 to J1 on driver's integrated display
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0068-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0069
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 303 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 4, WP 0586
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0602
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0644
TM 9-2350-388-10
Materials/Parts
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (HPDU RSM 2).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 10.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 12 (+) on breakout
box.
0069-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0069
YES NO
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Disconnect 2W109-8/P2 from J1 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected
for remainder of test.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and G on 2W109-8/P2.
• Test for continuity between 9 and 12 on breakout box.
NO YES
6 7
• Disconnect 2W109-8/P1 from J8 on hull power distribution • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and G on
2W109-8/P1.
YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W109-8/P2 to J1 on remote switching module 2 • Replace branched wiring harness 2W109-8 (Vol 4,
(2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). WP 0644).
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0069-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0069
From block 3
10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W109-8/P2 from J1 on remote switching mod-
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 12 (+) on breakout
box.
NO YES
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• Disconnect 2W109-8/P1 from J8 on hull power distribution • Verify problem is solved.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 12 (+) on breakout
box.
YES NO
13 14
• Replace branched wiring harness 2W109-8 (Vol 4, • Connect 2W109-8/P2 to J1 on remote switching module 2
WP 0644). (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Verify problem is solved.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0069-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0070
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 304 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 4, WP 0587
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0602
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0643
TM 9-2350-388-10
Materials/Parts
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (HPDU RSM 3).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 10.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 13 (+) on breakout
box.
0070-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0070
YES NO
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Disconnect 2W108-8/P2 from J1 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected
for remainder of test.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and G on 2W108-8/P2.
• Test for continuity between 9 and 13 on breakout box.
NO YES
6 7
• Disconnect 2W108-8/P1 from J7 on hull power distribution • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and G on
2W108-8/P1.
YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W108-8/P2 to J1 on remote switching module 3 • Replace branched wiring harness 2W108-8 (Vol 4,
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). WP 0643).
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0070-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0070
From block 3
10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W108-8/P2 from J1 on remote switching mod-
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 13 (+) on breakout
box.
NO YES
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
• Disconnect 2W108-8/P1 from J7 on hull power distribution • Verify problem is solved.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 13 (+) on breakout
box.
YES NO
13 14
• Replace branched wiring harness 2W108-8 (Vol 4, • Connect 2W108-8/P2 to J1 on remote switching module 3
WP 0643). (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Verify problem is solved.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0070-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0070.1
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 307 or TP 380 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0585
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0756
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P2 from J4 on remote switching
module 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts N and G on
2W105-7/P2.
YES NO
2 3
NOTE • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W105-7.
If multimeter does not show greater than 100K ohms, go • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
immediately to block 5. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
• Verify problem is solved.
2W105-7/P2 listed below:
• P and connector body
• P and all other contacts
• R and connector body
• R and all other contacts
YES NO
4 5
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W105-7.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Verify problem is solved.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 308 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 12
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 25
Materials/Parts Vol 3, WP 0287
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0585
Vol 4, WP 0596
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0669
Two Vol 4, WP 0702
Vol 4, WP 0756
References
Vol 4, WP 0762
Page xxxv
WP 0021 Vol 4, WP 0771.14
Vol 2, WP 0240 Vol 4, WP 0771.15
Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 7 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
NOTE
If master power has been shut off, rerun BIT/FIT. Make sure
master power is left on before continuing.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 1 DECU).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 10.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P6 from J3 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 1 DECU).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0071-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0071
YES NO
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 17.
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P2 from J4 on remote switching mod-
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 6.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P6 listed below:
• A and B
• B and T
• C and D
• D and T
YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2 • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W105-7/P2 to J4 on remote switching module 1 • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
(2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P6 from J3 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between contacts on 2W702-7/P6
listed below:
• A (-) and B (+)
• C (-) and D (+)
Change 1 0071-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0071
NO YES
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 24.
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P2 from J4 on remote switching mod-
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect jumper between contacts on 2W105-7/P2 listed
below:
• A and C
• B and D
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W702-7/P6 listed
below:
• A and C
• B and D
NO YES
13 14
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2 • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W105-7/P8 listed • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
below: • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• A and C • Verify problem is solved.
• B and D
NO YES
15 16
• Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit • Connect 2W105-7/P2 to J4 on remote switching module 1
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0071-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0071
From block 5
17
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 1 DECU).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
18 19
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 29.
• Connect 2W114-P1 to J2 on digital electronic control unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 1 DECU).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
20 21
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
ure 3). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
fuel system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON. • Verify problem is solved.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 1 DECU).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
22 23
• Replace fuel management system branched wiring harness • Replace electro-mechanical fuel system (Vol 3, WP 0287).
3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0071-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0071
From block 12
24
Is vehicle equipped with Power Interface Box (PIB) (Vol 2,
WP 0250, Figure 25) ?
YES NO
25 26
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• Disconnect 2W526-E/P1 from J1 on digital electronic control • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W526-E/P1 listed
below:
• R and S
• T and U
YES NO
27 28
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace wiring harness 2W526-E (Vol 4, WP 0771.15).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0071-5 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0071
From block 19
29
Is vehicle equipped with Power Interface Box (PIB) (Vol 2,
WP 0250, Figure 25) ?
YES NO
30 31
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W526-E/P2 from P3 on V3 sidecar (Vol 2,
WP 0249, Figure 12).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W526-E/P1 listed
below:
• R and S
• T and U
YES NO
32 33
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace V3 sidecar (Vol 4, WP 0771.14).
• Disconnect 2W526-E/P1 from J1 on digital electronic control • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect breakout box to J1 on digital electronic control unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 4 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 7).
• Connect jumpers between contacts no breakout box listed
below:
• 15 and 16
• 17 and 18
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 1 DECU).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
34 35
• Connect 2W526-E/P2 to P3 on V3 sidecar (Vol 2, WP 0249, • Replace wiring harness 2W526-E (Vol 4, WP 0771.15).
Figure 12). • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0071-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0072
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 309 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0587
Vol 4, WP 0600
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0702
Electrical jumper (as required) TM 9-2350-388-10
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 3 AIM).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 8.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P2 from J3 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between contacts A (-) and B (+) on
2W702-7/P2.
NO YES
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P1 from J6 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W702-7/P1.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W702-7/P2.
0072-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0072
YES NO
6 7
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
From block 3 • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved.
8
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P2 from J3 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 3 AIM).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
9 10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P1 from J6 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact B and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W702-7/P1.
YES NO
11 12
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved.
0072-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0072.1
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 310 or TP 366 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0587
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0646
Item 167)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W114-8/P1 from J4 on remote switching
module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts R and G on
2W114-8/P1.
YES NO
2 3
NOTE • Replace branched wiring harness 2W114-8
If multimeter does not show greater than 100K ohms, go (Vol 4, WP 0646).
immediately to block 5. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
2W114-8/P1 listed below:
• N and connector body
• N and all other contacts
• P and connector body
• P and all other contacts
YES NO
4 5
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587). • Replace branched wiring harness 2W114-8
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 4, WP 0646).
• Verify problem is solved.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 311 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0587
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0646
Vol 4, WP 0771.10
Materials/Parts TM 9-2350-388-10
Electrical jumper (as required) TM 9-2350-388-23-2
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 3 POS/NAV
UNIT).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 8.
• Disconnect 2W114-8/P2 or 2W114-7/P2 from J1 on position
navigation unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between contacts A (-) and B (+) on
2W114-8/P2 or 2W114-7/P2.
NO YES
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace position/navigation unit.
• Disconnect 2W114-8/P1 or 2W114-7/P1 from J4 on remote • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
switching module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W114-8/P1
or 2W114-7/P1.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W114-8/P2 or 2W114-7/P2.
0073-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0073
YES NO
6 7
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587). • Replace branched wiring harness 2W114-8 (Vol 4,
• Verify problem is solved. WP 0646) or 2W114-7 (Vol 4, WP 0771.10).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
8
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W114-8/P2 or 2W114-7/P2 from J1 on position
navigation unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 3 POS/NAV
UNIT).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
9 10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace position/navigation unit.
• Disconnect 2W114-8/P1 or 2W114-7/P1 from J4 on remote • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
switching module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 3 POS/NAV
UNIT).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
11 12
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 • Replace branched wiring harness 2W114-8 (Vol 4,
(Vol 4, WP 0587). WP 0646) or 2W114-7 (Vol 4, WP 0771.10).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0073-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0074
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 317 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 8
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0563
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0602
Vol 4, WP 0633
References Vol 4, WP 0739
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0758
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4
WARNING
Do not touch contacts while disconnecting or connecting
connectors. Power is present on some pins even with
MASTER POWER SWITCH set to OFF and can cause
serious injury or death.
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect tank power (Vol 4, WP 0633).
• Disconnect 2W156-7/P3 from J11 on hull power distribution
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test and go immediately to
block 2.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact R and contacts on
2W156-7/P3 listed below:
• connector body
• all other contacts
0074-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0074
YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect 2W147-7/P2 or 2W156-7/P2 from J1 on prime • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
power controller (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9) or (Vol 2, • Verify problem is solved.
WP 0251, Figure 4).
YES NO
4 5
Is vehicle equipped with auxiliary batteries (Vol 2, WP 0251, • Connect 2W156-7/P3 to J11 on hull power distribution unit
Figure 8) ? (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Replace prime power controller (Vol 4, WP 0563).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect 2W156-7/P2 from 2W147-7/J1 • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W156-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Does multimeter shows less than 5 ohms? • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0758).
• Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
8 9
• Connect 2W156-7/P3 to J11 on hull power distribution unit • Connect 2W147-7/P2 to J1 on prime power controller
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W147-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W156-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0739). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0758).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0074-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0075
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 321 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0602
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0654
Vol 6, WP 1144
References
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P1 from J13 on hull power distribution
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of tests and go immediately to
block 2.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact T and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W112-8/P1.
YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P2 from J1 on vehicular personnel • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
heater (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
4 5
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W112-8. • Connect 2W112-8/P1 to J13 on hull power distribution unit
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace vehicular heater (Vol 6, WP 1144).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0654). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0075-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0076
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 322 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0602
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0654
Vol 6, WP 1144
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P2 from J1 on vehicular personnel
heater (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set heater FAN switch to ON.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show 18 to 30 V dc, leave test probes
connected for remainder of test.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 5 (+) on breakout box and
chassis ground (-).
NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 6.
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P1 from J13 on hull power distribution
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set heater FAN switch to ON.
0076-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0076
YES NO
4 5
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W112-8. • Connect 2W112-8/P2 to J1 on vehicular personnel heater
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0654). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
6
• Replace vehicular heater (Vol 6, WP 1144).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
7 8
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Problem solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0076-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0077
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 323 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0602
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0654
Vol 6, WP 1144
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P2 from J1 on vehicular personnel
heater (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set HEATER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 7 (+) on breakout box and
chassis ground (-).
NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 6.
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P1 from J13 on hull power distribution
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact P and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W112-8/P1.
0077-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0077
YES NO
4 5
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W112-8. • Connect 2W112-8/P2 to J1 on vehicular personnel heater
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0654). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
6
• Replace vehicular heater (Vol 6, WP 1144).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
7 8
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Problem solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0077-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0078
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 324 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 13
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 8
Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0555
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0562
Vol 4, WP 0602
References Vol 4, WP 0672
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0758
WP 0021
Vol 2, WP 0240
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W107-P2 from 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
• Disconnect 3W103-P1 from 2W156-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250,
Figure 3).
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
NOTE
Voltage should be present at test points for only 45 seconds
after PUSH TO START switch is pressed.
• Press PUSH TO START switch on driver's integrated display.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 3 (+) on breakout
box.
0078-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0078
NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 10.
• Disconnect 2W156-7/P1 from J1 on voltage regulator
(Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
NOTE
Voltage should be present at test points for only 45 seconds
after PUSH TO START switch is pressed.
• Press PUSH TO START switch on driver's integrated display.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 3 (+) on breakout
box.
NO YES
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 13.
• If equipped with auxiliary batteries (Vol 2, WP 0251, Fig-
ure 8), disconnect 2W147-7/P1 from J1 on relay box (Vol 2,
WP 0251, Figure 8).
• Disconnect 2W147-7/P2 or 2W156-7/P2 from J1 on prime
power controller (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9) or (Vol 2,
WP 0251, Figure 4).
• Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 3).
• Disconnect 2W156-7/P3 from J11 on hull power distribution
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W156-7/P3 listed below.
• H and connector body
• H and all other contacts
• U and connector body
• U and all other contacts
0078-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0078
NO YES
6 7
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on • If disconnected, connect 2W147-7/P1 to J1 on relay box
2W156-7/P1 listed below. (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 8).
• B and connector body • If disconnected, connect 2W147-7/P2 to J1 on prime power
• B and all other contacts controller (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9).
• D and connector body • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• D and all other contacts • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W156-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0758).
• Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
8 9
• If disconnected, connect 2W147-7/P1 to J1 on relay box • If disconnected, connect 2W147-7/P1 to J1 on relay box
(Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 8). (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 8).
• Connect 3W103-P1 to 2W156-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • If disconnected, connect 2W147-7/P2 to J1 on prime power
ure 3). controller (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9).
• Connect 2W156-7/P1 to J1 on voltage regulator • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4). • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W156-7.
• Connect 2W147-7/P2 or 2W156-7/P2 to J1 on prime power • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
controller (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9) or (Vol 2, WP 0251, Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Figure 4). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0758).
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Verify problem is solved.
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0078-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0078
From block 3
10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 3W103-P1 to 2W156-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 3).
• Disconnect 3W103-P3 from J2 on generator (ALT)
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 13).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
NOTE
Voltage should be present at test points for only 45 seconds
after PUSH TO START switch is pressed.
• Press PUSH TO START switch on driver's integrated display.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 3 (+) on breakout
box.
NO YES
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 3). ure 3).
• Repair or replace generator branched wiring harness • Replace engine AC generator (Vol 4, WP 0555).
3W103. • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0672).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
• Verify problem is solved.
0078-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0078
From block 5
13
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• If equipped with auxiliary batteries (Vol 2, WP 0251, Fig-
ure 8), disconnect 2W147-7/P1 from J1 on relay box (Vol 2,
WP 0251, Figure 8).
• Disconnect 2W147-7/P2 or 2W156-7/P2 from J1 on prime
power controller (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9) or (Vol 2,
WP 0251, Figure 4).
• Connect 3W107-P2 to 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 3).
• Disconnect 2W156-7/P3 from J11 on hull power distribution
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to
block 15.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W156-7/P3 listed below.
• W and connector body
• W and all other contacts
NO YES
14 15
NOTE • If disconnected, connect 2W147-7/P1 to J1 on relay box
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 8).
block 17. • If disconnected, connect 2W147-7/P2 to J1 on prime power
controller (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
2W156-7/P1 listed below.
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W156-7.
• E and connector body
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• E and all other contacts
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• G and connector body
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0758).
• G and all other contacts • Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?
NO YES
16 17
• Connect 3W103-P1 to 2W156-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • If disconnected, connect 2W147-7/P1 to J1 on relay box
ure 3). (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 8).
• Connect 2W147-7/P2 or 2W156-7/P2 to J1 on prime power • If disconnected, connect 2W147-7/P2 to J1 on prime power
controller (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9). controller (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 9).
• Connect 2W156-7/P3 to J11 on hull power distribution unit • Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W156-7.
• If disconnected, connect 2W147-7/P1 to J1 on relay box • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
(Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 8). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Replace voltage regulator (Vol 4, WP 0562). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0758).
• Clear DECU Fault History (WP 0021). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0078-5/6 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0079
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 325 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0602
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0654
Vol 6, WP 1177
Materials/Parts Vol 7, WP 1415
Electrical jumper (as required) TM 9-2350-388-10
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set turret circuit breaker HPDU AUX HYDRAULIC PUMP
to OFF.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Reduce system hydraulic pressure to zero
(Vol 7, WP 1415).
• Set turret circuit breaker HPDU AUX HYDRAULIC PUMP
to ON.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (HPDU AUX HYDRAULIC
PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 16.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between 9 (-) and 18 (+) on breakout
box.
0079-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0079
YES NO
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P4 from J1 on auxiliary hydraulic pump • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W112-8/P4 listed
below:
• A and C
• A and E
• B and D
• B and F
NO YES
6 7
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P1 from J13 on hull power distribution • Replace auxiliary hydraulic rotary pump unit (Vol 6,
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). WP 1177).
• Connect jumpers between contacts on 2W112-8/P4 listed • Verify problem is solved.
below:
• A and B
• C and D
• E and F
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W112-8/P1 listed
below:
• A and B
• D and E
• L and M
YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W112-8/P1 to J13 on hull power distribution unit • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W112-8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W112-8/P4 listed Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
below: • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0654).
• A and C • Verify problem is solved.
• A and E • This symptom may be caused by multiple faults. Go to
• B and D block 8 and continue testing.
• B and F
0079-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0079
YES NO
10 11
• Connect 2W112-8/P4 to J1 on auxiliary hydraulic pump • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3). • This symptom may be caused by multiple faults. Go to
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P1 from J13 on hull power distribution block 10 and continue testing.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W112-8/P1 listed
below:
• A and D
• A and L
• B and E
• B and M
YES NO
12 13
• Connect 2W112-8/P1 to J13 on hull power distribution unit • Connect 2W112-8/P1 to J13 on hull power distribution unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace auxiliary hydraulic rotary pump unit (Vol 6,
WP 1177).
Does symptom still exist? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
14 15
• Replace auxiliary hydraulic rotary pump unit (Vol 6, • Problem solved.
WP 1177).
• Verify problem is solved.
0079-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0079
From block 3
16
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P4 from J1 on auxiliary hydraulic pump
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
NOTE
Leave jumper connected for remainder of test.
• Connect jumper between 8 and 2 on breakout box.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (HPDU AUX
HYDRAULIC PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
17 18
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace auxiliary hydraulic rotary pump unit (Vol 6,
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P1 from J13 on hull power distribution WP 1177).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (HPDU AUX
HYDRAULIC PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
19 20
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W112-8. • Connect 2W112-8/P4 to J1 on auxiliary hydraulic pump
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0654). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0079-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0080
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 326, TP 327, OR TP 332 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Equipment Condition Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10
Look for any CAUTION/WARNING messages on Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 5
driver's integrated display. If present, refer to Vol 4, WP 0585
TM 9-2350-388-10 and check hull circuit breaker Vol 4, WP 0616
status on circuit breakers listed below: Vol 4, WP 0640
RSM 1 HEADLIGHT HI BEAM Vol 4, WP 0760
RSM 1 HEADLIGHT LOW BEAM Vol 4, WP 0761
RSM 1 HEADLIGHT BO MARKER
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Disconnecting harnesses may cause other messages to
appear.
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W125-8/P1 from J7 on remote switching mod-
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Turn on lights that are faulty.
• Check to see if that circuit breaker has tripped.
NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
• Connect 2W125-8/P1 to J7 on remote switching module 1 • Verify problem is solved.
(2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Disconnect 2W125-8/P2 from 2W111-2-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249,
Figure 10).
• Disconnect 2W125-8/P3 from 2W105-2-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249,
Figure 2).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Turn on lights that are faulty.
• Check to see if that circuit breaker has tripped.
0080-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0080
NO YES
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W125-8.
• Connect 2W125-8/P2 to 2W111-2-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Fig- • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
ure 10). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0640).
• Turn on lights that are faulty. • Verify problem is solved.
• Check to see if that circuit breaker has tripped.
NO YES
6 7
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 10.
• Connect 2W125-8/P3 to 2W105-2-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Fig-
ure 2).
• Disconnect 2W105-2-P1 from J1 on right headlight
(Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Turn on lights that are faulty.
• Check to see if that circuit breaker has tripped.
NO YES
8 9
• Replace right headlight assembly (Vol 4, WP 0616). • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-2.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0760).
From block 7 • Verify problem is solved.
10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W111-2-P1 from J1 on left headlight
(Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 5).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Turn on lights that are faulty.
• Check to see if that circuit breaker has tripped.
YES NO
11 12
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W111-2. • Replace left headlight assembly (Vol 4, WP 0616).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0761).
• Verify problem is solved.
0080-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0081
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 328 OR TP 330 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 12
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 15
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 16
Materials/Parts Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 18
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 19
Wood block, 8 x 8 x 18-inch, make from lumber Vol 4, WP 0585
(Vol 7, WP 1434, Item 105) (4 required) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0648
Equipment Condition Vol 4, WP 0673
Tank parked on level ground Vol 4, WP 0755
Tracks blocked front and rear Vol 5, WP 0774
Parking brake set Vol 5, WP 0790
References Vol 5, WP 0806
Page xxxv Vol 5, WP 0814
Vol 2, WP 0240 Vol 5, WP 0923
Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 8 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect breakout box to 3W104-9/TJ1 on transmission us-
ing CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 3 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 8).
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected until told to move them and go immediately to
block 2.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between test point 1 (-) and test
points (+) on breakout box listed below:
• 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 11, 12, and 14
YES NO
2 3
Did multimeter show less than 5 ohms at test point • Go to block 14.
4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 11?
0081-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0081
YES NO
4 5
• If disconnected, connect 3W104-9/P13 to J1 on steer • Go to block 32.
downshift switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 18).
• Release parking brake.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
6 7
• Set parking brake. • Go to block 42.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Connect 3W104-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 3).
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P4 from J1 on transmission
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 12).
NO YES
8 9
Is multimeter connected between 1 and 6 on breakout box as • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 3W104-9.
a result of test in block 1 ? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0673).
• Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
10 11
• Connect 3W104-9/P4 to J1 on transmission (Vol 2, • Go to block 47.
WP 0250, Figure 12).
• Disconnect internal harness lead from solenoid lead
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 19) listed in Table 1 that shows less Table 1
than 5 ohms. If black test
probe is Disconnect From
Does multimeter now show less than 5 ohms? connected to internal harness solenoid
contact lead lead
4 A A
5 B B
6 C C
7 D D
8 E E
11 H H
12 J J
14 K K
0081-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0081
NO YES
12 13
• Replace 24-volt transmission solenoid (Vol 5, WP 0790) • Transmission internal harness is faulty, replace transmission
that was disconnected in block 10. assembly (Vol 5, WP 0814).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
14
• Connect 3W104-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 3).
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P6 from J1 on shift control assembly
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between 1 (-) and test
points (+) on breakout box listed below:
• 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 11, and 12
YES NO
15 16
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms at test point 8? • Go to block 27.
NO YES
17 18
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P3 from J6 on analog input module • Go to block 35.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W162-8/P6 listed in Table 2. Table 2
(-) probe (+) probe
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?
A, B, C, D, H, and Connector body
J and all other
contacts
0081-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0081
NO YES
19 20
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
2W162-8/P3 listed in Table 3. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• Verify problem is solved.
Table 3
(-) probe (+) probe
H, J, K, a, b, and c Connector body
and all other
contacts
NO YES
21 22
• Connect 2W162-8/P6 to J1 on shift control assembly • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, • Verify problem is solved.
Figure 3).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W103-7/P3 listed in Table 4. Table 4
(-) probe (+) probe
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?
9, 14, 23, 33, 36 Connector body
and 44 and all other
contacts
0081-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0081
NO YES
23 24
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on • Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module
2W103-7/J2 listed in Table 5. (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
Table 5
(-) probe (+) probe
B, C, D, F, H, and Connector body
J and all other
contacts
YES NO
25 26
• Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module • Connect 3W104-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). ure 3).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7. • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
0081-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0081
From block 16
27
• Connect jumper between contacts M and U on
2W162-8/P6.
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 1 SHIFT SELECT
ASSEMBLY).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10
YES NO
28 29
• Shut down engine. • Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace shift control assembly (Vol 5, WP 0923).
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P4 from J6 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to
block 31
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W162-8/P4 listed below:
• F and connector body
• F and all other contacts
NO YES
30 31
• Connect 2W162-8/P6 to J1 on shift control assembly • Connect 2W162-8/P6 to J1 on shift control assembly
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• Verify problem is solved.
0081-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0081
From block 5
32
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P13 from J1 on steer downshift switch
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 18).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected until told to move them and go immediately to
block 34.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between 1 (-) and test
points (+) on breakout box listed below:
• 12 and 14
NO YES
33 34
• Connect 3W104-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Go back to block 4.
ure 3).
• Replace full steer downshift push switch (Vol 5, WP 0806).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 18
35
• Connect 2W162-8/P6 to J1 on shift control assembly
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5).
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P4 from J6 on remote switching mod-
ule (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between 1 (-) and 8 (+) on breakout
box.
YES NO
36 37
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P3 from J6 on analog input module • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • Verify problem is solved.
0081-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0081
YES NO
38 39
• Connect 2W162-8/P4 to J6 on remote switching module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
(2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms?
YES NO
40 41
• Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • Verify problem is solved.
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 7
42
• Set parking brake.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Connect 3W104-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
ure 3).
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P4 from J1 on transmission
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 12).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, record test point.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between test points on breakout
box listed below:
• 1 (-) and 34 (+)
• 1 (-) and 35 (+)
0081-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0081
YES NO
43 44
• If multimeter showed less than 5 ohms at test point 33 or 34, • Transmission solenoid X or internal harness is faulty,
disconnect 3W104-9/P5 from J1 on left parking brake signal replace transmission assembly (Vol 5, WP 0814).
switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 16). • Verify problem is solved.
• If multimeter showed less than 5 ohms at test point 35 or 36,
disconnect 3W104-9/P3 from J1 on right parking brake sig-
nal switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 15).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between 1 (-) and test
points (+) on breakout box listed below:
• 33, 34, 35, and 36
NO YES
45 46
• Connect 3W104-9/P4 to J1 on transmission (Vol 2, • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 3W104-9.
WP 0250, Figure 12). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• If 3W104-9/P5 is disconnected from J1 on left parking brake Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
signal switch, replace left brake apply shaft cover assembly • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0673).
(Vol 5, WP 0774). • Verify problem is solved.
• If 3W104-9/P3 is disconnected from J1 on right parking
brake signal switch, replace right brake apply shaft cover
assembly (Vol 5, WP 0774).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 11
47
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, record test point.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between test points on breakout
box listed below:
• 1 (-) and 33 (+)
• 1 (-) and 36 (+)
NO YES
48 49
• Reconnect multimeter between 1 (-) and 6 (+) on • Go back to block 43.
breakout box.
• Go back to block 10.
0081-9/10 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0082
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 329 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0585
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0648
Vol 6, WP 1149
References
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P4 from J6 on remote switching mod-
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for 500 to 670 ohms between contacts C (-)
and D (+) on 2W162-8/P4.
NO YES
2 3
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts C (-) • Go to block 8.
and D (+) on 2W162-8/P4.
NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P5 from J1 on personnel heater elec- • Go to block 9.
trical fuel pump (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Connect jumper between contacts 1 and 2 on 2W162-8/P5.
• Test for continuity between contacts C and D on
2W162-8/P4.
0082-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0082
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 2W162-8/P4 to J6 on remote switching module 1 • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
(2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace personnel heater electrical fuel pump (Vol 6, Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
WP 1149). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
8
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact D and connector
body on 2W162-8/P4.
YES NO
From block 5
9 10
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P5 from J1 on personnel heater elec- • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
trical fuel pump (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact D and connector
body on 2W162-8/P4.
YES NO
11 12
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8. • Connect 2W162-8/P4 to J6 on remote switching module 1
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace personnel heater electrical fuel pump (Vol 6,
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648). WP 1149).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0082-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0083
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 331 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 8
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0585
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0631
Vol 4, WP 0640
References
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W125-8/P1 from J7 on remote switching mod-
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Set driver's dome lamp to full clockwise position.
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts K and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W125-8/P1.
YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect 2W125-8/P4 from J1 on driver's domelight • Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 8). • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
4 5
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W125-8. • Connect 2W125-8/P1 to J7 on remote switching module 1
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace driver's domelight (Vol 4, WP 0631).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0640). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0083-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0084
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 333 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0602
Vol 4, WP 0756
References TM 9-2350-388-10
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P1 from J14 on hull power distribution
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON at commander's display
unit.
• Check hull circuit breaker status at commander's display unit
(HPDU REAR VIEW SENSOR SYSTEM).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
2 3
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W105-7.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Verify problem is solved.
0084-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0085
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 334 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0585
Vol 4, WP 0653
References Vol 7, WP 1245
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W111-7/P2 from J1 on fire extinguisher
amplifier (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 1 FIRE
EXTINGUISHER AMPLIFIER).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace fire extinguisher control amplifier (Vol 7, WP 1245).
• Disconnect 2W111-7/P1 from J5 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 1 FIRE
EXTINGUISHER AMPLIFIER).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0085-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0085
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W111-7/P2 to J1 on fire extinguisher amplifier • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W111-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0653).
• Verify problem is solved.
0085-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0086
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 335 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0586
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0673
Vol 4, WP 0755
References Vol 7, WP 1375
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P10 from J1 on system prioritization
regulating valve (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 2 NBC BLEED
AIR OFF/ON).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace system prioritization regulating valve
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P6 from J7 on remote switching mod- (Vol 7, WP 1375).
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 4.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact Y and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W103-7/P6.
0086-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0086
YES NO
4 5
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J2 • Connect 3W104-9/P10 to J1 on system prioritization
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3). regulating valve (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20).
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
6 7
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact z and all other • Connect 3W104-9/P10 to J1 on system prioritization
contacts and connector body on 2W103-7/J2. regulating valve (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
8 9
• Connect 2W103-7/P6 to J7 on remote switching module 2 • Connect 3W104-9/P10 to J1 on system prioritization
(2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). regulating valve (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 3W104-9. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0673). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0086-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0087
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 336 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0444
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0586
Vol 4, WP 0755
References TM 9-2350-388-10
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P4 from J1 on auxiliary fueling
manifold (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set FUEL XFER RIGHT TANK to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 2 RIGHT FUEL
XFR SOL).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace fueling manifold (Vol 4, WP 0444).
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P6 from J7 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact D and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W103-7/P6.
YES NO
4 5
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7. • Connect 2W103-7/P4 to J1 on auxiliary fueling manifold
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0087-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0088
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 337 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 16
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0586
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0665
Vol 4, WP 0755
References Vol 7, WP 1326
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W118-9/P2 from J1 on pressure regulating flow
valve (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 2 NBC
PRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace pressure regulating flow valve (Vol 7, WP 1326).
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P1 from J6 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Disconnect 2W118-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249,
Figure 16).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact F and contact E
and connector body on 2W103-7/P1.
0088-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0088
NO YES
4 5
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact b and all other • Connect 2W118-9/P2 to J1 on pressure regulating flow valve
contacts and connector body on 2W118-9/P1. (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
6 7
• Connect 2W118-9/P2 to J1 on pressure regulating flow valve • Connect 2W103-7/P1 to J6 on remote switching module 2
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17). (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W118-9.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0665).
• Verify problem is solved.
0088-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0089
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 338 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 7
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0586
Vol 4, WP 0755
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P1 from J6 on remote switching mod-
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 2.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W103-7/P1
listed below:
• C and connector body
• C and all other contacts
YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P2 from J1 on radiological warning • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
device or dummy receptacle (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 7). • Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W103-7/P1 to J6 on remote switching module 2 • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
(2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Radiological warning device or dummy receptacle is faulty. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
Notify your supervisor. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
0089-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0090
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 339 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0586
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0673
Vol 4, WP 0755
References Vol 6, WP 1178
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact a and contacts on
3W104-9/P1 listed below:
• A
• b
• Connector body
YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P9 from J1 on main hydraulic • Go to block 6.
centrifugal pump (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
YES NO
4 5
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 3W104-9. • Replace main hydraulic centrifugal pump (Vol 6, WP 1178).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0673).
• Verify problem is solved.
0090-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0090
From block 3
6
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact a and contacts on
2W103-7/J2 listed below:
• A
• b
• Connector body
YES NO
7 8
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P1 from J6 on remote switching mod- • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
9 10
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7. • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
0090-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0091
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 340 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0444
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0586
Vol 4, WP 0755
References TM 9-2350-388-10
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P4 from J1 on auxiliary fueling
manifold (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set FUEL XFR LEFT TANK to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 2 LEFT FUEL
XFR SOL).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace fueling manifold (Vol 4, WP 0444).
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P6 from J7 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact K and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W103-7/P6.
YES NO
4 5
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7. • Connect 2W103-7/P4 to J1 on auxiliary fueling manifold
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0091-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0092
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 341 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0586
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0673
Vol 4, WP 0755
References Vol 7, WP 1375
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P14 from J2 on system prioritization
regulating valve (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (RSM 2 NBC BLEED
AIR LOW/HI).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace system prioritization regulating valve
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P6 from J7 on remote switching mod- (Vol 7, WP 1375).
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 4.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact W and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W103-7/P6.
0092-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0092
YES NO
4 5
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J2 • Connect 3W104-9/P14 to J2 on system prioritization regu-
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3). lating valve (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20).
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
6 7
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact r and all other • Connect 3W104-9/P14 to J2 on system prioritization regu-
contacts and connector body on 2W103-7/J2. lating valve (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
8 9
• Connect 2W103-7/P6 to J7 on remote switching module 2 • Connect 3W104-9/P14 to J2 on system prioritization regu-
(2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). lating valve (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 20).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 3W104-9. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0673). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0092-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0093
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 342 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0444
Vol 4, WP 0586
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0755
Electrical jumper (as required) TM 9-2350-388-10
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set FUEL XFR RIGHT TANK to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 2 FRONT FUEL
XFR PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 8.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P7 from J1 on cam actuated electrical
fuel pump (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set FUEL XFR RIGHT TANK to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 2 FRONT FUEL
XFR PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace cam actuated electrical fuel pump (Vol 4,
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P6 from J7 on remote switching mod- WP 0444).
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact B and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W103-7/P6.
0093-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0093
YES NO
6 7
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7. • Connect 2W103-7/P7 to J1 on cam actuated electrical fuel
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness pump (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
8
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P7 from J1 on cam actuated electrical
fuel pump (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set FUEL XFR RIGHT TANK to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between contacts A (-) and B (+) on
2W103-7/P7.
NO YES
9 10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace cam actuated electrical fuel pump (Vol 4,
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P6 from J7 on remote switching mod- WP 0444).
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W103-7/P6.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W103-7/P7.
YES NO
11 12
• Connect 2W103-7/P7 to J1 on cam actuated electrical fuel • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
pump (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
0093-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0094
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 343 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0454
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0503
Vol 4, WP 0508
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0586
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0649
Vol 4, WP 0663
References Vol 4, WP 0700
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0199
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 2 RIGHT REAR
FUEL PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
2 3
• Shut down engine. • Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to FS-1, Fuel Supply System CAUTION Message(s)
• Disconnect 2W159-8/P2 from J1 on right rear fuel pump Appears On Display (Vol 2, WP 0199).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 2 RIGHT REAR
FUEL PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0094-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0094
YES NO
4 5
• Shut down engine. • Go to block 12.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P3 from J5 on remote switching mod-
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact B and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W158-8/P3.
YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect 2W159-8/P6 from J1 on water separator control • Connect 2W159-8/P2 to J1 on right rear fuel pump
module (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7). (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7).
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
8 9
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P4 from 2W159-8/J1 • Connect 2W159-8/P2 to J1 on right rear fuel pump
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11). (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7).
• Connect 2W158-8/P3 to J5 on remote switching module 2
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Replace water separator control module (Vol 4, WP 0503).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
10 11
• Connect 2W159-8/P2 to J1 on right rear fuel pump • Connect 2W158-8/P3 to J5 on remote switching module 2
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7). (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Connect 2W159-8/P6 to J1 on water separator control mod- • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W159-8.
ule (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0700).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Verify problem is solved.
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649).
• Verify problem is solved.
0094-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0094
From block 5
12
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W161-P1 from SV on water separator control
module (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact B and connector
body and contact A on 2W161-P1.
YES NO
13 14
• Connect 2W159-8/P2 to J1 on right rear fuel pump • Go to block 17.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7).
• Disconnect 2W161-P2 from J1 on water separator solenoid
valve (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact B and connector
body and contact A on 2W161-P2.
YES NO
15 16
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W161. • Connect 2W161-P1 to SV on water separator control mod-
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness ule (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace solenoid valve (Vol 4, WP 0508).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0663). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 14
17
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact B and connector
body and contact A on water separator control module SV.
YES NO
18 19
• Connect 2W159-8/P2 to J1 on right rear fuel pump • Connect 2W161-P1 to SV on water separator control mod-
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7). ule (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 7).
• Replace water separator control module (Vol 4, WP 0503). • Replace right rear in-tank electrical fuel pump (Vol 4,
• Verify problem is solved. WP 0454).
• Verify problem is solved.
0094-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0095
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 344 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit WP 0005
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 7
Vol 4, WP 0586
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0647
Electrical jumper (as required) TM 9-2350-388-10
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
NOTE
Leave master power on.
• Set DTV switch on driver's integrated display to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 2 DRIVER DTV).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
2 3
Is 2W104-8/P2 connected to A1J1 on driver's vision en- • Go to block 10.
hancer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 7) ?
0095-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0095
YES NO
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set hull circuit breaker RSM 2 DRIVER DTV to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W104-8/P2 from A1J1 on driver's vision en- • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
hancer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 7). • Set DTV switch on driver's integrated display to OFF.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON. NOTE
• Set DTV switch on driver's integrated display to ON. If you have reached this point, the driver's vision enhancer was
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between contacts B (-) and A (+) on not installed.
2W104-8/P2. • Rerun FIT at CID (WP 0005).
NO YES
6 7
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W104-8/P1 from J4 on remote switching mod- • Replace driver's vision enhancer.
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W104-8/P1. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on
2W104-8/P2.
YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W104-8/P2 to A1J1 on driver's vision enhancer • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W104-8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 7). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0647).
• Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0095-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0095
From block 3
10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W104-8/P2 from A1J1 on driver's vision en-
hancer (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 7).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set DTV switch on driver's integrated display to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 2 DRIVER DTV).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
11 12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W104-8/P1 from J4 on remote switching mod- • Replace driver's vision enhancer.
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to
block 13.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on 2W104-8/P1
listed below:
• B and connector body
• B and all other contacts
YES NO
13 14
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W104-8. • Connect 2W104-8/P2 to A1J1 on driver's vision enhancer
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 7).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0647). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 345, TP 346, TP 349, OR TP 350 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4
Vol 4, WP 0587
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0625
Two Vol 4, WP 0649
Vol 4, WP 0700
References Vol 4, WP 0771.5
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• Disconnecting harnesses may cause other messages to
appear.
1
• Determine which of the hull circuit breakers listed below trip
TM 9-2350-388-10.
• RSM 3 STOPLIGHT
• RSM 3 STOPLIGHT BO MARKER
• RSM 3 TAILLIGHT
• RSM 3 TAILLIGHT BO MARKER
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P1 from J7 on remote switching mod-
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Activate lights that are associated with the breaker that was
tripped.
• Check to see if that circuit breaker has tripped.
NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
• Connect 2W158-8/P1 to J7 on remote switching module 3 • Verify problem is solved.
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P4 from 2W159-8/J1
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Activate lights that are associated with the breaker that was
tripped.
• Check to see if that circuit breaker has tripped.
0096-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0096
NO YES
4 5
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8.
• Connect 2W158-8/P4 to 2W159-8/J1 • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Disconnect 2W159-8/P4 from J1 on left stoplight-taillight • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649).
assembly (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4). • Verify problem is solved.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Activate lights that are associated with the breaker that was
tripped.
• Check to see if that circuit breaker has tripped.
YES NO
6 7
Is vehicle equipped with rear view sensor system (RVSS)? • Replace left stoplight-taillight assembly (Vol 4, WP 0625).
• Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
8 9
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 12.
• Disconnect 2W159-8/P5 from J1 on right stoplight-taillight
assembly (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Activate lights that are associated with the breaker that was
tripped.
• Check to see if that circuit breaker has tripped.
NO YES
10 11
• Connect 2W159-8/P4 to J1 on left stoplight-taillight • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W159-8.
assembly (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace right stoplight-taillight assembly (Vol 4, WP 0625). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0700).
• Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0096-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0096
From block 9
12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W176-9/P1 from J2 on RVSS taillight (RVSS
TAIL) (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Activate lights that are associated with the breaker that was
tripped.
• Check to see if that circuit breaker has tripped.
YES NO
13 14
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Connect 2W159-8/P4 to J1 on left stoplight-taillight
• Disconnect 2W159-8/P5 from 2W176-9/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0251, assembly (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4)
Figure 4). • Replace RVSS taillight (Vol 4, WP 0625).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON. • Verify problem is solved.
• Activate lights that are associated with the breaker that was
tripped.
• Check to see if that circuit breaker has tripped.
NO YES
15 16
• Connect 2W159-8/P4 to J1 on left stoplight-taillight • Connect 2W176-9/P1 to J2 on RVSS TAIL (Vol 2, WP 0251,
assembly (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4). Figure 4).
• Replace wiring harness 2W176-9 (Vol 4, WP 0771.5). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W159-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0700).
• Verify problem is solved.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 347 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0587
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0590
Vol 4, WP 0702
References
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P4 from J1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for 18 to 30 V dc between contacts T (-) and U (+) on
2W702-7/P4.
YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590).
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P1 from J6 on remote switching mod- • Verify problem is solved.
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact F and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W702-7/P1.
0097-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0097
YES NO
4 5
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Connect 2W702-7/P4 to J1 on pulse jet system pulse control
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0097-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0098
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 348 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0587
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0702
Vol 6, WP 1198
References TM 9-2350-388-10
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P3 from J1 on hydraulic distribution
manifold (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set BILGE PUMP switch on driver's integrated display to
ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 3 BILGE PUMP
VALVE).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace hydraulic distribution manifold assembly
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P1 from J6 on remote switching mod- (Vol 6, WP 1198).
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P1 listed below:
• C and D
• D and connector body
YES NO
4 5
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Connect 2W702-7/P3 to J1 on hydraulic distribution
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness manifold (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0098-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0099
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 351 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8
Vol 4, WP 0458
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0587
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0649
Vol 4, WP 0700
References TM 9-2350-388-10
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0199
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 3 LEFT REAR
FUEL PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
2 3
• Shut down engine. • Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to FS-1, Fuel Supply System CAUTION Message(s)
• Disconnect 2W159-8/P1 from J1 on left rear fuel pump Appears On Display (Vol 2, WP 0199).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 3 LEFT REAR
FUEL PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0099-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0099
YES NO
4 5
• Shut down engine. • Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace left rear in-tank electrical fuel pump (Vol 4,
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P1 from J7 on remote switching mod- WP 0458).
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact B and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W158-8/P1.
YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P4 from 2W159-8/J1 • Connect 2W159-8/P1 to J1 on left rear fuel pump
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11). (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8).
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W159-8/P1 to J1 on left rear fuel pump • Connect 2W158-8/P1 to J7 on remote switching module 3
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8). (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W159-8.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0700).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0099-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0100
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 352 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0440
Vol 4, WP 0457
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0587
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0649
Vol 4, WP 0700
References TM 9-2350-388-10
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
Does SMOKE GEN FUEL PUMP circuit breaker trip during
operation?
YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 10.
• Disconnect 2W159-8/P3 from J1 on smoke generator pump
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Set HULL LEFT and RIGHT REAR FUEL PUMP circuit
breakers on driver's integrated display to OFF.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NOTE
Rear fuel tanks draining procedure is being performed to apply
power to smoke generator fuel pump only. Ignore notes follow-
ing step 13 in rear fuel tanks draining procedure.
• Perform rear fuel tanks draining procedure steps to activate
smoke generator fuel pump (Vol 4, WP 0440).
• Check hull circuit breaker status (RSM 3 SMOKE GEN
FUEL PUMP).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0100-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0100
YES NO
4 5
• Perform rear fuel tanks draining procedure steps • Perform rear fuel tanks draining procedure steps
to de-activate smoke generator fuel pump to de-activate smoke generator fuel pump
(Vol 4, WP 0440). (Vol 4, WP 0440).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace smoke generator pump assembly (Vol 4,
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P2 from J5 on remote switching mod- WP 0457).
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact B and contacts on
2W158-8/P2 listed below:
• Connector body
• A
YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P4 from 2W159-8/J1 • Connect 2W159-8/P3 to J1 on smoke generator pump
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11). (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8).
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W159-8/P3 to J1 on smoke generator pump • Connect 2W158-8/P2 to J5 on remote switching module 3
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8). (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W159-8.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0700).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
10
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P2 from J5 on remote switching mod-
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show less than 50 ohms, leave test
probes connected for block 11.
• Test for less than 50 ohms between contacts A and B on
2W158-8/P2.
0100-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0100
NO YES
11 12
• Disconnect 2W159-8/P3 from J1 on smoke generator pump • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected
for remainder of test.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W159-8/P3.
NO YES
13 14
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P4 from 2W159-8/J1 • Connect 2W158-8/P2 to J5 on remote switching module 3
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11). (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contact Z and a on • Replace smoke generator pump assembly (Vol 4,
2W159-8/J1. WP 0457).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show continuity?
YES NO
15 16
• Connect 2W159-8/P3 to J1 on smoke generator pump • Connect 2W158-8/P2 to J5 on remote switching module 3
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8). (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W159-8.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0700).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0100-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0101
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 353 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0600
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0673
Vol 4, WP 0755
References Vol 5, WP 0778
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P11 from J1 on filter bypass pressure
switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (AIM XMSN FILTER BY-
PASS SOL).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
2 3
• Shut down engine. • Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace filter bypass pressure switch (Vol 5, WP 0778).
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J2 • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to
block 5.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact 5 and all other
contacts and connector body on 2W103-7/P3.
0101-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0101
NO YES
4 5
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact f and all other • Connect 3W104-9/P11 to J1 on filter bypass pressure switch
contacts and connector body on 2W103-7/J2. (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
6 7
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact f and all other • Connect 3W104-9/P11 to J1 on filter bypass pressure switch
contacts and connector body on 3W104-9/P1. (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
8 9
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module • Connect 3W104-9/P11 to J1 on filter bypass pressure switch
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 3W104-9. • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0673).
• Verify problem is solved.
0101-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0102
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 354 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0588
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0600
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0665
Vol 4, WP 0755
References Vol 7, WP 1342
Page xxxv Vol 7, WP 1343
Vol 2, WP 0240 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 16
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W118-9/P5 from J1 on temperature control
valve assembly (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17).
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set TACTICAL IDLE switch to ON.
• Set NBC MAIN switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (AIM NBC
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
2 3
• Shut down engine. • Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace temperature control valve assembly (Vol 7,
• Disconnect 2W118-9/P6 from J1 on front anti-ice valve WP 1343).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17). • Verify problem is solved.
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set TACTICAL IDLE switch to ON.
• Set NBC MAIN switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status. (AIM NBC
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0102-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0102
YES NO
4 5
• Shut down engine. • Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W118-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, • Connect 2W118-9/P5 to J1 on temperature control valve
Figure 16). assembly (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17).
• Start engine. • Replace front anti-ice valve assembly (Vol 7, WP 1342).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Verify problem is solved.
• Set TACTICAL IDLE switch to ON.
• Set NBC MAIN switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (AIM NBC
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
YES NO
6 7
• Shut down engine. • Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W118-9.
• Connect 2W118-9/P5 to J1 on temperature control valve • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
assembly (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Connect 2W118-9/P6 to J1 on front anti-ice valve • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0665).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 17). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P5 from J1 on temperature controller
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set TACTICAL IDLE switch to ON.
• Set NBC MAIN switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status. (AIM NBC
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
0102-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0102
YES NO
8 9
• Shut down engine. • Go to block 12.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set TACTICAL IDLE switch to ON.
• Set NBC MAIN switch to ON.
• Check turret circuit breaker status (AIM NBC
TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
10 11
• Shut down engine. • Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7. • Connect 2W118-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Fig-
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness ure 16).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Connect 2W103-7/P5 to J1 on temperature controller
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Verify problem is solved.
0102-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0102
From block 9
12
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to
block 14.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W103-7/P5 listed below:
• M and connector body
• M and all other contacts
• R and connector body
• R and all other contacts
NO YES
13 14
• Connect 2W118-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Fig- • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
ure 16). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace air temperature controller (Vol 4, WP 0588). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
0102-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0103
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 355 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 4, WP 0448
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0458
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0600
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0648
Vol 4, WP 0650
References Vol 4, WP 0651
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0702
Vol 2, WP 0240 Vol 4, WP 0757
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2 Vol 7, WP 1399
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 9 TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10
Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8
Vol 4, WP 0446
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P3 from J6 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Check hull circuit breaker status (AIM FUEL SENSORS).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 12.
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 5.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W162-8/P3 listed below:
• R and S
• S and connector body
0103-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0103
NO YES
4 5
NOTE • Go to block 26.
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 6.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W162-8/P3 listed below:
• T and U
• U and connector body
YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P2 from 2W105-1-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
Figure 10). • Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
8 9
• Disconnect 2W105-1-P1 from J1 on right front fuel level • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
transmitter (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on right side Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
2W105-1-J1 listed below: • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• 1 and 2 • Verify problem is solved.
• 2 and 5
YES NO
10 11
• Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module • Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Repair or replace right side branched wiring harness • Replace right front fuel level liquid transmitter (Vol 4,
2W105-1. WP 0448).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0650).
• Verify problem is solved.
0103-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0103
From block 3
12
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module (Vol 2,
WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P5 listed below:
• a and b
• b and connector body
NO YES
13 14
NOTE • Go to block 21.
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P5 listed below:
• f and g
• g and connector body
YES NO
15 16
• Disconnect 2W131-8/P3 from J1 on left rear fuel level liquid • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
transmitter (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8). • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
17 18
• Disconnect 2W131-8/P4 from 2W702-7/J1 • Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 9). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Replace left rear in-tank fuel level liquid transmitter
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? (Vol 4, WP 0458).
• Verify problem is solved.
0103-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0103
NO YES
19 20
• Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input module • Connect 2W131-8/P3 to J1 on left rear fuel level liquid
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). transmitter (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W131-8. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0757). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 14
21
• Disconnect 2W131-8/P2 from J1 on auxiliary power unit
sensor assembly (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8).
YES NO
22 23
• Disconnect 2W131-8/P4 from 2W702-7/J1 • Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 9). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Replace auxiliary power unit sensor assembly (Vol 7,
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? WP 1399).
• Verify problem is solved.
NO YES
24 25
• Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input module • Connect 2W131-8/P2 to J1 on auxiliary power unit sensor
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). assembly (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8).
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W131-8. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0757). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0103-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0103
From block 5
26
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P1 from 2W105-1-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249,
Figure 10).
NO YES
27 28
• Disconnect 2W105-1-P1 from J1 on left front fuel level • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
transmitter (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on left side Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
2W105-1-J1 listed below: • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• 1 and 2 • Verify problem is solved.
• 2 and 5
YES NO
29 30
• Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module • Connect 2W162-8/P1 to 2W105-1-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Fig-
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). ure 10).
• Repair or replace left side branched wiring harness • Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module
2W105-1. (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Replace left front fuel level liquid transmitter (Vol 4,
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). WP 0446).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0651). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0103-5/6 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0103.1
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 356 or TP 357 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0586
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0649
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P3 from J5 on remote switching mod-
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts P and G on
2W158-8/P3.
YES NO
2 3
NOTE • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8.
If multimeter does not show greater than 100K ohms, go • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
immediately to block 5. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649).
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
• Verify problem is solved.
2W158-8/P3 listed below:
• N and connector body
• N and all other contacts
• R and connector body
• R and all other contacts
YES NO
4 5
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649).
• Verify problem is solved.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 358 or TP 359 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0586
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0755
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P6 from J7 on remote switching mod-
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts P and G on
2W103-7/P6.
YES NO
2 3
NOTE • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W103-7.
If multimeter does not show greater than 100K ohms, go • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
immediately to block 5. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
• Verify problem is solved.
2W103-7/P6 listed below:
• N and connector body
• N and all other contacts
• R and connector body
• R and all other contacts
YES NO
4 5
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W103-7.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 360 or TP 361 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0586
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0647
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W104-8/P1 from J4 on remote switching
module 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts P and G on
2W104-8/P1.
YES NO
2 3
NOTE • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W104-8.
If multimeter does not show greater than 100K ohms, go • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
immediately to block 5. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0647).
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
• Verify problem is solved.
2W104-8/P1 listed below:
• N and connector body
• N and all other contacts
• R and connector body
• R and all other contacts
YES NO
4 5
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W104-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0647).
• Verify problem is solved.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 362 or TP 363 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0587
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0649
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P2 from J5 on remote switching
module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts R and G on
2W158-8/P2.
YES NO
2 3
NOTE • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8.
If multimeter does not show greater than 100K ohms, go • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
immediately to block 5. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649).
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
• Verify problem is solved.
2W158-8/P2 listed below:
• N and connector body
• N and all other contacts
• P and connector body
• P and all other contacts
YES NO
4 5
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649).
• Verify problem is solved.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 364 or TP 365 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0587
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0649
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P1 from J7 on remote switching
module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts R and G on
2W158-8/P1.
YES NO
2 3
NOTE • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8.
If multimeter does not show greater than 100K ohms, go • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
immediately to block 5. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649).
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
• Verify problem is solved.
2W158-8/P1 listed below:
• N and connector body
• N and all other contacts
• P and connector body
• P and all other contacts
YES NO
4 5
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649).
• Verify problem is solved.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 376 or TP 377 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0585
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0653
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W111-7/P1 from J5 on remote switching
module 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts N and G on
2W111-7/P1.
YES NO
2 3
NOTE • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W111-7.
If multimeter does not show greater than 100K ohms, go • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
immediately to block 5. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0653).
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
• Verify problem is solved.
2W111-7/P1 listed below:
• P and connector body
• P and all other contacts
• R and connector body
• R and all other contacts
YES NO
4 5
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W111-7.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0653).
• Verify problem is solved.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 378 or TP 379 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0585
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0640
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W125-8/P1 from J7 on remote switching
module 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts N and G on
2W125-8/P1.
YES NO
2 3
NOTE • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W125-8.
If multimeter does not show greater than 100K ohms, go • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
immediately to block 5. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0640).
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
• Verify problem is solved.
2W125-8/P1 listed below:
• P and connector body
• P and all other contacts
• R and connector body
• R and all other contacts
YES NO
4 5
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W125-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0640).
• Verify problem is solved.
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 400 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Page xxxv
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0585
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0602
Vol 4, WP 0642
Materials/Parts
Electrical jumper (as required)
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Test for continuity between 2 and 21 on breakout box.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W107-8/P1 from J6 on hull power distribution • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts B and H
on 2W107-8/P1.
0104-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0104
NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 2W107-8/P2 from J1 on remote switching mod- • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts B and H on 2W107-8/P2.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 2W107-8/P1 to J6 on hull power distribution unit • Replace branched wiring harness 2W107-8 (Vol 4,
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). WP 0642).
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0104-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0105
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 401 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 4, WP 0602
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0654
Item 167)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Test for continuity between 2 and 24 on breakout box.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W112-8/P1 from J13 on hull power distribution • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts C and K on
2W112-8/P1.
YES NO
4 5
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W112-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0654).
• Verify problem is solved.
0105-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0106
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 402 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Page xxxv
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0587
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0602
Vol 4, WP 0643
Materials/Parts
Electrical jumper (as required)
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Test for continuity between 2 and 23 on breakout box.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W108-8/P1 from J7 on hull power distribution • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts B and H on
2W108-8/P1.
0106-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0106
NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 2W108-8/P2 from J1 on remote switching mod- • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts B and H on 2W108-8/P2.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 2W108-8/P1 to J7 on hull power distribution unit • Replace branched wiring harness 2W108-8 (Vol 4,
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). WP 0643).
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0106-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0107
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 403 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Page xxxv
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0586
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0602
Vol 4, WP 0644
Materials/Parts
Electrical jumper (as required)
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Test for continuity between 2 and 22 on breakout box.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W109-8/P1 from J8 on hull power distribution • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts B and H on
2W109-8/P1.
0107-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0107
NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 2W109-8/P2 from J1 on remote switching mod- • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts B and H on 2W109-8/P2.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 2W109-8/P1 to J8 on hull power distribution unit • Replace branched wiring harness 2W109-8 (Vol 4,
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). WP 0644).
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0107-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0108
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 405 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0602
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0609
Vol 4, WP 0756
Materials/Parts
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Test for continuity between 2 and 27 on breakout box.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P1 from J14 on hull power distribution • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts E and M on
2W105-7/P1.
0108-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0108
NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P4 from J1 on hull mission processor • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and B on 2W105-7/P4.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 2W105-7/P1 to J14 on hull power distribution unit • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace hull mission processor unit (Vol 4, WP 0609). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Verify problem is solved.
0108-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0109
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 408 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0602
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0672
Vol 4, WP 0758
Materials/Parts
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Test for continuity between 2 and 26 on breakout box.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W156-7/P3 from J11 on hull power distribution • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts C and K on
2W156-7/P3.
0109-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0109
NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 3W103-P1 from 2W156-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
Figure 3). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts E and H on 2W156-7/J1.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 2W156-7/P3 to J11 on hull power distribution unit • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W156-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Repair or replace generator branched wiring harness Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
3W103. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0758).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0672).
• Verify problem is solved.
0109-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0110
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 409 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 5
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0562
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0602
Vol 4, WP 0758
Materials/Parts
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on hull power distribution unit
using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7 (Vol 2, WP 0247,
Figure 5).
• Test for continuity between 2 and 29 on breakout box.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W156-7/P3 from J11 on hull power distribution • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts F and N on
2W156-7/P3.
0110-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0110
NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect 2W156-7/P1 from J1 on voltage regulator • Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602).
(Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 4). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts M and N on
2W156-7/P1.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 2W156-7/P3 to J11 on hull power distribution unit • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W156-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace voltage regulator (Vol 4, WP 0562). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0758).
• Verify problem is solved.
0110-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0111
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 410 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0585
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0653
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W111-7/P1 from J5 on remote switching mod-
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W111-7/P1 listed
below:
• L and M
• G and N
YES NO
2 3
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W111-7.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0653).
• Verify problem is solved.
0111-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0112
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 412 OR TP 445 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0444
Vol 4, WP 0586
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0755
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P6 from J7 on remote switching mod-
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts L and M on
2W103-7/P6.
YES NO
2 3
• Test for continuity between contacts G and P on • Go to block 6.
2W103-7/P6.
0112-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0112
YES NO
4 5
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586). • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
From block 3 • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
6
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P4 from J1 on auxiliary fueling
manifold (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3).
• Connect jumper between contacts C and G on 2W103-7/P4.
YES NO
7 8
• Connect 2W103-7/P6 to remote switching module 2 (2A103) • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace fueling manifold (Vol 4, WP 0444). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
0112-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0113
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 416 OR TP 449 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0587
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0646
Vol 4, WP 0771.10
Materials/Parts TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W114-8/P1 or 2W114-7/P1 from J4 on remote
switching module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts L and M on
2W114-8/P1 or 2W114-7/P1.
YES NO
2 3
• Test for continuity between contacts G and R on • Go to block 6.
2W114-8/P1 or 2W114-7/P1.
YES NO
4 5
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587). • Replace branched wiring harness 2W114-8
• Verify problem is solved. (Vol 4, WP 0646) or 2W114-7 (Vol 4, WP 0771.10).
• Verify problem is solved.
0113-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0113
From block 3
6
• Disconnect 2W114-8/P2 or 2W114-7/P2 from J1 on position
navigation unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Connect jumper between contacts C and G on 2W114-8/P2
or 2W114-7/P2.
YES NO
7 8
• Connect 2W114-8/P1 or 2W114-7/P1 to J4 on remote • Replace branched wiring harness 2W114-8
switching module 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). (Vol 4, WP 0646) or 2W114-7 (Vol 4, WP 0771.10).
• Replace position/navigation unit. • Verify problem is solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2.
• Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0113-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0114
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 417 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0587
Vol 4, WP 0600
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0702
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P1 from J6 on remote switching mod-
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected.
• Test for continuity between contacts L and M on
2W702-7/P1.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P2 from J3 on analog input module • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts C and F on 2W702-7/P2.
0114-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0114
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W702-7/P1 to J6 on remote switching module 3 • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved.
0114-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0115
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 418 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0600
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0648
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P3 from J6 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts D and P on
2W162-8/P3.
YES NO
2 3
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• Verify problem is solved.
0115-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0116
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 419 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0587
Vol 4, WP 0702
Materials/Parts Vol 6, WP 1198
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P1 from J6 on remote switching mod-
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected.
• Test for continuity between contacts X and Y on
2W702-7/P1.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P3 from J1 on hydraulic • Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587).
distribution manifold (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 3). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts E and G on 2W702-7/P3.
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W702-7/P1 to J6 on remote switching module 3 • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace hydraulic distribution manifold (Vol 6, WP 1198). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved.
0116-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0117
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 425 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0648
Materials/Parts Vol 5, WP 0923
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P3 from J6 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts C and N on
2W162-8/P3.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P6 from J1 on shift control assembly • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts G and P on 2W162-8/P6.
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace shift control assembly (Vol 5, WP 0923). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• Verify problem is solved.
0117-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0118
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 426 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0648
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0651
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P3 from J6 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts B and M on
2W162-8/P3.
0118-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0118
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P1 from left side 2W105-1-J1 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts 4 and 6 on 2W162-8/P1.
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Repair or replace left side branched wiring harness Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
2W105-1. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0651).
• Verify problem is solved.
0118-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0119
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 427 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0600
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0755
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts 8 and 100 on
2W103-7/P3.
YES NO
2 3
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600). • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
0119-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0120
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 428 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0600
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0702
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts A and J on
2W702-7/P5.
YES NO
2 3
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved.
0120-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0121
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 430 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0600
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0652
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W110-7/P1 from J5 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts D and K on
2W110-7/P1.
YES NO
2 3
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W110-7.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0652).
• Verify problem is solved.
0121-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0122
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 431 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0576
Vol 4, WP 0600
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0756
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P3 from J8 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts C and L on
2W105-7/P3.
0122-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0122
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P5 from J1 on driver's integrated dis- • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
play (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts G and S on 2W105-7/P5.
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W105-7/P3 to J8 on analog input module • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace driver's integrated display (Vol 4, WP 0576). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Verify problem is solved.
0122-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0123
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 433 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 5
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0756
Materials/Parts Vol 5, WP 0927
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P3 from J8 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and J on
2W105-7/P3.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P6 from RVDT-J1 rotary variable • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
differential transformer (2DT101) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Fig- • Verify problem is solved.
ure 5).
• Connect jumper between contacts C and G on 2W105-7/P6.
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W105-7/P3 to J8 on analog input module • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace rotary (transformer) (Vol 5, WP 0927). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Verify problem is solved.
0123-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0124
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 434 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0667
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0756
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P3 from J8 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts F and P on
2W105-7/P3.
0124-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0124
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W107-P2 from 2W105-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
Figure 3). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts A and P on 2W105-7/J2.
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W105-7/P3 to J8 on analog input module • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace maintenance indicator branched wiring harness Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
3W107 (Vol 4, WP 0667). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0124-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0125
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 435 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 3, WP 0287
Vol 4, WP 0596
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0600
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0669
Vol 4, WP 0702
References Vol 4, WP 0756
Page xxxv Vol 4, WP 0762
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W105-P32 from 2W114/J1
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected.
• Test for continuity between contacts AD and AF on
3W105-P32.
YES NO
2 3
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114/J1 • Go to block 12.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
• Disconnect 2W114-P1 from J2 on digital electronic control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Test for continuity between contacts GG and HH on 2W114-
P1.
0125-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0125
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W114-P1 to J2 on digital electronic control unit • Repair or replace power cable assembly 2W114.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P3 from J8 on analog input module Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0762).
NOTE • Verify problem is solved.
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts D and M on
2W105-7/P3.
NO YES
6 7
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P6 from J3 on digital electronic control • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts F and S on 2W702-7/P6.
NO YES
8 9
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P8 from 2W702-7/J2 • Connect 2W105-7/P3 to J8 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 24). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Connect jumper between contacts F and S on 2W105-7/P8. • Replace digital electronic control unit (Vol 4, WP 0596).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show continuity?
YES NO
10 11
• Connect 2W105-7/P3 to J8 on analog input module • Connect 2W702-7/P6 to J3 on digital electronic control unit
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0125-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0125
From block 3
12
• Disconnect 3W105-P33 from J33 on electro-mechanical fuel
system (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 4).
• Connect jumper between contacts F and U on 3W105-P33.
YES NO
13 14
• Connect 3W105-P32 to 2W114-J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Replace fuel management system branched harness
ure 3). 3W105 (Vol 4, WP 0669).
• Replace electro-mechanical (electro-mech) fuel system • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 3, WP 0287).
• Verify problem is solved.
0125-3/4 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0126
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 436 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 12
Vol 4, WP 0600
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0673
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0755
Vol 5, WP 0814
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J2
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 3).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 2.
• Test for continuity between contacts E and Y on
3W104-9/P1.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 3W104-9/P4 from J1 on transmission • Go to block 6.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 12).
• Connect jumper between contacts S and T on 3W104-9/P4.
0126-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0126
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 3W104-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 3W104-9.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Transmission internal harness is faulty, replace transmission Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
assembly (Vol 5, WP 0814). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0673).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
6
• Connect jumper between contacts E and Y on 2W103-7/J2.
YES NO
7 8
• Connect 3W104-9/P1 to 2W103-7/J2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
ure 3). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
0126-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0127
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 437 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0588
Vol 4, WP 0600
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0755
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts 21 and 93 on
2W103-7/P3.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P5 from J1 on temperature controller • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 4). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts C and K on 2W103-7/P5.
0127-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0127
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace air temperature controller (Vol 4, WP 0588). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
0127-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0128
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 438 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 16
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0600
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0665
Vol 4, WP 0755
References
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts 25 and 85 on
2W103-7/P3.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W118-9/P1 from 2W103-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
Figure 16). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and H on
2W118-9/P1.
0128-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0128
YES NO
4 5
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7. • Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W118-9.
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Verify problem is solved. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0665).
• Verify problem is solved.
0128-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0129
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 439 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0652
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0765
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W110-7/P1 from J5 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts E and L on
2W110-7/P1.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W110-7/P7 from 2W160-J1 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts C and J on 2W110-7/P7.
0129-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0129
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W110-7/P1 to J5 on analog input module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W110-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W160. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0652).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Verify problem is solved.
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0765).
• Verify problem is solved.
0129-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0130
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 440 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 9
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8
Vol 4, WP 0600
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0702
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0757
Vol 7, WP 1399
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts B and K on
2W702-7/P5.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W131-8/P4 from 2W702-7/J1 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 9). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected.
• Test for continuity between contacts B and K on
2W131-8/P4.
0130-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0130
NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 2W131-8/P2 from J1 on auxiliary power unit Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
electronic sensor (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Connect jumper between contacts 5 and 6 on 2W131-8/P2. • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 2W131-8/P4 to 2W702-7/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Fig- • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W131-8.
ure 9). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace auxiliary power unit sensor (Vol 7, WP 1399). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0757).
• Verify problem is solved.
0130-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0131
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 441 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0602
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0652
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W110-7/P1 from J5 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts C and J on
2W110-7/P1.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W110-7/P2 from J12 on hull power distribution • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 6). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts C and G on 2W110-7/P2.
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W110-7/P1 to J5 on analog input module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W110-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace hull power distribution unit (Vol 4, WP 0602). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0652).
• Verify problem is solved.
0131-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0132
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 442 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0652
Materials/Parts TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W110-7/P1 from J5 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and G on
2W110-7/P1.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W110-7/P6 from J1 on hull/turret slipring • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts H and T on 2W110-7/P6.
0132-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0132
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W110-7/P1 to J5 on analog input module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W110-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace hull/turret slipring assembly. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0652).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0132-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0133
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 443 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0652
Materials/Parts TM 9-2350-388-23-2
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W110-7/P1 from J5 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts B and H on
2W110-7/P1.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W110-7/P3 from J1 on hull gyroscope • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0252, Figure 5). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts 5 and 6 on 2W110-7/P3.
0133-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0133
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W110-7/P1 to J5 on analog input module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W110-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace hull gyroscope. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-23-2. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0652).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0133-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0134
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 444 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0586
Vol 4, WP 0649
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0700
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P3 from J5 on remote switching mod-
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts L and M on
2W158-8/P3.
YES NO
2 3
• Test for continuity between contacts G and P on • Go to block 6.
2W158-8/P3.
YES NO
4 5
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649).
• Verify problem is solved.
0134-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0134
From block 3
6
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P4 from 2W159-8/J1
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Connect jumper between contacts q and r on 2W158-8/P4.
YES NO
7 8
• Connect 2W158-8/P3 to remote switching module 2 (2A103) • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W159-8. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Verify problem is solved.
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0700).
• Verify problem is solved.
0134-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0135
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 446 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0586
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0647
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W104-8/P1 from J4 on remote switching mod-
ule 2 (2A103) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts G and P on
2W104-8/P1.
YES NO
2 3
• Replace remote switching module 2A103 (Vol 4, WP 0586). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W104-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0647).
• Verify problem is solved.
0135-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0136
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 447 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0587
Vol 4, WP 0649
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0700
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P2 from J5 on remote switching mod-
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts L and M on
2W158-8/P2.
YES NO
2 3
• Test for continuity between contacts G and R on • Go to block 6.
2W158-8/P2.
YES NO
4 5
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649).
• Verify problem is solved.
0136-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0136
From block 3
6
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P4 from 2W159-8/J1
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 11).
• Connect jumper between contacts L and M on
2W158-8/P4.
YES NO
7 8
• Connect 2W158-8/P2 to J5 on remote switching module 3 • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8.
(2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W159-8. Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Verify problem is solved.
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0700).
• Verify problem is solved.
0136-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0137
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 448 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0587
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0649
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W158-8/P1 from J7 on remote switching mod-
ule 3 (2A104) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts G and R on
2W158-8/P1.
YES NO
2 3
• Replace remote switching module 2A104 (Vol 4, WP 0587). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W158-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0649).
• Verify problem is solved.
0137-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0138
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 457 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0585
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0640
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W125-8/P1 from J7 on remote switching mod-
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts G and N on
2W125-8/P1.
YES NO
2 3
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W125-8.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0640).
• Verify problem is solved.
0138-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0139
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 458 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0585
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0756
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W105-7/P2 from J4 on remote switching mod-
ule 1 (2A102) (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 1).
• Test for continuity between contacts G and N on
2W105-7/P2.
YES NO
2 3
• Replace remote switching module 2A102 (Vol 4, WP 0585). • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W105-7.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0756).
• Verify problem is solved.
0139-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0140
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 519 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 9
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8
Vol 4, WP 0458
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0600
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0702
Vol 4, WP 0757
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts C and L on
2W702-7/P5.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W131-8/P4 from 2W702-7/J1 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 9). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected.
• Test for continuity between contacts C and L on
2W131-8/P4.
0140-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0140
NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 2W131-8/P3 from J1 on left rear Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
fuel level liquid transmitter (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 8). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Connect jumper between contacts 5 and 6 on • Verify problem is solved.
2W131-8/P3.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 2W131-8/P4 to 2W702-7/J1 • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W131-8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 9). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace left fuel level liquid transmitter (Vol 4, WP 0458). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0757).
• Verify problem is solved.
0140-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0141
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 520 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0648
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0650
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P3 from J6 on analog input
module (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and L on
2W162-8/P3.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P2 from right front 2W105-1-J1 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts 4 and 6 on
2W162-8/P2.
0141-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0141
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
module (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Repair or replace right side branched wiring harness Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
2W105-1. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0650).
• Verify problem is solved.
0141-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0142
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 528 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 10
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0600
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0755
Vol 7, WP 1386
References
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts 78 and 84 on
2W103-7/P3.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect stubbing connector from 2W103-7/J4 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 10). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts T and Z on
stubbing connector.
NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace stubbing connector (Vol 7, WP 1386). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
0142-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0143
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 529 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 10
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0755
Materials/Parts Vol 7, WP 1243
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 7, WP 1386
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts 18 and 92 on
2W103-7/P3.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P10 from stubbing connector or J1 on • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
auxiliary power unit fire sensor (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 10). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts E and F on
2W103-7/P10.
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace APU fire extinguisher responder (Vol 7, WP 1243) Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
or stubbing connector (Vol 7, WP 1386). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0143-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0144
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 532 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0592
Vol 4, WP 0600
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0648
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P3 from J6 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts f and g on
2W162-8/P3.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect driver's hatch interlock switch (2S107)-P1 • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
from 2W162-8/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10). • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts G and J on driver's
hatch interlock switch (2S107)-P1.
NO YES
4 5
• Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace driver's hatch interlock switch (Vol 4, WP 0592). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648).
• Verify problem is solved.
0144-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0145
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 566 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 10
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0755
Materials/Parts Vol 7, WP 1243
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 7, WP 1386
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for continuity between contacts 19 and 82 on
2W103-7/P3.
NO YES
2 3
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P10 from stubbing connector or J1 on • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
auxiliary power unit fire sensor (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 10). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts C and D on
2W103-7/P10.
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace APU fire extinguisher responder (Vol 7, WP 1243) Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
or stubbing connector (Vol 7, WP 1386). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0145-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0146
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 572 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 11
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0600
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0636
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0717
Vol 4, WP 0719
References Vol 4, WP 0755
Page xxxv TM 9-2350-388-10
Vol 2, WP 0240
Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 8
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
Is vehicle equipped with auxiliary batteries (Vol 2, WP 0251,
Figure 8) ?
NO YES
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Go to block 17.
• Check components listed below for signs of arcing, burnt or
melted insulation or obvious damage:
• terminal board 2W3 (Vol 4, WP 0636)
• harness 2W142-7 (Vol 4, WP 0719)
NO YES
4 5
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact 2W142-7-E3 • Replace component or harness found faulty.
and chassis ground (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 11). • For terminal board 2W3 (Vol 4, WP 0636).
• For harness 2W142-7 (Vol 4, WP 0719).
Does multimeter show less than 5 ohms? • Verify problem is solved.
0146-1 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0146
NO YES
6 7
• Manually reset APU circuit breaker. • Replace wiring harness 2W142-7 (Vol 4, WP 0719).
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected for remainder of test.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact 27 and all other
contacts on 2W103-7/P3.
YES NO
8 9
• Disconnect 2W103-7-E1 from terminal 4 on • Go to block 12.
APU circuit breaker (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 11).
• Disconnect 2W103-7-E2 from terminal 5 on
APU circuit breaker (Vol 2, WP 0251, Figure 11).
NO YES
10 11
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace APU circuit breaker (Vol 4, WP 0717). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0146-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0146
From block 9
12
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Press POWER SOURCES pushbutton on DID.
• Press NATO UTL PWR A/M pushbutton to toggle NATO UTL
PWR A/M to M (Manual).
YES NO
13 14
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace APU circuit breaker (Vol 4, WP 0717).
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts 27 and 28 on
2W103-7/P3.
YES NO
15 16
• Connect 2W103-7/P3 to J4 on analog input module • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • Verify problem is solved.
• Replace APU circuit breaker (Vol 4, WP 0717).
• Verify problem is solved.
0146-3 Change 1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0146
From block 3
17
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W103-7/P3 from J4 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, go immediately to
block 18.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contact 27 and all
other contacts on 2W103-7/P3.
YES NO
18 19
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W103-7. • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0755).
• Verify problem is solved.
Change 1 0146-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0147
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 600 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0590
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0702
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0703
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7
(Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9).
• Test for continuity between 22 and 26 on breakout box.
YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect breakout box from TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse • Go to block 8.
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9)
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts N and P on
2W702-7/P5.
0147-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0147
NO YES
4 5
• Connect jumper between N and P on 2W702-7/P5. • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P4 from J1 on pulse jet system pulse • Verify problem is solved.
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Test for continuity between contacts N and P on
2W702-7/P4.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
module (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
8
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W700-9/P1 from J2 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Test for continuity between contacts F and G on
2W700-9/P1.
YES NO
9 10
• Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590). • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W700-9.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0703).
• Verify problem is solved.
0147-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0148
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 601 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 3, WP 0435
Item 167) Vol 3, WP 0436
Vol 4, WP 0590
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0600
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0701
Vol 4, WP 0702
References Vol 4, WP 0703
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0240
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7
(Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9).
• Test for less than 10 ohms between 23 and 24 on breakout
box.
YES NO
2 3
• Disconnect breakout box from TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse • Go to block 8.
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9).
• Disconnect 2W700-9/P1 from J2 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Connect jumper between contacts H and M on
2W702-7/P5.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Reconnect breakout box to TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9).
• Test for continuity between 23 and 24 on breakout box.
0148-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0148
NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect breakout box from TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse • Connect 2W700-9/P1 to J2 on pulse jet system pulse control
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9). unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Connect 2W700-9/P1 to J2 on pulse jet system pulse control • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P4 from J1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Test for continuity between contacts X and Y on
2W702-7/P4.
YES NO
6 7
• Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
module (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590). Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• Verify problem is solved. • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved.
0148-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0148
From block 3
8
• Disconnect breakout box from TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9).
• Disconnect 2W700-9/P1 from J2 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Test for less than 10 ohms between contacts N and P on
2W700-9/P1.
NO YES
9 10
NOTE • Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590).
Leave jumper connected for remainder of test. • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts N and P on 2W700-9/P1.
• Disconnect 2W700-9/P2 from 2W701-9/J1
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contacts N and P on
2W700-9/P2.
YES NO
11 12
• Connect 2W700-9/P2 to 2W701-9/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Go to block 27.
ure 21).
• Check for loose connections on 2W701-9/P1 thru P9 con-
nected to J1 thru J9 on pulse jet system solenoids 1 thru 9
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
NO YES
13 14
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P1 from J1 on pulse jet system sole- • Connect loose connectors.
noid 1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P9 from J9 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 9 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contact C on 2W701-9/P1 and
contact D on 2W701-9/P9.
0148-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0148
YES NO
15 16
• Connect 2W701-9/P9 to J9 on pulse jet system solenoid 9 • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W701-9.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P5 from J5 on pulse jet system sole- Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
noid 5 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21). • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0701).
• Test for continuity between contact C on 2W701-9/P1 and • Verify problem is solved.
contact D on 2W701-9/P5.
YES NO
17 18
• Connect 2W701-9/P5 to J5 on pulse jet system solenoid 5 • Go to block 30.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P3 from J3 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 3 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contact C on 2W701-9/P1 and
contact D on 2W701-9/P3.
YES NO
19 20
• Connect 2W701-9/P3 to J3 on pulse jet system solenoid 3 • Go to block 37.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contacts C and D on
2W701-9/P1.
NO YES
21 22
• Connect 2W701-9/P1 to J1 on pulse jet system solenoid 1 • Replace pulse jet system solenoid 1 (Vol 3, WP 0436).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P2 from J2 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 2 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contacts C and D on
2W701-9/P2.
0148-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0148
NO YES
23 24
• Connect 2W701-9/P2 to J2 on pulse jet system solenoid 2 • Replace pulse jet system solenoid 2 (Vol 3, WP 0436).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P3 from J3 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 3 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contacts C and D on
2W701-9/P3.
NO YES
25 26
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W701-9. • Replace pulse jet system solenoid 3 (Vol 3, WP 0436).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0701).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 12
27
• Connect jumper between contacts N and P on
2W700-9/P2.
• Disconnect 2W700-9/P3 from J1 on pulse jet system
vacuum switch (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contact D and E on
2W700-9/P3.
NO YES
28 29
• Repair or replace wiring harness 2W700-9. • Connect 2W700-9/P1 to J2 on pulse jet system pulse control
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Connect 2W700-9/P2 to 2W701-9/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig-
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0703). ure 21).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace pulse jet system vacuum switch (Vol 3, WP 0435).
• Verify problem is solved.
0148-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0148
From block 18
30
• Connect 2W701-9/P5 to J5 on pulse jet system solenoid 5
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P7 from J7 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 7 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contact C on 2W701-9/P1 and D
on 2W701-9/P7.
YES NO
31 32
• Connect 2W701-9/P1 to J1 on pulse jet system solenoid 1 • Go to block 42.
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contacts C and D on
2W701-9/P7.
NO YES
33 34
• Connect 2W701-9/P7 to J7 on pulse jet system solenoid 7 • Replace pulse jet system solenoid 7 (Vol 3, WP 0436).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P6 from J6 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 6 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contact C and D on
2W701-9/P6.
YES NO
35 36
• Replace pulse jet system solenoid 6 (Vol 3, WP 0436). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W701-9.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0701).
• Verify problem is solved.
0148-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0148
From block 20
37
• Connect 2W701-9/P1 to J1 on pulse jet system solenoid 1
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Connect 2W701-9/P3 to J3 on pulse jet system solenoid 3
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P4 from J4 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 4 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contact C and D on
2W701-9/P4.
NO YES
38 39
• Connect 2W701-9/P4 to J4 on pulse jet system solenoid 4 • Replace pulse jet system solenoid 4 (Vol 3, WP 0436).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P5 from J5 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 5 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contact C and D on
2W701-9/P5.
NO YES
40 41
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W701-9. • Replace pulse jet system solenoid 5 (Vol 3, WP 0436).
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness • Verify problem is solved.
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0701).
• Verify problem is solved.
0148-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0148
From block 32
42
• Connect 2W701-9/P1 to J1 on pulse jet system solenoid 1
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Connect 2W701-9/P7 to J7 on pulse jet system solenoid 7
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P8 from J8 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 8 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contact C and D on
2W701-9/P8.
NO YES
43 44
• Connect 2W701-9/P8 to J8 on pulse jet system solenoid 8 • Replace pulse jet system solenoid 8 (Vol 3, WP 0436).
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W701-9/P9 from J9 on pulse jet system sole-
noid 9 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contact C and D on
2W701-9/P9.
YES NO
45 46
• Replace pulse jet system solenoid 9 (Vol 3, WP 0436). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W701-9.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0701).
• Verify problem is solved.
0148-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0149
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 602 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Page xxxv
(SC 5180-95-B47) WP 0130
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, WP 0140
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Vol 4, WP 0600
Materials/Parts
Electrical jumper (as required)
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test continuity between contacts B and K on 2W702-7/P5.
YES NO
2 3
• Test continuity between contacts C and L on 2W702-7/P5. • Do TP 440 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0130).
• Verify problem is solved.
Does multimeter show continuity?
YES NO
4 5
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600). • Do TP 519 Follow-on Procedure (WP 0140).
• Verify problem is solved. • Verify problem is solved.
0149-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0150
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 603 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0246
Adapter No. 7 (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 10) Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9
Breakout box tool kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Item 269) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21
Pulse jet system test hose assembly (Vol 7, Vol 3, WP 0262
WP 1431, Figure 12) Vol 3, WP 0263
Vol 3, WP 0436
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0590
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0600
Vol 4, WP 0701
Personnel Required Vol 4, WP 0702
Three Vol 4, WP 0703
References TM 9-2350-388-10
Page xxxv
Vol 2, WP 0218
CAUTION
Do not run engine with PJS air cleaner assembly intake filter
elements removed unless powerpack is ground hopped and
ground hop filter is installed. Engine damaged could result.
NOTE
• Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
• If you have a hard time hearing pulses with powerpack
installed, remove powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0262) and repeat
this procedure. Install powerpack when troubleshooting is
complete.
0150-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0150
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• If powerpack is removed from vehicle, do the following:
• Ground hop powerpack (Vol 3, WP 0263).
Do not start engine.
• Install pulse jet system test hose assembly
(Vol 2, WP 0246).
• Connect breakout box to TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit using CABLE NO. 1 and ADAPTER NO. 7
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Test for greater than 1 V dc between 33 (-) and 27 (+) on
breakout box while holding throttle between 1550 and 1600
RPM until at least one cycle of pulses are heard (9 pulses,
approximately 4 minutes).
0150-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0150
YES NO
2 3
• Shut down engine. • Go to block 14.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show less than 6K ohms, record test
points.
• Test for less than 6K ohms between test point 9 and test
points on breakout box listed below:
• 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 11
YES NO
4 5
NOTE • Go to block 19.
It is important to read and understand the entire block before
starting test.
Firing order for pulse jet system solenoids are solenoid 1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9. Each solenoid will be pulsed with 16 to 30 V dc for
a 100 millisecond period. A loud pulse should be heard when
each solenoid is fired. Duration between pulses is approxi-
mately 10 seconds. Pulsing should begin with solenoid number
1 approximately 2 minutes after engine speed is held above
1550 RPM, and run thru firing order 3 times (27 pulses).
Pulses are best heard when standing by the sponson air intake
grille on the left side of vehicle.
If repeating this test is necessary, return throttle to idle and set
hull circuit breaker RSM 3 PULSE JET SYSTEM to OFF and
then to ON (TM 9-2350-388-10) to reset the two minute timer
and solenoid firing order.
• Connect test probes to test points 9 (-) and 1 (+) on breakout
box (solenoid 1).
NOTE
Multimeters with auto ranging feature may not respond quickly
enough to capture reading. You may need to change multimeter
to use manual range.
• Prepare multimeter for dc voltage test (use +peak hold if
available).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Start engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Increase throttle to between 1550 and 1600 RPM and hold at
this speed.
NOTE
After holding throttle for approximately 2 minutes, you should
hear solenoid 1 fire when meter shows a voltage pulse.
• Listen for air pulse when meter shows a voltage pulse
followed by 8 more air pulses in 10 second intervals. Identify
which solenoid(s) do not fire by noting which air pulses are
not heard.
0150-3
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0150
NO YES
6 7
• Shut down engine. • Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10. • Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590).
• Disconnect 2W700-9/P1 from J2 on pulse jet system pulse • Verify problem is solved.
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Select contact(s) in Table 1 for solenoid(s) that did not
produce an air pulse from test in block 4.
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, record contacts.
• Test for less than 5 ohms on 2W700-9/P1 between con-
tact(s) selected from Table 1 and contacts listed below:
• Connector body
• All other contacts
YES NO
8 9
• Disconnect breakout box from TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse • Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590).
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9). • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W700-9/P2 from 2W701-9/J1
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W700-9/P2 that were recorded in block 6.
NO YES
10 11
• Connect 2W700-9/P2 to 2W701-9/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W700-9.
ure 21). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 2W701-9 connector (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21) Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
listed in Table 1 from the jack (J1 thru J9) on the solenoid • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0703).
where less than 5 ohms was found. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W700-9/P1 that were recorded in block 6.
0150-4
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0150
YES NO
12 13
• Connect 2W700-9/P1 to J2 on pulse jet system pulse control • Connect 2W700-9/P1 to J2 on pulse jet system pulse control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15). unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W701-9. • Replace pulse jet system solenoid that failed to produce air
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness pulse (Vol 3, WP 0436).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Verify problem is solved.
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0701).
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
14
• Shut down engine.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect breakout box from TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9).
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P4 from J1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
• Test for greater than 1 V dc between contacts a (-) and
Z (+) on 2W702-7/P4.
NO YES
15 16
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590).
• Connect jumper between contacts Z and a on 2W702-7/P4. • Verify problem is solved.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module • If problem is not solved, go to block 47 of Pulse Jet System
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2). Checkout (Vol 2, WP 0218).
• Test for continuity between contacts D and E on
2W702-7/P5.
NO YES
17 18
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Go to block 26.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved.
0150-5
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0150
From block 5
19
• Disconnect 2W700-9/P1 from J2 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Test for less than 120 ohms between contacts on
2W700-9/P1 listed in Table 2 for recorded test points
from block 2.
NO YES
20 21
• Disconnect breakout box from TJ1 on pulse jet system pulse • Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590).
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0247, Figure 9). • Verify problem is solved.
• Connect jumper between contacts on 2W700-9/P1 listed in
Table 2 for recorded test points from
block 2.
NOTE
If multimeter shows continuity, leave jumper connected.
• Disconnect 2W700-9/P2 from 2W701-9/J1
(Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W700-9/P2 listed in
Table 2 for recorded test points from
block 2.
Table 2
Failed Test Points 2W700-9 2W701-9
Contacts Connector
9 and 1 R and S P1
9 and 2 T and U P2
9 and 3 W and V P3
9 and 4 X and Y P4
9 and 5 a and z P5
9 and 6 b and c P6
9 and 7 d and e P7
9 and 8 f and g P8
9 and 11 j and h P9
0150-6
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0150
YES NO
22 23
• Connect 2W700-9/P2 to 2W701-9/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0250, Fig- • Repair or replace wiring harness 2W700-9.
ure 21). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
• Disconnect 2W701-9 connector (Vol 2, WP 0250, Figure 21) Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
listed • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0703).
in Table 2 for recorded test points from • Verify problem is solved.
block 2.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on 2W701-9
connector.
YES NO
24 25
• Replace pulse jet system solenoid that 2W701-9 connector • Connect 2W700-9/P1 to J2 on pulse jet system pulse control
was disconnected from (Vol 3, WP 0436). unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Verify problem is solved. • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W701-9.
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0701).
• Verify problem is solved.
0150-7
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0150
From block 18
26
NOTE
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con-
nected and go immediately to block 27.
• Connect 2W702-7/P4 to J1 on pulse jet system pulse control
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P5 listed below:
• D and connector body
• D and all other contacts (except E)
• E and connector body
• E and all other contacts (except D)
YES NO
27 28
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P4 from J1 on pulse jet system pulse • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15). • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
29 30
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input module
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0150-8
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0151
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 604 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0590
Vol 4, WP 0600
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0702
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P4 from J1 on pulse jet system pulse
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15).
• Connect jumper between contacts on 2W702-7/P4 listed
below:
• Z and a
• b and c
NOTE
Leave jumpers connected for remainder of test.
• Set MASTER POWER switch to ON.
YES NO
2 3
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF. • Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590).
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module • Verify problem is solved.
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts G and F on
2W702-7/P5.
0151-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0151
YES NO
4 5
• Connect 2W702-7/P4 to J1 on pulse jet system pulse control • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15). • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
NOTE Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
If multimeter shows less than 5 ohms, leave test probes con- • For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
nected and go immediately to block 6. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for less than 5 ohms between contacts on
2W702-7/P5 listed below:
• F and connector body
• F and all other contacts (except G)
• G and connector body
• G and all other contacts (except F)
YES NO
6 7
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P4 from J1 on pulse jet system pulse • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
control unit (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 15). • Verify problem is solved.
YES NO
8 9
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7. • Connect 2W702-7/P5 to J7 on analog input module
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace pulse control unit (Vol 4, WP 0590).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0151-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0152
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 605 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0240
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0600
Item 167) Vol 4, WP 0702
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Set MASTER POWER switch to OFF.
• Disconnect 2W702-7/P5 from J7 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts Z and e on
2W702-7/P5.
YES NO
2 3
• Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600). • Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W702-7.
• Verify problem is solved. • For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0702).
• Verify problem is solved.
0152-1/2 blank
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0153
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 915 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Page xxxv
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 2, WP 0240
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2
Item 167) Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10
Vol 4, WP 0592
Materials/Parts Vol 4, WP 0600
Electrical jumper (as required) Vol 4, WP 0648
TM 9-2350-388-10
Equipment Condition
Driver's hatch open.
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
• Disconnect 2W162-8/P3 from J6 on analog input module
(Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2W162-8/P3 listed
below:
• V and s
• X and e
YES NO
2 3
• Close driver's hatch. • Go to block 8.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show greater than 100K ohms,
go immediately to block 4.
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
2W162-8/P3 listed below:
• e and connector body
• e and all other contacts
• s and connector body
• s and all other contacts
0153-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0153
NO YES
4 5
• Disconnect driver's hatch interlock switch 2S107-P1 from • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
2W162-8/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10). • Verify problem is solved.
NOTE
If multimeter does not show greater than 100K ohms,
go immediately to block 7.
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts on
2S107-P1 listed below:
• B and connector body
• B and all other contacts except C
• E and connector body
• E and all other contacts except F
YES NO
6 7
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8. • Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace driver's hatch interlock switch (Vol 4, WP 0592).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
From block 3
8
• Disconnect driver's hatch interlock switch 2S107-P1 from
2W162-8/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10).
NOTE
If multimeter does not show continuity, go immediately to
block 10.
• Test for continuity between contacts on 2S107-P1 listed
below:
• A and B
• D and E
YES NO
9 10
• Repair or replace branched wiring harness 2W162-8. • Connect 2W162-8/P3 to J6 on analog input module
• For repair, do procedure HHAR-1, Hull Wiring Harness (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 2).
Faulty (Vol 2, WP 0240). • Replace driver's hatch interlock switch (Vol 4, WP 0592).
• For replacement (Vol 4, WP 0648). • Verify problem is solved.
• Verify problem is solved.
0153-2
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0154
FIELD MAINTENANCE
TP 916 FOLLOW-ON PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References (continued)
General mechanic's automotive tool kit Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10
(SC 5180-95-B47) Vol 4, WP 0592
M1A2 troubleshooting support kit (Vol 7, WP 1435, Vol 4, WP 0600
Item 167) Vol 6, WP 1071
TM 9-2350-388-10
Materials/Parts
Electrical jumper (as required)
References
Page xxxv
NOTE
Read How To Do Troubleshooting before doing any work
(Page xxxv).
1
NOTE
Make sure master power is off.
• Close driver's hatch.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Disconnect driver's hatch interlock switch 2S107-P1 from
2W162-8/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10).
• Test for greater than 100K ohms between contacts A and B
on driver's hatch interlock switch 2S107-P1.
YES NO
2 3
• Manually push in and hold plunger on driver's hatch interlock • Replace driver's hatch interlock switch (Vol 4, WP 0592).
switch. • Verify problem is solved.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on driver's
hatch interlock switch 2S107-P1 with plunger pushed in and
held and driver's hatch closed.
0154-1
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 0154
YES NO
4 5
• Release plunger on driver's hatch interlock switch. • Replace driver's hatch interlock switch (Vol 4, WP 0592).
• Open driver's hatch. • Verify problem is solved.
• Refer to TM 9-2350-388-10.
• Test for continuity between contacts A and B on driver's
hatch interlock switch 2S107-P1.
NO YES
6 7
• Do driver's hatch lock and interlock switch bracket • Connect driver's hatch interlock switch 2S107-P1 to 2W162-
adjustment (Vol 6, WP 1071). 8/J1 (Vol 2, WP 0249, Figure 10).
• Verify problem is solved. • Replace analog input module 2A110 (Vol 4, WP 0600).
• Verify problem is solved.
0154-2
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and DATE
AND BLANK FORMS Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
Date you filled out
Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4. this form.
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command,
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727, Your mailing address
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE Field Maintenance Manual, Tank,
Full-Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 (2350-01-328-5964) General Abrams, Hull
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. NO. GRAPH NO. * NO. NO. (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).
DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. USAPPC V3.00
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command, Your address Date you filled out this
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727, form
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
Field Maintenance Manual, Tank, Full-
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP, Hull
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS RECOMMENDED ACTION
SUPPORTED
SAMPLE
PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank
forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command,
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727,
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE Field Maintenance Manual, Tank,
Full-Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 (2350-01-328-5964) General Abrams, Hull
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. NO. GRAPH NO. * NO. NO. (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).
DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. USAPPC V3.00
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command,
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727,
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
Field Maintenance Manual, Tank, Full-
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP, Hull
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS RECOMMENDED ACTION
SUPPORTED
PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank
forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
USAPPC V3.00
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and DATE
AND BLANK FORMS Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command,
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727,
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE Field Maintenance Manual, Tank,
Full-Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 (2350-01-328-5964) General Abrams, Hull
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. NO. GRAPH NO. * NO. NO. (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).
DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. USAPPC V3.00
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command,
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727,
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
Field Maintenance Manual, Tank, Full-
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP, Hull
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS RECOMMENDED ACTION
SUPPORTED
PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank
forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
USAPPC V3.00
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and DATE
AND BLANK FORMS Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command,
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727,
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE Field Maintenance Manual, Tank,
Full-Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 (2350-01-328-5964) General Abrams, Hull
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. NO. GRAPH NO. * NO. NO. (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).
DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. USAPPC V3.00
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command,
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727,
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
Field Maintenance Manual, Tank, Full-
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP, Hull
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS RECOMMENDED ACTION
SUPPORTED
PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank
forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
USAPPC V3.00
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and DATE
AND BLANK FORMS Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command,
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727,
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE Field Maintenance Manual, Tank,
Full-Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 (2350-01-328-5964) General Abrams, Hull
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. NO. GRAPH NO. * NO. NO. (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).
DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. USAPPC V3.00
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command,
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS, MS 727,
6501 E. 11 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48397-5000
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE
Field Maintenance Manual, Tank, Full-
TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1 6 February 2009 Tracked, 120 MM Gun, M1A2 SEP, Hull
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS RECOMMENDED ACTION
SUPPORTED
PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank
forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
USAPPC V3.00
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
JOYCE E. MORROW
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
0831806
DISTRIBUTION: To be distributed in accordance with the initial distribution number (IDN) 372538
requirements for TM 9-2350-388-23-1-1
PIN: 085199-000